FLANDERS CORP
10-K, 2000-04-14
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL FANS & BLOWERS & AIR PURIFING EQUIP
Previous: AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL PETROLEUM CORP /NV/, 10-K, 2000-04-14
Next: NUVEEN TAX FREE BOND FUND INC, NSAR-B, 2000-04-14





                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

    [X] Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
                              Exchange Act of 1934
                  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999

                                       or

    [ ] Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
                              Exchange Act of 1934
         For the transition period from _____________ to ______________

                         Commission File Number 0-27958

                              FLANDERS CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



                 North Carolina                             13-3368271
       (State or other jurisdiction of                      ----------
        incorporation or organization)                (IRS Employer ID Number)

   2399 26th Avenue North, St. Petersburg, FL                 33734
   ------------------------------------------                 -----
    (Address of principal executive offices)                (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (727) 822-4411

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                               Title of each class

                     Common Stock, $.001 per share par value

    Indicate  by check mark  whether the  registrant:  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES [X]  NO [ ]

    Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]

    As of April 13, 2000, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by
non-affiliates of the registrant was $57,985,947.

    As of April 13, 2000, the number of shares  outstanding of the  registrant's
common stock was 25,435,583 shares.


<PAGE>


                              FLANDERS CORPORATION
                                    FORM 10-K
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I........................................................................3

    Item 1.  Business.........................................................3
    Item 2.  Properties......................................................11
    Item 3.  Legal Proceedings...............................................12
    Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.............12

PART II......................................................................13

    Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
             Stockholder Matters.............................................13
    Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.........................................14
    Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
             Condition and Results of Operations.............................15
    Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About
             Market Risk.....................................................24
    Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.....................24
    Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
             on Accounting and Financial Disclosure..........................24

PART III.....................................................................25

    Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant..............25
    Item 11. Executive Compensation..........................................26
    Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
             Management......................................................32
    Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions..................34

PART IV......................................................................35

    Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and
             Reports on Form 8-K.............................................35

SIGNATURES...................................................................38

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    Report of Grant Thornton LLP Independent Certified Public Accountants...F-2
    Independent Auditor's Report of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP.................F-3
    Consolidated Balance Sheets.............................................F-4
    Consolidated Statements of Earnings.....................................F-5
    Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity.........................F-6
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows...................................F-7
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................F-10
    Financial Statement Schedules..........................................F-27


                                       2
<PAGE>


                                     PART I

Item 1.  Business

OVERVIEW

We design, manufacture and sell air filters and related products.  Historically,
we have been a leading  manufacturer of High  Efficiency  Particulate Air (HEPA)
filters,  specializing  in high-end  cleanroom and  containment  filters for end
users in semiconductor  manufacturing,  nuclear processing,  biotechnology,  and
other high  technology  applications.  In 1995,  we began a  strategy  of growth
through acquisition,  and acquired  manufacturers of a broad range of additional
air  filtration  products,  growing  from  $39  million  in  sales  in  1995  to
approximately  $171 million in sales in 1999.  We now offer air filters  ranging
from spun-glass furnace filters through high-volume electrostatic  precipitators
and cleanroom laminar-flow HEPA filters.

Our air filters are utilized by many industries, including those associated with
commercial and residential  heating,  ventilation and air  conditioning  systems
(commonly  known as "HVAC"  systems),  semiconductor  manufacturing,  ultra-pure
materials, biotechnology, pharmaceuticals, synthetics, nuclear power and nuclear
materials processing.  We also design and manufacture much of our own production
equipment to automate our processes in order to decrease labor costs  associated
with our standard  products.  We also produce  glass-based  air filter media for
many of our products. Our customers include Abbott Laboratories, The Home Depot,
Inc.,  Motorola,  Inc., Merck & Co., Inc.,  Upjohn Co.,  Wal-Mart Stores,  Inc.,
Westinghouse Electric Corp., and several large computer chip manufacturers.

The vast majority of our revenues come from the sale of after-market replacement
filters,  since air filters are typically  placed in equipment  designed to last
much longer than the filters.

GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF BUSINESS

Flanders  Corporation  was  incorporated on July 2, 1986 in the State of Nevada,
and is currently  domiciled in North  Carolina.  Beginning in December  1995, we
began to implement a strategy of growth through  acquisition,  acquiring several
companies  specializing in air filters and related products,  including Flanders
Filters,  Inc., Charcoal Service  Corporation,  Air Seal Filter Housings,  Inc.,
Precisionaire, Inc., and Eco-Air Products, Inc.

Effective  April 1, 1999,  we purchased  the  Tidewater  group of companies  for
$1,750,000,  and spent  approximately  $177,000 in legal,  accounting  and other
expenses which were counted as part of the acquisition cost, for a total cost of
acquisition of approximately $1,927,000.  Tidewater is an air filter distributor
and service organization, with some limited manufacturing capacity for specialty
products. Prior to the acquisition,  Tidewater was an exclusive distributor of a
competitor's products.

Effective  June 30, 1998,  pursuant to a stock purchase  agreement,  we acquired
substantially all the outstanding  stock of Eco-Air Products,  Inc. The purchase
price,   including  expenses  and  net  of  cash  received,   was  approximately
$15,455,160,  plus up to $5,000,000 payable in cash or common stock (at sellers'
option) if certain performance criteria are met.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

On March 21, 2000, we announced that we had engaged the investment  banking firm
PaineWebber  Incorporated to help us explore strategic  alternatives,  including
the possible sale of the Company.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

This annual report,  including all documents  incorporated  herein by reference,
includes certain "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of that term in
Section 27A of the  Securities Act of 1933, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act,
including,  among others,  those statements  preceded by, following or including
the words "believes," "expects," "anticipates" or similar expressions.




                                       3
<PAGE>


These  forward-looking  statements are based largely on the current expectations
of  management  and are subject to a number of risks and  uncertainties.  Actual
results  could  differ  materially  from these  forward-looking  statements.  In
addition to the other risks  described  in the "Factors  That May Affect  Future
Results"  discussion  under  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" in Part II of this annual report, important
factors to consider in evaluating such  forward-looking  statements include risk
of product demand, market acceptance, economic conditions,  competitive products
and  pricing,   difficulties  in  product  development,   commercialization  and
technology. In light of these risks and uncertainties, there can be no assurance
that the events contemplated by the forward-looking statements contained in this
annual report will, in fact, occur.

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

The McIlvaine Company, a leading industry analyst,  estimated that the worldwide
air  filtration  market would be  approximately  $3.2 billion in 1999,  with the
United States being the largest market for air filters because of the prevalence
of forced air heating and cooling.  McIlvaine  also estimated the air filtration
market would grow at an annual rate of 8% per year through 2003.  They indicated
that the driving  forces  behind  growth in the air  filtration  market would be
using higher-performance filters in commercial and residential spaces instead of
current  low-efficiency  models, and the use of air filters in new applications.
Management  believes the forces driving the air filtration  market are evolving,
beginning in the past decade and  continuing  for the next several  years,  from
preserving  machinery  and  equipment  to  maintaining  indoor air  quality.  In
addition,  we expect many  high-growth  technology  industries to increase their
reliance on air filters to remove  microscopic  and  gaseous  contaminants  from
sensitive manufacturing  processes associated with semiconductor  manufacturing,
pharmaceutical production, ultra-pure materials manufacturing and biotechnology.
Companies are devoting  resources to air filtration  products to enhance process
efficiency and employee productivity.

Air filters are used in many different applications, including the following:

    o   Commercial  and  Residential  HVAC Systems.  Replacement  filters are an
        essential  requirement  for the efficient  operation of  commercial  and
        residential HVAC systems.

    o   General Industrial. Air filters are used in standard industrial settings
        to provide cleaner work environments;  for example,  auto makers use air
        filtration  systems to remove  "oil mist"  contaminants  from the air in
        their plants, and industrial paint booth users utilize air filtration to
        remove paint particles from the air.

    o   Semiconductors.  HEPA  and  carbon  filters  are  necessary  to meet the
        increasingly  stringent   manufacturing   environment   requirements  of
        semiconductor manufacturers, where microscopic airborne contaminants can
        ruin   microchips   during   production,   having  a  large   impact  on
        manufacturing  yield and  profitability.  Carbon  filters are also being
        increasingly  used to filter  gaseous  contaminants  from  semiconductor
        manufacturing areas.

    o   Pharmaceuticals.   Pharmaceutical   companies  are  increasingly   using
        cleanrooms to prevent cross-contamination between different products and
        different  lots of the  same  products  being  manufactured  at the same
        facility. The increasing use of cultured microbes for drug production is
        also expected to increase demand for high-end containment environments.

    o   Biotechnology.  Containment  systems for the manipulation of viruses and
        bacteria  using  genetic  engineering  techniques  are  critical  to the
        biotechnology industry.

    o   Nuclear Power and Materials Processing. Filtration systems are necessary
        to radioactive containment procedures for all nuclear facilities.

RECENT TRENDS

Recent  trends  in the air  filter  industry,  as well as  changes  in laws  and
governmental  regulations,  all encourage an increased awareness of the benefits
of the use of air filtration products. Some of these trends and changes are:



                                       4
<PAGE>

    Indoor Air  Quality and  Health.  We believe  there is an increase in public
    concern regarding the effects of Indoor Air Quality on employee productivity
    and health,  as well as an increase in interest in standards  for  detecting
    and solving IAQ  problems.  For  example,  the  American  Society of Heating
    Refrigeration   and   Air-Conditioning   Engineers   (ASHRAE)  has  recently
    established certain minimum standards for ventilation and indoor air quality
    for commercial and industrial  settings.  The World Health  Organization has
    recently been studying the effects of air quality on human health, including
    widely   publicized   epidemiological   studies   indicating  that  airborne
    contaminants kill more people than automobile accidents.

    Hazardous Working  Environments.  Several studies recognize that air quality
    in working facilities has an impact upon human health. OSHA regulations,  in
    particular,  have made IAQ a consideration  in a wide variety of industries,
    ranging  from  those  industries  using  spray-paint  booths to those  using
    automobile assembly lines.

    Sick Building Syndrome.  Sick Building  Syndrome,  which is characterized by
    lethargy,  frequent headaches, eye irritation and fatigue, has recently been
    shown to be a valid concern,  and is a major design consideration in new and
    renovated commercial and industrial buildings.  The identification of "sick"
    buildings,  and solutions for mitigation,  involve complex issues which need
    to be examined on a  case-by-case  basis by qualified  engineers;  solutions
    typically  include  improving the HVAC and filtration  systems of the "sick"
    buildings.

    Hazardous Emission Regulation and Resultant Liability.  Electrical utilities
    became subject to emissions  regulations under Title 4 of the Clean Air Act.
    In addition,  OSHA's  Hazardous  Communication  Standard,  the Toxic Release
    Inventory and community "right to know" regulations  regarding liability for
    claims  made  by  employees  or  neighboring   communities  have  made  many
    industries,  in particular the chemical and semiconductor  industries,  more
    aware of clean air  regulations.  As a result,  these  industries have taken
    voluntary  steps,  including the utilization of air filtration  systems,  to
    bring  emissions  of  potentially   hazardous   substances  into  line  with
    regulatory standards.

STRATEGY

Our current business strategy seeks to increase earnings,  and hence shareholder
value, by improving operating efficiency and increasing our market share.

    IMPROVE OPERATING EFFICIENCY

    Eliminate  Unprofitable  Operations.  During  1997,  we  established  a  new
    subsidiary, Airseal West, Inc., to serve as a manufacturer of industrial air
    handlers,  custom  housings,  and related  products for the western U.S. The
    market opportunities  envisioned by this venture failed to materialize,  and
    Airseal  West  focused its primary  efforts on  perceived  opportunities  in
    businesses  and products  unrelated to air  filtration,  including  sporting
    goods, vending equipment and other general manufacturing.  In December 1999,
    the Board of Directors  adopted a formal plan to close Airseal West and sell
    its non air filter related assets. We estimate this will save  approximately
    $2 million per year (see "Management's Discussions and Analysis of Financial
    Condition and Results of Operations - Discontinued Operations").

    Vertical  Integration.  In  December  1997,  we acquired a small glass media
    manufacturing plant in Salt Lake City, Utah, which produced spun-glass media
    for our  highest-volume  products,  flat panel  filters,  using  traditional
    processes,  supplying perhaps 5% of our demand for this material. This plant
    was also in the process of building a more efficient plant for producing the
    spun-glass  media  used in these  filters.  In 1998,  we began to build  the
    second  generation of equipment for this purpose.  By September 1999, we had
    completed,  evaluated and replicated the second  generation of equipment and
    begun  building  enough of this  equipment to increase our production to the
    level  required to supply our three plants in the western  U.S.  with media.
    This project  should be completed in the second  quarter of 2000. We plan to
    establish  a duplicate  plant in North  Carolina to supply our plants in the
    rest of the U.S.  With both plants in  production,  we estimate this process
    will decrease our costs  associated  with  spun-glass  materials by at least
    forty  percent,  representing  approximately  $2.5  million  in annual  cost
    savings at current rates of usage.

    Strategic  Acquisitions.  We continue to search for opportunities to acquire
    new businesses,  although our criteria for evaluating  these  businesses has
    moved toward acquiring  regional  distributors and resellers,  and away from
    acquiring competing air filter  manufacturers.  We are looking for potential
    acquisitions with the



                                       5
<PAGE>


    following  characteristics:  (i)  dominant  positions  in local or  regional
    markets,  (ii) a stable customer base distinct from our existing  customers,
    and (iii) a history of consistent and healthy earnings.  Acquiring resellers
    and distributors with these characteristics  allows us to increase operating
    margins by removing at least one layer of "middlemen," and their compounding
    mark-ups and commissions from the sales and distribution  process,  allowing
    us to charge higher prices while  maintaining  competitive  pricing with end
    users.  At the  present  time,  we do not have any binding  agreements  with
    respect to future acquisitions.

    Centralize  Overhead  Functions.  During  the  fourth  quarter  of 1999,  we
    consolidated  all of the sales  forces of our  various  subsidiaries  into a
    single, consistent national sales team, eliminating overlapping territories,
    duplication of literature, centralizing travel coordination and adding focus
    to our  sales  efforts.  We  are  continuing  to  centralize  and  eliminate
    duplication efforts between subsidiaries in the following areas: purchasing,
    production   planning,   shipping   coordination,    accounting,   personnel
    management, risk management and benefit plan administration.

    Expand  Mexican  Manufacturing.  We expect to have completed an expansion of
    our Tijuana,  Mexico,  plant, which will produce our standard spun-glass and
    pleated  filters,  in all grades,  for sale in the  western  U.S. We will be
    moving  some of the  production  equipment  from our plants in San Diego and
    Nevada to this expansion.

    Electronic Commerce. We believe there are significant cost savings and error
    reduction  opportunities in allowing our customers to enter orders,  examine
    specifications,  receive  confirmations,  and  check on the  status of their
    orders,  via the  Internet.  In September  1999,  we began an  initiative to
    analyze all other areas of our business  for plans to  implement  savings by
    using the  Internet  to  automate  communications  with  current  customers,
    potential  customers,   end  users  and  investors.  We  believe  there  are
    opportunities for significant cost reductions in customer service,  shipping
    errors, orders administration,  customer pre-qualification,  lead generation
    and documentation  storage. We anticipate  completion of the first iteration
    and  implementation  of this process in the year 2000,  and plan to make the
    Internet  a  central  part  of our  future  strategy  for  growth  and  cost
    minimization.  We do not  anticipate  significant  direct  retail sales from
    electronic  commerce  in the  foreseeable  future,  because  shipping  bulky
    packages  of  inexpensive  filters  in less  than  truckload  quantities  is
    prohibitively expensive.

    Increase Market Share

    Increase Sales to Existing and New Customers. We sell our products through a
    direct sales force and  manufacturers'  representatives.  Historically,  any
    given  manufacturers'  representative  has only sold a small  sub-set of our
    current complete product line.  However, we now offer a much larger range of
    air filtration  products,  allowing these  representatives to purchase their
    full line of air filtration  products from us instead of buying a mix of air
    filtration products from a range of manufacturers.

    Use  Facilities  Located  Throughout  the United  States to Increase  Market
    Share.  Through  acquisition and the  establishment  of new plants,  we have
    placed  facilities  within one day's  over-the-road  shipping  of most major
    population  centers  in the  United  States.  We  believe  this  ability  to
    regionalize production and distribution will improve our business in several
    ways:  (i) Decrease cost of sales by reducing the average  distance  between
    our  plants  and our  customers,  and hence  decrease  the cost of  outbound
    freight;  (ii)  increase  responsiveness  by  decreasing  the  average  time
    required to ship  products to  customers;  and (iii)  increase  our share of
    national  accounts'  total  business by having  manufacturing  facilities in
    closer proximity to customers' regional distribution centers. The ability to
    service all major population centers with regional  manufacturing centers is
    critical  for our  business,  allowing us to compete on price  against  less
    broadly  based  competitors  without  sacrificing  margins,  as  well as the
    ability to respond more rapidly than most of our competition.

    Adapt Processes to New End User Requirements.  During 1999, we established a
    complete line of air  filtration  products for the removal of airborne paint
    and  associated  solvents  from the  air.  We were  able to  adapt  our bulk
    manufacturing processes to the high-volume synthetic media required for this
    end use, and  anticipate  that revenues in this area will exceed $10 million
    in 2000.  We  continue  to watch  for  applications  where  our  competitive
    strengths can be readily adapted to new end users.


                                       6
<PAGE>


    Offer Indoor Air Quality Diagnosis and Remediation Services. During 1999, as
    part of the acquisition of the Tidewater  group of companies,  we acquired a
    small   engineering  firm  specializing  in  monitoring  air  quality  using
    automated  real-time  data  collection  techniques  over a period of months,
    diagnosing  any  potential   indoor  air  quality  problems  and  suggesting
    remediation  programs. We believe we will be able to leverage this expertise
    into value-added sales to our existing industrial and commercial  customers,
    and the filter sales and service companies which supply them, increasing our
    revenues by adding value-added consulting and monitoring services.

    Continued  Emphasis on Quality  and  Performance.  A  continued  emphasis on
    product  quality  has allowed us to capture  market  share  serving  several
    industries in recent years.

MARKETING

During 1999, we restructured and centralized our sales and marketing  structure,
which we believe allows us to focus our marketing  efforts more  precisely,  and
ensures   consistency  of   presentation   and  pricing  across  all  customers.
Previously,  each  subsidiary  had its own sales and  marketing  infrastructure,
which  contributed  to waste  and  inefficiency,  and more  importantly,  market
confusion.  Our  marketing  efforts  are  targeted  to the  needs of  individual
customers and groups of customers,  and may consist of mass marketing allowances
and incentive  programs for retailers,  educational point of purchase  materials
and enhanced signage for consumers and industry-specific  technical seminars for
filter sales and service organizations.

Much of our  marketing  effort  consists of  personal  visits to  customers  and
distributors  through  an  extensive  tiered  network of  contract  salespeople.
Periodic  visits  are  enhanced  by  mass  mailings   announcing  new  products,
participation  in  trade  shows  for  exposure  and lead  generation,  technical
articles and advertisements in trade periodicals, and a newly redesigned catalog
containing all Flanders  products.  During 1999, we restructured and unified all
of our product  offerings,  so that each subsidiary no longer  generates its own
marketing  literature.  We also re-wrote the bulk of our catalog and promotional
materials  to include  all  product  lines in a  consistent  and  easy-to-access
format, which can be used by all of our customers.

Besides  developing  new  sales  leads  and  contacts,  we are also  focused  on
increasing the effectiveness of our existing distributors and contract salesmen,
by allowing  them to offer our  products as a complete  "single-source"  for air
filtration products. We believe this will allow them to increase their sales for
the following reasons:

    Dependability and  Responsiveness.  Our ability to express-ship via standard
    ground  freight  to any  major  population  center  within  one day is a key
    competitive  advantage.  We also  believe  that our  expansion  program  and
    general production  capacity also allow us to handle relatively large orders
    with shorter lead times than any of our competitors.

    Product  Quality.  We are known as a manufacturer  of high  performance  air
    filtration  products.  We currently offer filters of 99.999997% on particles
    0.1  microns or larger,  which we believe is the highest  efficiency  rating
    available anywhere. We have also been recognized for consistency and quality
    of our products by several third-party rating organizations.

    Name  Recognition.  We believe that each of our product  lines has high name
    recognition in its target markets. Our representatives and distributors have
    indicated  that they  believe  their  sales will  increase  with  additional
    products associated with Flanders.

    Single-Source  Supplier.  We  provide  a broad  spectrum  of air  filtration
    products.  The ability to work with a single  source for filters will enable
    representatives  to operate more efficiently,  only needing to be trained on
    one filtration  system,  maintain  contacts with a single  organization  and
    order from a central source.

    Product  Promotion  and  Innovation.  We plan to continue to  introduce  new
    applications we are developing for filtration products.  Representatives and
    distributors  will  be  able  to  take  advantage  of  the  additional  name
    recognition  and public  knowledge  associated with the marketing of the new
    products.  We believe these  representatives  will see this as a competitive
    advantage to selling our products.



                                       7
<PAGE>


PRODUCTS

We design,  manufacture  and market a broad  range of air  filters  and  related
products,  including:

    o   High  Efficiency   Particulate  Air  (HEPA)  filters  (at  least  99.97%
        efficient)  in  various  grades,  for use in  semiconductor  facilities,
        nuclear containment vessels,  disease containment facilities,  and other
        critical applications

    o   Absolute  Isolation  Barriers  which are customized  stand-alone  units,
        typically  manufactured of stainless steel,  used in various  industries
        which   require   absolute   control  over   contaminants,   atmospheric
        composition and containment

    o   Industrial  mid-range specialty filters which fall under  specifications
        which are categorized by efficiency ratings  established by the American
        Society  of  Heating,   Refrigeration  and  Air  Conditioning  Engineers
        (ASHRAE),  used  in  a  wide  variety  of  industries,  including  paint
        facilities,  automobile factories,  chemical treatment plants,  mushroom
        farms, coal mines, oil refineries and power plants

    o   Carbon filters,  both in bonded panels and activated charcoal beds, used
        to remove  gaseous  contaminants,  odors and  toxic  chemical  vapors in
        various commercial and industrial applications

    o   Commercial  and  industrial  filters  for  use  in  office  and  general
        manufacturing  environments,  typically  sold  through  wholesalers  and
        distributors

    o   Residential heating and air conditioning filters, typically sold through
        retailers

    o   Specialized  air  filter  housings,  for use in  multi-stage  filtration
        applications

    o   Other  related  products,  including  tubing  insulation,  ductwork  and
        equipment cleaning chemicals, custom air handlers and specialized filter
        housings.

MANUFACTURING

We manufacture air filters,  housings,  Absolute  Isolation Barriers and related
equipment at several  facilities in the United States,  which range in size from
18,000 square feet to  approximately  400,000 square feet.

    o   Precisionaire  has seven separate  manufacturing  facilities  located in
        Bartow,  Florida,  Terrell,  Texas,  Salt Lake  City,  Utah,  Henderson,
        Nevada,  Momence,  Illinois,  Smithfield,  North  Carolina  and  Auburn,
        Pennsylvania, which produce a broad range of commercial, residential and
        industrial filters.

    o   FFI's facility in Washington,  North  Carolina,  produces  high-end HEPA
        products  for  cleanrooms.  Management  believes  that FFI's  ability to
        manufacture  its own HEPA filter  media  provides it with a  significant
        competitive  advantage,  allowing  more direct  control over quality and
        composition than is generally available with outside suppliers.

    o   Flanders/CSC's facility,  located in Bath, North Carolina,  manufactures
        HEGA filters, high-end containment environments, housings, custom filter
        assemblies  and other  custom  filtration  products  and  systems  which
        require  extensive  custom  design,  production  and lot  tracking.  For
        example,  CSC's products are used in the  production and  containment of
        potentially dangerous biologically engineered microorganisms.

    o   Air Seal's  facility,  located in Stafford,  Texas,  produces  mid-range
        custom filter housings. o Eco-Air's facilities in San Diego, California,
        and Tijuana,  Mexico,  manufacture air filtration  products ranging from
        standard-grade disposable filters through industrial HEPA filters.

In addition,  we design,  manufacture and assemble the majority of our automated
production equipment.

Our  manufacturing  operations are subject to periodic  inspection by regulatory
authorities.  Because  of the  nature of some of our  products,  these  agencies
include,   in  some  cases,  the  Department  of  Energy,   the  Food  and  Drug
Administration   and  other  agencies   responsible  for  overseeing   sensitive
technologies. One of the considerations in deciding which types of products each
facility will manufacture is the segregation of  highly-regulated  products to a
minimal number of facilities to reduce the overhead  associated  with regulatory
monitoring and compliance.


                                       8
<PAGE>


Each of our  manufacturing  facilities  utilizes  testing and design  strategies
appropriate to the products manufactured.  These range from standard statistical
process  quality  controls for  residential  replacement  filters to  individual
testing  and   certification   with  patented   proprietary   particle  scanning
technologies for each  laminar-grade HEPA filter. We believe that our ability to
comprehensively test and certify HEPA filters is a competitive advantage.

SOURCE AND AVAILABILITY OF RAW MATERIALS

Our principal raw materials are cardboard,  fiberglass  fibers,  extruded glass,
sheet metal, extruded aluminum,  adhesives, resins and wood. These raw materials
are readily available in sufficient quantities from many suppliers.

COMPETITION

The air-filtration  market is fragmented and highly competitive.  There are many
companies  which  compete in our market  areas.  We believe  that the  principal
competitive factors in the air filtration business include product  performance,
name recognition,  price,  product  knowledge,  reputation,  customized  design,
timely delivery and product maintenance. We believe that we compete favorably in
all  of  these  categories.   Competitors  include  successful   companies  with
resources, assets, financial strength and market share which may be greater than
ours. Major competitors include American Air Filter International, Farr Company,
HEPA Corporation,  Purolator Products Air Filtration Company, Donaldson Company,
Inc. and Clark Corporation.

PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND LICENSES

We  currently  hold 17 patents  relating  to  filtration  technology,  including
patents  relating to HEPA filters and fabrication  methods,  filter leak testing
methods and laminar flow cleanrooms. We also have patents pending for one of the
components related to Absolute Isolation  Barriers,  and the impregnation method
used in the manufacture of Arm & Hammer Pleated Filters.

We  have  obtained  and  own  the  following  federal  trademark  registrations:
PRECISIONAIRE(R),   EZ  FLOW(R),   SMILIE(R),   AIRVELOPE(R),   CHANNEL-CEIL(R),
CHANNEL-HOOD(R),  PUREFORM(R),  ECONO-CELL(R),  GAS-PAK(R), PUREFRAME(R), DIMPLE
PLEAT(R),   BLU-JEL(R),    VLSI(R),    CHANNEL-SEAL-ADAPTER(R),    SUPERFLOW(R),
FLANDERS(R),  CHANNEL-WALL(R),  SUPERSEAL(R),  AIRPURE(R) and  PURESEAL(R).  The
Company  also has applied for federal  trademark  protection  for the  following
marks:   FLANDERS   ABSOLUTE   ISOLATIONTM,   FLANDERS/CSCTM,   TECH-SORBTM  and
FUTUREFLOTM.  Although  management  believes  that the  patents  and  trademarks
associated with our various product lines and subsidiaries  are valuable,  we do
not consider any of them to be essential to our business.

We currently  license some of our products to specialty  HVAC and ASHRAE  filter
manufacturers  who  produce  products  under  their own name and with  their own
identifying labels.

CUSTOMERS

We are not dependent upon any single  customer.  One customer,  Wal-Mart Stores,
Inc.,  accounted  for 10%, 10% and 11% of net sales during 1999,  1998 and 1997,
respectively.  Home  Depot,  Inc.,  accounted  for 12%,  10% and 8% of net sales
during 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively. No other single customer accounted for
10%  or  more  of  net  sales.   Other  significant   customers  include  Abbott
Laboratories,  Motorola,  Inc.,  Merck & Co.,  Inc.,  Upjohn  Co.,  Westinghouse
Electric Corp., and several large computer chip manufacturers.

BACKLOG

We had approximately  $12,700,000 in firm backlog on December 31, 1999, compared
to $11,084,000 on December 31, 1998.  Firm backlog  includes orders received and
not begun and the  unfinished  and  unbilled  portion of  contracts in progress.
Orders are typically not cancelable  without penalty,  except for certain stable
filter  supply  contracts to nuclear  facilities  operated by the United  States
government.  Backlog  varies  from week to week,  based on the timing and mix of
orders received.  All backlog at December 31, 1999, is expected to be shipped by
the end of the second quarter of 2000.



                                       9
<PAGE>

EMPLOYEES

The Company  employed 2,391 full-time  employees on December 31, 1999;  1,986 in
manufacturing, 29 in development and technical staff, 48 in sales and marketing,
and the remaining 328 in support staff and administration.  The Company believes
that  its  relationship  with  its  employees  is  satisfactory.  Manufacturers'
representatives are not employees of the Company.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Our research and development is focused in the following areas:

    Automated  equipment design, to increase the efficiency and profitability of
    production lines used for mass production of off-the-shelf filters.

    Alternative  filtration media types,  including  evaluation of new synthetic
    media  products,  which might either  increase  efficiency or decrease media
    costs; the Company's Arm & Hammer Pleated Filters are an application of this
    type of research.

    Improved media production  techniques,  particularly at Precisionaire's spun
    fiberglass production facility in Salt Lake City, Utah, and FFI's HEPA paper
    mill in Washington,  North Carolina;  during the past ten years, the Company
    has  increased  the  efficiency  of its  filters  through  advances in media
    formulation and production techniques from 99.97% to 99.999997%.

    Application  development,  where new methods and products are developed from
    existing technologies.

Research  and  development  costs  for 1999,  1998 and 1997  were  approximately
$763,000, $2,250,000 and $373,000, respectively.  Research and development costs
were  expensed and included in general and  administration  expenses  during the
period incurred.  The large increase in research and development expense between
1998 and 1997 was primarily due to the development of three product lines: Arm &
Hammer Pleated Filters,  Environmental  Tobacco Smoke Systems,  and Retrofit Air
Handlers.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

Our  operations  are subject to certain  federal,  state and local  requirements
relating to environmental,  waste management,  health and safety regulations. We
attempt to operate our business in compliance  with all  applicable  government,
environmental,  waste management,  health and safety  regulations and we believe
that our products meet standards from applicable government agencies.  There can
be no  assurance  that  future  regulations  will not  require  us to modify our
products to meet revised safety or other requirements.

SEASONALITY

Historically,  our business has been seasonal,  with a substantial percentage of
sales occurring  during the second and third quarters of each year. In addition,
demand for our general  commercial and industrial  products appears to be highly
influenced by the weather,  with higher sales generally associated with extremes
of  either  hot or cold  weather,  and lower  sales  generally  associated  with
temperate  weather.   Because  of  these  seasonal  and  weather-related  demand
fluctuations,  quarter-to-quarter  performance  may not be a good  predictor  of
future results.

EXPORT SALES

We sell  products  for and to end users  outside  of the United  States  through
domestic specialty  cleanroom  contractors.  These sales are counted as domestic
sales. We also sell products through foreign distributors,  primarily in Europe,
and through Flanders  International,  Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary located in
Singapore  which  sells to  customers  in the Far East.  Sales  through  foreign
distributors  and Flanders  International  amounted to less than 5% of net sales
for each of the last three fiscal  years.  Assets held outside the United States
are negligible.



                                       10
<PAGE>

Item 2.       Properties

The following  table lists our principal  facilities.  Management  believes that
these properties are adequate for its current  operational  needs, but we may at
some point relocate, reorganize or consolidate various facilities for reasons of
operating  efficiencies,  or may open new plants to take  advantage of perceived
new economic opportunities.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Approximate Floor    Monthly
    Principal Facility             Location            Space (sq. ft.)     Expense   Lease/Type
    ------------------             --------           -----------------   ---------  ----------
<S>                           <C>                          <C>            <C>        <C>

Manufacturing and office      Washington, North
facility                      Carolina                     220,000          $13,775  Owned<F1>

Manufacturing, service and
office facility               Bath, North Carolina          44,282              N/A  Owned

Manufacturing plant           Bartow, Florida              175,000           29,121  Owned<F1>

R&D & Warehouse               Lakeland, Florida             40,000            6,559  Leased

Manufacturing plant           Terrell, Texas               146,256           29,858  Owned<F1>

Manufacturing plant           Auburn, Pennsylvania          91,000            7,097  Owned<F1>

Office space and              St. Petersburg,
headquarters                  Florida                       18,000              N/A  Owned

Office space and Warehouse    Richmond, VA                  10,000            2,200  Leased

Office space and Warehouse    Virginia Beach, VA            25,000            6,850  Leased

Manufacturing plant           Henderson, Nevada            100,000           26,000  Leased

Manufacturing plant           Momence, Illinois            210,000           44,062  Owned<F1><F2>

Sales office and warehouse    Singapore                     10,000            3,350  Leased

Manufacturing and office
facility                      Stafford, Texas               18,000              N/A  Owned

Manufacturing plant           Salt Lake City, Utah          70,805           21,963  Leased<F4>

                              Smithfield, North
Manufacturing plant           Carolina                     399,090          N/A<F3>  Owned

Plant and office facility     San Diego, California         96,660           37,697  Leased

Manufacturing plant           Tijuana, Mexico               49,000           13,500  Leased

<FN>
<F1>    This property is encumbered by a mortgage.

<F2>    This  mortgage is paid  quarterly  rather than  monthly;  the  quarterly
        payments are $132,187.

<F3>    This  property is used as security for an  Industrial  Revenue Bond with
        face value of $4,500,000.  Monthly payments are for interest only on the
        bond, and vary from month to month based on the interest rate during the
        period. At December 31, 1999, the interest rate on the bond was 3.2%.

<F4>    We are purchasing this building, along with an additional 100,000 square
        feet of space under  construction for approximately  $3,994,000  pending
        completion  of the  additional  space,  expected to be  completed in May
        2000. See  "Managements  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
        and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital  Resources" and "Notes
        to Consolidated Financial Statements - Note M."
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       11
<PAGE>


Item 3.       Legal Proceedings

The  Company is involved  in a dispute  with a customer  involving a purchase of
approximately  $5 million in air  filters,  with  approximately  $2.6 million of
related accounts receivable currently uncollected, filed as Case No. CV 98-19817
on October 10, 1998 in the Superior Court of the State of Arizona in and for the
County of Maricopa,  Intel  Corporation v. Flanders  Filters,  Inc. The customer
contends  that certain  filters  manufactured  by the Company did not conform to
specifications,  and has asked for unspecified  relief and damages.  The Company
has  filed  a  counter-claim  asking  for  the  amount  of  its  receivable  and
unspecified  relief  and  damages.  Independent  testing  and other  information
available  to  management  indicate  the filters did conform to  specifications;
therefore, management believes the receivable is fully collectible.  However, it
is reasonably possible the estimate of collection may change in the near term.

Additionally,  from time to time,  we are a party to various  legal  proceedings
incidental  to our  business.  None of these  proceedings  are  material  to our
business, operations or financial condition.

Item 4.       Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

We held our annual  meeting of  shareholders  on December 21,  1999.  During the
meeting,  holders of  17,496,387  shares,  representing  approximately  68.8% of
25,435,583 shares  outstanding on the record date,  attended either in person or
by proxy.  Holders of 13,846,481 shares  (approximately 79.1% of shares present)
voted to elect as members of the Board of Directors Robert R. Amerson, Steven K.
Clark,  J.  Russell  Fleming  and  Linwood  Allen  Hahn,  holders of 1,968 voted
against;  and  holders  of  3,647,938  shares  abstained.  As a result,  Messrs.
Amerson, Clark, Fleming and Hahn were elected for one-year terms as directors.

Holders of 13,858,772  shares  (approximately  79.2% of shares present) voted to
ratify the firm of Grant Thornton LLP as the Company's  independent auditors for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999,  holders of 14,168 shares voted against
the ratification and holders of 3,623,446 shares abstained.  As a result,  Grant
Thornton's appointment was ratified.


                                       12
<PAGE>


                                     PART II


Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

Price Range of Common Stock

The Company's  common stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market System under
the symbol "FLDR." The following  table sets forth,  for the periods  indicated,
the high and low closing prices of the Company's common stock as reported by the
Nasdaq National Market System.  Such quotations do not include retail  mark-ups,
mark-downs, or other fees or commissions.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  High           Low
                                              -----------    -----------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>
Fiscal 1999

Fourth Quarter ended December 31, 1999        $ 3   5/16     $ 2   1/4
Third Quarter ended September 30, 1999          3   3/8        2   3/8
Second Quarter ended June 30, 1999              3  13/16       2   1/2
First Quarter ended March 31, 1999              5   1/8        2   9/16

Fiscal 1998

Fourth Quarter ended December 31, 1998          4   3/16       2  15/16
Third Quarter ended September 30, 1998          5   1/2        3   1/2
Second Quarter ended June 30, 1998              6              4   1/2
First Quarter ended March 31, 1998              8   1/2        5   9/16
</TABLE>

Approximate Number of Equity Securityholders

On April 13,  2000,  Flanders'  common  stock  closed at $3 1/8. As of April 13,
2000,  there were  approximately  296 holders of record of the Company's  common
stock. The Company estimates there are approximately  2,400 beneficial owners of
the Company's common stock.

Dividends

We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock.  Currently,  we
intend to retain any future  earnings to finance the growth and  development  of
the  business,  therefore  we do not  anticipate  paying cash  dividends  in the
foreseeable  future. In the future,  the Board of Directors may decide to change
this policy,  based upon its  evaluation  of our earnings,  financial  position,
capital  requirements  and any factors the Board of Directors may consider to be
relevant.  Under the terms of our revolving  credit line we cannot pay dividends
without the prior written consent of the bank. See "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and  Results of  Operations  - Liquidity  and
Capital Resources" and "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Note H."

SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

The Company did not sell any  unregistered  common shares or other  unregistered
securities during 1997, 1998 and 1999.


                                       13
<PAGE>


Item 6.       Selected Financial Data

The  following  financial  data is an  integral  part of,  and should be read in
conjunction  with, the  "Consolidated  Financial  Statements" and notes thereto.
Information concerning significant trends in the financial condition and results
of operations is contained in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."

Selected Historical Operations Data  (In thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Year Ended December 31,
                                               ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1999         1998       1997        1996       1995
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------- ----------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Net sales                                      $ 171,392   $ 154,765   $ 131,899   $  73,056  $  38,636
Gross profit                                      43,975      37,660      32,880      19,459      9,682
Operating expenses                                33,802      28,108      23,510      13,460      7,263
Operating income from continuing operations       10,172       9,551       9,370       5,999      2,419
Earnings from continuing operations before
income taxes                                      10,174      10,991       9,850       5,771      1,830
Provision for income taxes                         4,671       4,450       3,751       2,178        685
Earnings from continuing operations                5,503       6,541       6,098       3,594      1,146
Loss from discontinued operations                 (2,686)     (1,253)       (259)       --         --
Net Earnings                                   $   2,817   $   5,288   $   5,839   $   3,594  $   1,146
                                               ==========  ==========  ==========  =========  =========

Earnings per share from continuing operations
  Basic                                        $    0.22   $    0.26   $    0.33   $    0.27  $    0.12
                                               ==========  ==========  ==========  =========  =========
  Diluted                                      $    0.21   $    0.24   $    0.28   $    0.23  $    0.12
                                               ==========  ==========  ==========  =========  =========

Earnings per share
  Basic                                        $    0.11   $    0.21   $    0.32   $    0.27  $    0.12
                                               ==========  ==========  ==========  =========  =========
  Diluted                                      $    0.11   $    0.20   $    0.27   $    0.23  $    0.12
                                               ==========  ==========  ==========  =========  =========

Weighted average common shares outstanding
  Basic                                           25,344      25,134      18,509      13,171      9,832
                                               ==========  ==========  ==========  =========  =========
  Diluted                                         26,525      27,107      22,477      16,384      9,832
                                               ==========  ==========  ==========  =========  =========
</TABLE>


Selected Historical Balance Sheet Data (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  December 31,
                                               --------------------------------------------------
                                                 1999      1998      1997      1996      1995
                                               --------  --------  --------  --------  ----------
<S>                                            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Working capital                                $ 45,889  $ 47,972  $ 55,179  $ 22,570  $  4,108
Total assets                                    170,429   167,780   145,881    86,518    18,529
Long-term obligations1                           32,328    31,371    14,771    42,156     1,761
Total shareholders' equity                      112,127   109,603   106,207    25,353     8,208

- --------------------
</TABLE>

1   Long-term  obligations  include  long-term  notes payable,  long-term  debt,
    including current maturities, convertible debt, and committed capital.



                                       14
<PAGE>


Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
        Results of Operations

The following  discussion  should be read in conjunction with "Item 6 - Selected
Consolidated  Financial  Data"  and  "Consolidated  Financial  Statements,"  all
included  elsewhere  herein.  The  information  set forth in this  "Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and  Results of  Operations"
includes forward-looking  statements that involve risks and uncertainties.  Many
factors,  including but not limited to those discussed below under "Factors That
May Affect Future Results" could cause actual results to differ  materially from
those contained in the forward-looking statements below.

Overview

Flanders is a full-range air filtration  product  company  engaged in designing,
manufacturing and marketing high performance,  mid-range and  standard-grade air
filtration products and certain related products and services. We focus on those
products with high replacement potential. We also design and manufacture much of
our own production  equipment and also produce glass-based media for many of our
air filtration  products.  From 1996 to 1999, we experienced  significant growth
from the acquisition of other air filtration related companies.  As of March 30,
1999,  we acquired  the Taffco  group,  a regional  air filter sales and service
distributor headquartered in Virginia. As of June 30, 1998, we acquired Eco-Air.
Eco-Air  specializes in the manufacture  and sale of air filtration  products to
markets  on  the  West  Coast  ranging  from   high-end  HEPA  filters   through
standard-grade  filters.  The results of operations for the acquired  businesses
are  included  in our  financial  statements  only from the  applicable  date of
acquisition.  As a result,  historical  results of  operations  for the  periods
presented should be evaluated specifically in the context of these acquisitions.
Additionally,  the  historical  results of  operations do not reflect any future
operating  efficiencies and improvements  from integrating and consolidating the
acquired businesses into our operations.  There can be no guarantee that we will
be able to achieve  these  objectives  and gains in  efficiency.  We believe the
Acquisitions  will have a positive  impact on its future  results of operations.
Also in 1998, we established Sierra Ridge Filtration, Inc., a direct distributor
of air  filtration  products  with sales offices  located in the western  United
States.

Results of Operations

    1999 Compared to 1998

    The following  table  summarizes  the  Company's  results of operations as a
    percentage of net sales for 1999 and 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1999                  1998
                                                         -----------------    -----------------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>
    Net sales .............................................  $ 171,392  100.0%    $ 154,765  100.0%
    Gross profit ..........................................     43,975   25.7        37,660   24.3
    Operating expenses ....................................     33,802   19.7        28,108   18.2
    Operating income from continuing operations ...........     10,172    5.9         9,551    6.2
    Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes     10,174    5.9        10,991    7.1
    Provision for income taxes ............................      4,671    2.7         4,450    2.9
    Earnings from continuing operations ...................      5,503    3.2         6,541    4.2
    Loss from discontinued operations .....................     (2,686)  (1.6)       (1,253)  (0.8)
    Net earnings ..........................................  $   2,817    1.6     $   5,289    3.4
</TABLE>

    Net  Sales:  Net sales  for 1999  increased  by  $16,627,000  or  10.7%,  to
    $171,392,000 for 1999, from $154,765,000 for 1998. The increase in net sales
    was due to: (i) the acquisitions of Eco-Air and the Tidewater  group,  which
    contributed  approximately  $15,334,000 of net sales; and (ii) the Company's
    success in attracting  work and expanding its original core business,  which
    grew by approximately 1% between 1999 and 1998 and contributed an additional
    $1,293,000 to net sales.



                                       15
<PAGE>


    Gross  Profit:  Gross profit for 1999  increased  $6,315,000,  or 16.8%,  to
    $43,975,000,  which represented 25.7% of net sales, compared to $37,660,000,
    which  represented  24.3% for 1998. This increase in gross margin percentage
    was primarily due to:

        o   Higher margins on sales made through our direct sales offices, which
            made  significant  contributions  to sales of our  products  for the
            first time during the last half of 1999;

        o   Margin improvement from our ongoing automation projects;

        o   Operational   efficiencies  at  our  newest  facilities  in  Nevada,
            Illinois and North  Carolina,  which are gradually  increasing  over
            time and should increase to the levels  experienced  historically at
            other plants during the next twelve to eighteen months; and

        o   Internally   produced  spun-glass  media  for  our  residential  and
            commercial  flat-panel furnace and air conditioning filters began in
            significant  quantities during the fourth quarter of 1999, providing
            an estimated savings of approximately $100,000.

        o   Hurricane  Floyd which  caused us to close four of our plants in the
            eastern United States for periods ranging from 0.5 days to 5.5 days.
            There is an associated insurance claim whose amount has not yet been
            determined, which will be booked as "other income" during the period
            in which the amount becomes fully determined.

    Operating Expenses:  Operating expenses during 1999 increased $5,694,000, or
    20.3%  to  $33,802,000,   representing  19.7%  of  net  sales,  compared  to
    $28,108,000 for 1998, which  represented 18.2% of net sales. The increase in
    operating  expenses was primarily due to the acquisitions of Eco-Air and the
    Tidewater group, which added approximately $5,031,000 in operating expenses.
    Excluding these  acquisitions,  operating  expenses  increased $663,000 from
    1999 compared to 1998.  This increase is primarily due to the  establishment
    of direct sales offices during the last part of 1998 and all of 1999,  which
    offset the increase in gross profit  margin  attributable  to direct  office
    operations.  Other factors affecting  operating  expenses included decreased
    expenditures for new product development expenditures between 1999 and 1998,
    the consolidation and  centralization  of overhead  functions,  increased in
    outbound  freight expenses related to increased sales and higher fuel costs,
    and increased sales commission expenses associated with increased sales.

    Discontinued Operations: In December 1999, we adopted a formal plan to close
    Airseal West, a  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  and sell its various  assets and
    product lines to unrelated third parties. The anticipated date of closure is
    approximately  April 30, 2000. All dispositions of assets are expected to be
    completed before December 31, 2000. The assets to be sold consist  primarily
    of accounts receivable,  inventories,  manufacturing equipment,  designs and
    other  intellectual  properties.  The estimated net loss of the discontinued
    operations of approximately  $2,686,000 represents  approximately $1,793,000
    of  losses  incurred  during  1999 and  $893,000  of  estimated  loss on the
    disposal  of the assets of  Airseal  West  (both  figures  net of income tax
    benefit). During 1998, operating losses from Airseal West were approximately
    $1,253,000, net of income tax benefit.

    Provision for Taxes:  Our income tax provision for 1999 increased  $221,000,
    or 5.0%, to $4,671,000,  from $4,450,000 for 1998, which  represented  45.9%
    and 40.5% of  earnings  from  continuing  operations  before  income  taxes,
    respectively.  Our tax  provision  increased  because  of larger  amounts of
    nondeductible  expenses,  primarily  amortization  of goodwill,  and certain
    one-time  adjustments related to estimated accrued income taxes. Our blended
    rate state and  federal  tax rate,  excluding  the  effect of  nondeductible
    expenses  consisting  primarily of amortization of goodwill of approximately
    $900,000 per year and one-time adjustments, is approximately 40.0%.

    Earnings from Continuing Operations: Earnings from continuing operations for
    1999 decreased $1,038,000, or 15.9%, to $5,503,000, or $0.22 per share basic
    ($0.21  diluted),  compared to  $6,541,000,  or $0.26 per share basic ($0.24
    diluted),  for 1998. The decrease in earnings is primarily  attributable  to
    decreases in net  nonoperating  income  (expense),  consisting  primarily of
    additional  interest expense and reduced interest income, and an increase in
    our effective income tax rate.



                                       16
<PAGE>

    Year Ended December 31, 1998 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1997

    The following  table  summarizes  the  Company's  results of operations as a
    percentage of net sales for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1998                  1997
                                                             -----------------    ------------------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>
    Net sales .............................................  $ 154,765  100.0%    $ 131,899   100.0%
    Gross profit ..........................................     37,660   24.3        32,880    24.9
    Operating expenses ....................................     28,108   18.2        23,509    17.8
    Operating income from continuing operations ...........      9,551    6.2         9,370     7.1
    Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes     10,991    7.1         9,850     7.5
    Provision for income taxes ............................      4,450    2.9         3,751     2.8
    Earnings from continuing operations ...................      6,541    4.2         6,098     4.6
    Loss from discontinued operations .....................     (1,253)  (0.8)         (259)   (0.2)
    Net earnings ..........................................  $   5,289    3.4     $   5,839     4.4
</TABLE>

    Net  Sales:  Net sales  for 1998  increased  by  $22,866,000,  or 17.3%,  to
    $154,765,000,  from $131,899,000 for 1997. The increase in net sales was due
    to:  (i)  the  acquisition  of  Eco-Air,  which  contributed   approximately
    $12,718,000 of net sales; and (ii) the Company's  success in attracting work
    and expanding its original core business,  which grew by approximately  7.7%
    between  1998 and 1997 and  contributed  an  additional  $10,148,000  to net
    sales. The Company experienced  reductions in sales of its laminar-flow HEPA
    products for cleanroom applications,  which were balanced by increased sales
    of  its  ASHRAE-rated  mid-range  products  for  industrial  and  commercial
    applications.

    Gross  Profit:  Gross profit for 1998  increased  $4,780,000,  or 14.5%,  to
    $37,660,000,  which represented 24.3% of net sales, compared to $32,880,000,
    which  represented  24.9% for 1997. The primary  reasons for the decrease in
    gross profit margin  percentage were: (i) The consolidation of the Company's
    Airpure facility,  located in Selma, North Carolina,  into the Company's new
    facility in nearby Smithfield,  North Carolina,  which took place during the
    fourth  quarter of 1998 and resulted in extended  periods of downtime due to
    equipment movement,  calibration and production flow refinement,  as well as
    other direct costs  associated with moving  equipment and inventory from the
    old facility to the new plant; (ii) higher than normal costs,  mostly during
    the  first  three  quarters  of  1998,  associated  with new  facilities  in
    Henderson,  Nevada and Smithfield,  North Carolina,  consisting primarily of
    labor  inefficiencies  associated with training new production employees and
    installation  of new  equipment;  (iii)  higher  than normal  freight  costs
    associated  with  shipping  products from  "established"  facilities to meet
    demand from new geographical areas while additional  equipment was installed
    in various plants; and (iv) inefficiencies  associated with irregular orders
    and  slowdowns  at FFI's  facility  in  Washington,  North  Carolina.  These
    decreases in gross profit were partially balanced by efficiencies associated
    with the Company's ongoing automation project for stock product lines, which
    is substantially complete for the Company's highest volume products.

    Operating Expenses:  Operating expenses during 1998 increased $4,599,000, or
    19.6%  to  $28,108,000,   representing  18.2%  of  net  sales,  compared  to
    $23,509,000 for 1997, which  represented 17.8% of net sales. The increase in
    operating  expenses was primarily due to the  acquisition of Eco-Air,  which
    added  approximately  $3,720,000 in operating  expenses.  Excluding Eco-Air,
    operating  expenses increased $879,000 from the year ended December 31, 1998
    compared  to the year ended  December  31,  1997.  Major  factors  affecting
    operating  expenses  included  approximately   $2,250,000  in  research  and
    development  expenditures for the development of new product lines, compared
    to approximately  $373,000 in 1997, the consolidation and  centralization of
    overhead  functions,  and increased sales commission expense associated with
    increase sales.

    Net Income: Net income for 1998 decreased $550,000,  or 9.4%, to $5,289,000,
    or $0.21 per share basic ($0.20 diluted),  compared to $5,839,000,  or $0.32
    per share basic  ($0.27  diluted),  for 1997.  The decrease in net income is
    primarily  attributable  to the  Company's  decrease  in profit  margin as a
    percentage of sales.


                                       17
<PAGE>


Effects of Inflation

The  Company's  business and  operations  have not been  materially  affected by
inflation during the periods for which financial information is presented.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Working capital was $45,889,000 at December 31, 1999, compared to $47,972,000 at
December 31,  1998.  This  includes  cash and cash  equivalents  of $824,000 and
$13,763,000 at December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

Trade receivables increased $2,352,000,  or 8.8%, to $29,023,000 at December 31,
1999 from  $26,671,000  at December 31, 1998.  The  increase in  receivables  is
primarily due to increases  associated  with the  increased  volume of net sales
(approximately  $2,659,000)  and timing  differences  in shipments  and payments
received.

Continuing  operations  generated  $5,242,000  of cash during 1999,  compared to
generating  $849,000  during 1998.  The  difference in cash flows was associated
with  smaller  increases in  inventories  during 1999  compared to 1998,  and an
increase  in  accounts  payable of  $173,000  in 1999  compared to a decrease of
$2,629,000 in 1998.  Financing  activities  for continuing  operations  consumed
$5,262,000  during 1999 of cash,  primarily  from  payments  on debt  financing.
Investing  activities for  continuing  operations  consumed  $11,881,000 of cash
during  1999,  consisting  primarily  of the  purchase  of  property,  plant and
equipment,  and cash  paid  for the  acquisition  of the  Tidewater  group.  The
purchase price,  including expenses and net of cash received,  was approximately
$1,787,000. The acquisition of Tidewater was funded from operating cash flow and
the Company's  revolving credit facility.  The effective date of the acquisition
for financial  statement  purposes was April 1, 1999,  and financial  statements
include the operating  activities  and assets of the  Tidewater  group from that
date.

On February 9, 2000,  we completed the  extension of our  $45,000,000  revolving
line of credit facility with SunTrust.  Outstanding  balances on the credit line
bear  interest at the option of the  Company,  at either (a) the "prime" rate of
interest  publicly  announced by SunTrust  Bank,  which was 8.5% at December 31,
1999, or (b) the "LIBOR" rate as reported by the Wall Street Journal,  which was
5.3% at December 31, 1999, plus an amount equal to 1.00% to 1.95%,  depending on
the ratio of total  liabilities of the Company to its tangible net worth.  As of
December 31, 1999,  the Company had used  $11,370,000  of the  revolving  credit
facility. Unless this line of credit is renewed, it will expire in June 2002.

As of April 1, 1998,  we entered into a Loan  Agreement and issued a Note to the
Johnston County Industrial  Facilities and Pollution Control Financing Authority
and such authority issued Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (the "Bonds") for
an  aggregate  of  $4,500,000,  the  proceeds  of  which  were  loaned  for  the
construction of a 400,000 square foot manufacturing facility in Johnston County,
North  Carolina.  The Note  extends  for a term of fifteen  (15) years and bears
interest at a variable rate determined by the remarketing  agent of the Bonds on
a weekly basis equal to the minimum  rate  necessary to sell such Bonds at their
par value  which,  as of December 31,  1999,  was 3.2% per annum.  The Bonds are
collateralized by a $4,500,000 letter of credit which expires in June 2002.

Continuing   expansion  may  require  substantial  capital  investment  for  the
manufacture of filtration  products.  Although we have been able to arrange debt
facilities  or  equity  financing  to  date,  there  can  be no  assurance  that
sufficient debt financing or equity will continue to be available in the future,
or that it will be available on acceptable  terms.  Failure to obtain sufficient
capital could materially adversely impact our growth strategy.

In 1998,  the Board of Directors  authorized the repurchase of up to two million
shares of the  Company's  common  stock.  As of March 24, 2000,  the Company had
repurchased 1,014,650 shares of its common stock under this authorization; thus,
as  of  this  date,  up  to an  additional  985,350  shares  are  available  for
repurchase.  These  shares  may  be  acquired  in the  open  market  or  through
negotiated  transactions.  These  repurchases  may be made  from  time to  time,
depending on market conditions, share price and other factors. These repurchases
are to be used  primarily to satisfy the Company's  obligations  under its stock
option  and  purchase  plans or any other  authorized  incentive  plans,  or for
issuance pursuant to future equity financing by the Company.  Effective with the
engagement  of  PaineWebber  in March  2000,  repurchases  under  the plan  were
suspended.




                                       18
<PAGE>


Outlook

During  1999,  we saw the first signs that our newly  established  manufacturing
facilities are beginning to complete their start-up phases.  Efficiency at these
new facilities is beginning to increase.  We expect this process to continue for
the next  eighteen  months,  until the new plants  reach our goals for  material
utilization,  labor  productivity  and  throughput.  Critical  to this  process,
however, will be our success in obtaining additional sales to more fully utilize
the production capacity we have put into place.

In July 1999, we  established a national  contracts  sales group.  This group is
focused on obtaining national supply agreements with major industrial end users,
typically  with  purchases  from us by each such customer  expected to exceed $1
million per year.  These types of customers are not typically  accessible to our
predominantly  regional  representative  and distributor  organizations,  and so
remain a largely  untapped  market for us.  While it is difficult to predict the
precise magnitude of sales that will actually result from this endeavor, we have
targeted  customers with aggregate annual air filtration  requirements in excess
of $100 million.  To date,  we have  received our first major  contract for this
market segment, a three-year exclusive arrangement to provide filters to a major
HVAC system  manufacturer which is expected to contribute at least $5 million to
annual sales, which began in the fourth quarter of 1999.

During the year, we negotiated  joint venture  agreements  with major air filter
distributors  or  manufacturers  in several  different areas in the Pacific Rim,
including Australia,  Korea, Malaysia,  Singapore,  Taiwan, Hong Kong and China.
These  arrangements  are  structured  so that we sell the  ventures  proprietary
materials and provide certain  proprietary  equipment.  These agreements are not
expected  to have a  material  effect on our  financial  position  or results of
operations during the year 2000.  However, we hope that the ventures will become
a significant source of revenue and income in the future.

During 1999, we finished our internal  verification  of a new Indoor Air Quality
system targeted toward commercial office  buildings.  This product,  part of our
engineered  services  group,  uses air quality  monitoring,  computer models and
automated  data  collection to develop a complete  analysis of a building's  air
quality over time,  which is then used to generate  and verify  solutions to air
quality problems.  While the installations of this technology currently in place
are not material to our results, and sales from this product are not expected to
be a material  contributor  in the year 2000,  we believe  this  combination  of
filtration  products and engineering  services is the best way to address Indoor
Air  Quality  problems,  including  Sick  Building  Syndrome,  and  believe  the
potential market for this application exceeds $5 million.

We believe the semiconductor  industry has been experiencing a cyclical slowdown
in capital  spending  for new  facilities,  and thus on spending  for  cleanroom
filtration  products,  since the first quarter of 1997.  While we expect capital
spending for new  semiconductor  facilities to increase in the future,  this was
not a significant  factor in our overall  business  during 1999 (less than 7% of
our  sales in 1999 and 1998  were  from  high-end  products  sold for use in the
semiconductor industry). During the first quarter of 2000, we have seen definite
signs that the semiconductor  industry will require  additional  capacity in the
near future, including price increases in commodity DRAM markets and several new
facility  announcements.  Therefore,  we  expect  sales  for  products  used  in
semiconductor plants to increase through the rest of 2000.

We have  collected data that  indicates  that  residential  filter users replace
their  filters,  on  average,  approximately  once per  year.  Manufacturers  of
residential furnace and air conditioning systems recommend that these filters be
changed  every  month.  A minor  trend  toward  increased  maintenance  of these
residential  heating and  cooling  systems  could have a positive  impact on our
business.

We believe  there is currently a gradually  increasing  public  awareness of the
issues  surrounding indoor air quality and that this trend will continue for the
next  several  years.  We also  believe  there is an increase in public  concern
regarding the effects of indoor air quality on employee productivity, as well as
an increase in interest by  standards-making  bodies in creating  specifications
and techniques for detecting,  defining and solving indoor air quality problems.
We further  believe  there  will be an  increase  in  interest  in our  Absolute
Isolation  Barriers in the future  because  these  products  may be used in both
semiconductor    and    pharmaceutical    manufacturing    plants   to   prevent
cross-contamination   between  different  lots  and  different  processes  being
performed at the same facility.  These products also increase  production yields
in many applications.




                                       19
<PAGE>


Our most  common  products,  in  terms  of both  unit  and  dollar  volume,  are
residential  throw-away spun glass filters,  which usually sell for prices under
$1.00.  Any  increase in consumer  concern  regarding  air  pollution,  airborne
pollens,  allergens, and other residential airborne contaminants could result in
replacement  of some of these  products with higher value  products.  Our higher
value products include our NaturalAire higher-efficiency filters for residential
use, with  associated  sales prices  typically  over $5.00 each.  Any such trend
would have a beneficial effect on our business.

Currently,  the  largest  domestic  market for air  filtration  products  is for
mid-range  ASHRAE-rated products and HVAC systems,  typically used in commercial
and  industrial  buildings.  To date,  our  penetration  of this market has been
relatively  small.  We believe our  ability to offer a "one stop"  supply of air
filtration  products to HVAC distributors and wholesalers may increase our share
of this market. We also believe that our recently developed modular air handlers
and environmental  tobacco smoke systems will enable us to expand sales to these
customers.  We intend our new  products to serve as high profile  entrants  with
distributors and  manufacturers'  representatives,  who can then be motivated to
carry our complete product line.

This Outlook  section,  and other  portions of this  document,  include  certain
"forward-looking  statements"  within the meaning of that term in Section 27A of
the Securities  Act of 1933,  and Section 21E of the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934,  including,  among  others,  those  statements  preceded by,  following or
including  the words  "believe,"  "expect,"  "intend,"  "anticipate"  or similar
expressions.  These forward-looking  statements are based largely on the current
expectations of management and are subject to a number of assumptions, risks and
uncertainties.   Our  actual   results  could  differ   materially   from  these
forward-looking  statements.  Important  factors to consider in evaluating  such
forward-looking  statements  include  those  discussed  below  under the heading
"Factors That May Affect Future Results" as well as:

    o   the  shortage  of  reliable  market data  regarding  the air  filtration
        market,

    o   changes  in  external  competitive  market  factors  or in our  internal
        budgeting   process   which  might  impact  trends  in  our  results  of
        operations,

    o   anticipated working capital or other cash requirements,

    o   changes in our business strategy or an inability to execute our strategy
        due to unanticipated changes in the market,

    o   product obsolescence due to the development of new technologies, and

    o   various   competitive   factors  that  may  prevent  us  from  competing
        successfully in the marketplace.

In light of these risks and  uncertainties,  there can be no assurance  that the
events  contemplated by the  forward-looking  statements  contained in this Form
10-K will in fact occur.

Factors That May Affect Future Results

Our Failure to Manage Future Growth Could  Adversely  Impact Our Business Due to
the Strain on Our Management, Financial and Other Resources

If our business  continues to grow, the additional  growth will place burdens on
management  to manage such growth while  maintaining  profitability.  We have no
guarantee  that we will be able to do so.  Due to our  recent  acquisitions  and
expansions,  our net sales  increased  by  approximately  344% from 1995 through
1999,  (a compound  annual growth rate of 45%). We may not continue to expand at
this rate. Our ability to compete  effectively  and manage future growth depends
on our ability to:

    o   recruit,  train and manage our work force,  particularly in the areas of
        corporate   management,   accounting,   research  and   development  and
        operations,

    o   manage production and inventory levels to meet product demand,

    o   manage and improve production quality,

    o   expand  both the  range of  customers  and the  geographic  scope of our
        customer base, and

    o   improve  financial  and  management  controls,   reporting  systems  and
        procedures.

Any failure to manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition and results of operations.



                                       20
<PAGE>


We Must  Develop,  Produce  and  Sell  New  Products  That  Keep  Up With  Rapid
Technological Change to Maintain  Approximately 20% of Our Revenues and Maintain
Value of Our Inventory and Other Assets

As of December 31, 1999,  approximately  20% of our revenues resulted from sales
of high-end filtration products that are especially vulnerable to new technology
development.  Our ability to remain competitive in this area will depend in part
upon our ability to:

    o   anticipate technological changes,

    o   develop new and enhanced  filtration  systems  that meet our  customers'
        needs, and

    o   introduce   these  systems  at  competitive   prices  in  a  timely  and
        cost-efficient manner.

We have no assurance that we will successfully  anticipate future  technological
changes or that  technologies or systems developed by others will not render our
technology  obsolete.  Additionally,  we have no assurance  that the products we
develop will be commercially viable. A failure to successfully anticipate future
technological changes could also require us to write down inventories, equipment
or other assets  associated with obsolete products or dispose of these assets at
a price lower than book value, which could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations.

Our Business May Suffer if Our Competitive Strategy is Not Successful

Our continued  success  depends on our ability to compete in an industry that is
highly  competitive.  This competition may increase as new competitors enter the
market.  Several of these  competitors may have longer  operating  histories and
greater financial,  marketing and other resources than we do. Additionally,  our
competitors  may introduce new products or  enhancements  to products that could
cause a decline in sales or loss of market acceptance of our existing  products.
Under our current competitive strategy, we endeavor to remain competitive by:

    o   increasing our market share,

    o   expanding  our market  through the  introduction  of new products  which
        require periodic replacement, and

    o   improving operating efficiencies.

Although  our  executive  management  team  continues  to review and monitor our
strategic plans, we have no assurance that we will be able to follow our current
strategy or that this strategy will be successful.

Our  Market  Share May Not  Continue  to  Increase  if we are  Unable to Acquire
Additional Synergistic Businesses

In the past several  years we have  significantly  increased our market share by
acquiring synergistic businesses. Although we intend to continue to increase our
market  share in this  manner,  we have no  assurance  that  future  acquisition
opportunities  will be  available.  Additionally,  in the future we may not have
access  to the  substantial  debt  or  equity  financing  to  finance  potential
acquisitions.  Moreover,  these types of transactions  may result in potentially
dilutive issuances of equity  securities,  the incurrence of additional debt and
amortization of expenses related to goodwill and intangible assets, all of which
could  adversely  affect  our  profitability.  Our  strategy  of growth  through
acquisition  also exposes us to the  potential  risks  inherent in assessing the
value,  strengths,   weaknesses,  and  potential  profitability  of  acquisition
candidates and in integrating  the operations of acquired  companies.  We do not
currently have any binding agreements with respect to future acquisitions.

Our Business  May Suffer if Our Strategy to Increase the Size and Customer  Base
of the Air Filtration Market is Unsuccessful

We are  developing new products as part of our strategy to increase the size and
customer  base of the air  filtration  market.  We have no  assurance  that this
strategy  will be  successful.  We have no  guarantee  that any new  products we
develop will gain acceptance in the marketplace,  or that these products will be
successful.  Additionally,  we have no  assurance  we will be able to recoup the
expenditures  associated with the  development of these products.  To succeed in
this area we must:

    o   increase public awareness of the issues surrounding indoor air quality,

    o   adequately  address the unknown  requirements of the potential  customer
        base,



                                       21
<PAGE>


    o   develop new products that are competitive in terms of price, performance
        and quality, and

    o   avoid   significant   increases   in  current   expenditure   levels  in
        development, marketing and consumer education.

We May Experience Critical Equipment Failure Which Could Have a Material Adverse
Effect on Our Business

If we experience  extended periods of downtime due to the malfunction or failure
of our automated  production  equipment,  our business,  financial condition and
operations may suffer.  We design,  manufacture and assemble the majority of the
automated  production  equipment  used  in our  facilities.  We also  use  other
technologically  advanced  equipment  for which  manufacturers  may have limited
production capability or service experience.  If we are unable to quickly repair
our   equipment  or  quickly   obtain  new   equipment  or  parts  from  outside
manufacturers,  we could experience extended periods of downtime in the event of
malfunction or equipment failure.

If Automation of Our  Production  Lines Fails to Produce the Projected  Results,
Our Business Will Suffer

We have only  recently  substantially  completed a program to increase our gross
margins by automating  portions of our  production  lines.  Although the designs
have been  extensively  tested in the field,  we have no assurance  that the new
equipment  will produce the expected  beneficial  results on our gross  margins.
Additionally,  we are not certain that any increases in efficiencies will not be
offset in the  marketplace by competitors  making similar  improvements to their
facilities.

Our Plan to  Centralize  Overhead  Functions  May Not  Produce  the  Anticipated
Benefits to Our Operating Results

We are currently  implementing plans to centralize and eliminate  duplication of
efforts between our subsidiaries in the following areas:

    o   purchasing,
    o   production planning,
    o   shipping coordination,
    o   marketing,
    o   accounting,
    o   personnel management,
    o   risk management, and
    o   benefit plan administration.

We have no  assurance  that  cutting  overhead  in this  fashion  will  have the
anticipated  benefits  to  our  operating  results.  Additionally,  we  have  no
assurance  that  these   reorganizations  will  not  significantly  disrupt  the
operations of the affected subsidiaries.

Our Success Depends on Our Ability to Retain and Attract Key Personnel

Our  success  and future  operating  results  depend in part upon our ability to
retain our  executives  and key  personnel,  many of whom would be  difficult to
replace.  Our success  also depends on our ability to attract  highly  qualified
engineering,  manufacturing,  technical,  sales and  support  personnel  for our
operations. Competition for such personnel, particularly qualified engineers, is
intense,  and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in attracting
or retaining such personnel. Our failure to attract or retain such persons could
have a material adverse effect on our business,  financial condition and results
of operations.

Our Current  Distribution  Channels  May be  Unavailable  if Our  Manufacturers'
Representatives Decide to Work Primarily With One of Our Competitors

We provide our manufacturers'  representatives  with the ability to offer a full
product line of air filtration  products to existing and new customers.  Some of
our  competitors   offer  similar   arrangements.   We  do  not  have  exclusive
relationships   with  most  of  our   representatives.   Consequently,   if  our
representatives  decide  to work  primarily  with  one of our  competitors,  our
current  distribution  channels,  and hence,  our sales,  could be significantly
reduced.




                                       22
<PAGE>


Management Controls a Significant Percentage of Our Stock

As of December 31, 1999, our directors and executive officers  beneficially held
approximately  41.9%  of  our  outstanding  common  stock.  As  a  result,  such
shareholders   effectively  control  or  significantly   influence  all  matters
requiring shareholder approval.  These matters include the election of directors
and  approval of  significant  corporate  transactions.  Such  concentration  of
ownership  may also  have the  effect  of  delaying  or  preventing  a change in
control.

We May be  Required  to Issue  Stock in the Future That Will Dilute the Value of
Our Existing Stock

If we issue the following  securities,  such  securities may dilute the value of
the securities that our existing stockholders now hold.

We have granted warrants to purchase of total of 612,239 of our shares of common
stock to various  parties with exercise  prices ranging from $5.54 to $14.73 per
share.  All of the  warrants  are  currently  exercisable.  As a result,  if the
warrant holders exercise these warrants, we will issue shares of stock that will
generally be available for sale in the public market.

We have granted options to purchase a total of 7,005,700  shares of common stock
to various  parties with exercise  prices ranging from $1.00 to $9.50 per share.
The majority of these options are currently exercisable.  Additionally,  most of
the common stock  issuable upon the exercise of these options is registered on a
Form S-8. As a result,  if the option holders  exercise  these options,  we will
issue shares of stock that will  generally  be available  for sale in the public
market.

Our  Shareholders May Not Realize Certain  Opportunities  Because of Our Charter
Provisions and North Carolina Law

Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws contain provisions that are designed to
provide our board of directors with time to consider  whether a hostile takeover
offer is in our best interest and the best interests of our shareholders.  These
provisions may  discourage  potential  acquisition  proposals and could delay or
prevent a change of control in our business. Additionally, we are subject to the
Control Shares Acquisition Act of the State of North Carolina. This act provides
that any person who acquires  "control shares" of a publicly held North Carolina
corporation  will not have voting  rights with  respect to the  acquired  shares
unless a majority of the  disinterested  shareholders of the corporation vote to
grant such rights.  This could deprive  shareholders of opportunities to realize
takeover premiums for their shares or other advantages that large  accumulations
of stock would typically provide.

Our Business Can be Significantly Affected by Environmental Laws

The  constantly   changing  body  of  environmental  laws  and  regulations  may
significantly  influence our business and products.  These laws and  regulations
require that certain environmental standards be met and impose liability for the
failure  to  comply  with  such  standards.  While  we  endeavor  at each of our
facilities to assure  compliance with  environmental  laws and  regulations,  we
cannot be certain that our operations or activities, or historical operations by
others  at our  locations,  will not  result  in civil or  criminal  enforcement
actions or private  actions that could have a materially  adverse  effect on our
business.  We have,  in the past,  and may,  in the  future,  purchase  or lease
properties   with   unresolved   potential   violations   of  federal  or  state
environmental  regulations.  In these  transactions,  we have been successful in
obtaining  sufficient  indemnification  and  mitigating the impact of the issues
without recognizing significant expenses associated with litigation and cleanup.
However, purchasing or leasing these properties requires us to weigh the cost of
resolving  these issues and the  likelihood of litigation  against the potential
economic  and  business  benefits of the  transaction.  If we fail to  correctly
identify,  resolve and obtain  indemnification  against these risks,  they could
have a material adverse impact on our financial position.

Because of the  foregoing  factors,  as well as other  variables  affecting  our
operating  results,  past  financial  performance  should  not be  considered  a
reliable  indicator  of  future  performance,   and  investors  should  not  use
historical trends to anticipate results or trends in future periods.




                                       23
<PAGE>


Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The Company is exposed to various  market  risks,  including  changes in foreign
currency  exchange  rates and interest rate risks.  Market risk is the potential
loss  arising from  adverse  change in market rates and prices,  such as foreign
currency  exchange and interest  rates.  For the Company,  these  exposures  are
primarily  related to the sale of product to foreign  customers  and  changes in
interest  rates.  The Company does not have any  derivatives or other  financial
instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

The  fair  value  of  the  Company's   total  debt  at  December  31,  1999  was
approximately  $32,328,000.  Market risk was estimated as the potential decrease
(increase) in future earnings and cash flows  resulting from a hypothetical  10%
increase  (decrease) in the Company's  estimated weighted average borrowing rate
at December 31, 1999.  Although  most of the interest on the  Company's  debt is
indexed  to a market  rate,  there  would be no  material  effect on the  future
earnings  or  cash  flows  related  to  the  Company's  total  debt  for  such a
hypothetical change.

The Company's  financial position is not materially  affected by fluctuations in
currencies against the U.S. dollar,  since assets held outside the United States
are negligible.  The Company's sensitivity analysis of the effects of changes in
foreign  currency  exchange rates does not factor in a potential change in sales
levels of local currency prices, as the preponderance of its foreign sales occur
over short periods of time or are demarcated in U.S. dollars.

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

           Attached, beginning at page F-1.

Item 9. Changes  in  and  Disagreements  with   Accountants  on  Accounting  and
        Financial Disclosure

On November 23,  1999,  the Board of Directors  approved (i) the  engagement  of
Grant Thornton LLP as the independent auditors for Flanders Corporation and (ii)
the  dismissal  of  McGladrey  & Pullen LLP as such  independent  auditors.  The
shareholders  ratified  this  selection  in our  annual  meeting.  See "Item 4 -
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders."

During the three years ended December 31, 1998 and the subsequent interim period
through  November 23, 1999,  (i) there were no  disagreements  with  McGladrey &
Pullen,  LLP on any matter of  accounting  principles  or  practices,  financial
statement  disclosure,  or auditing scope or procedures,  which disagreements if
not  resolved  to its  satisfaction  would have caused it to make  reference  in
connection with its report to the subject matter of the  disagreement,  and (ii)
McGladrey & Pullen, LLP did not advise the registrant  regarding any "reportable
events" as defined in Item 304 (a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

The accountants' report of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP on the consolidated financial
statements  of Flanders  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  as of and for the years
ended  December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996 did not contain any adverse  opinion or
disclaimer  of opinion,  and was not  qualified  or modified as to  uncertainty,
audit scope, or accounting principles.

Neither Grant Thornton LLP or its members has any financial interest,  direct or
indirect in the Company nor does Grant  Thornton  LLP or any of its members ever
been connected with the Company as a promoter,  underwriter,  trustee, director,
officer or employee.


                                       24
<PAGE>


                                    PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

Identification of Directors and Executive Officers

Set forth  below is  information  regarding  (i) the  current  directors  of the
Company,  who will serve until the next annual meeting of  shareholders or until
their  successors are elected or appointed and  qualified,  and (ii) the current
executive officers of the Company, who are elected to serve at the discretion of
the Board of Directors.

    Name                       Age     Title
    -------------------        ---     --------------------------------

    Robert R. Amerson          49      President, Chief Executive Officer
                                         and Director

    C. W. "Andy" Wood          60      Vice President Sales

    Steven K. Clark            47      Chief Operating Officer, Vice President
                                         Finance/Chief Financial Officer
                                         and Director

    Leonard J. Fetcho          59      Vice President Operations

    John L. Cherry             56      Vice President Engineered Products

    John Houmis                52      Vice President Engineering

    Linwood Allen Hahn         51      Director

    J. Russell Fleming         50      Director

Robert R. Amerson.  Mr. Amerson has been President and Chief  Executive  Officer
since 1988. Mr.  Amerson is also a Director,  a position he has held since 1988.
He joined us in 1987 as Chief Financial  Officer.  Mr. Amerson has a Bachelor of
Science degree in Business Administration from Atlantic Christian College.

C.W.  "Andy" Wood. Mr. Wood has been Vice President of Sales since 1998 and Vice
President of Sales for Precisionaire, a wholly owned subsidiary, since 1982. Mr.
Wood oversees all marketing and sales efforts of the Company.  Mr. Wood has more
than thirty years of experience in the air filtration industry.  Mr. Wood has an
Associates Degree in Industrial Management from the Georgia Institute.

Steven K. Clark. Mr. Clark was named as Vice President Finance,  Chief Financial
Officer and Director in December  1995 and Chief  Operating  Officer in November
1999.  Mr. Clark acted as a consultant  from  November,  1995 through  December,
1995. From July 1992 through October 1995, he was the Chief Financial Officer of
Daw Technologies,  Inc., a specialty cleanroom  contractor and major customer of
the Company.  While Chief Financial Officer of Daw  Technologies,  Mr. Clark was
late in filing a Form 3 amendment  and certain Form 4s and Form 5s. He agreed to
a cease and desist order with respect to these  violations.  No violations other
than the  timeliness of filing those reports were alleged by the  Securities and
Exchange Commission ("SEC"). Prior to this he was a senior partner of Miller and
Clark,  an accounting and  management  services firm. Mr. Clark spent four years
with Price Waterhouse,  and an additional four years with Arthur Andersen,  both
accounting  firms.  He is a Certified  Public  Accountant,  has Bachelor of Arts
degrees  in  Accounting   and  Political   Science  and  a  Master  of  Business
Administration Degree, all from the University of Utah.

Leonard J. Fetcho. Mr. Fetcho has been Vice President  Operations since December
1999. He is also President of Eco-Air Products,  Inc., which was acquired by the
Company in June 1998.  Mr.  Fetcho has held the position of President of Eco-Air
Products  Inc.  since  1993.  Mr.  Fetcho has  extensive  experience  in the air
filtration  industry,




                                       25
<PAGE>


including being manager of national accounts for Farr Corporation,  and director
of sales and marketing for Cambridge Filter Corporation,  both competitors.  Mr.
Fetcho has a bachelor's degree in accounting from Morrisville College.

John L. Cherry.  Mr. Cherry has been Vice  President  Engineered  Products since
December  1999.  At that time,  he was  appointed  General  Manager of  Flanders
Filters,  Inc., and  Flanders/CSC,  both wholly owned  subsidiaries.  Mr. Cherry
served as President of Flanders/CSC from March 1997 through December 1999 and as
Vice President/General Manager before that, beginning in 1980. Mr. Cherry has an
Associates Degree in design technology from Thomas Nelson Community College.

John Houmis. Mr. Houmis has been Vice President Engineering since December 1998.
He has direct responsibility for manufacturing engineering,  quality control and
production  control systems.  From May 1998 to December 1998, he was Director of
Special Project - Plants for Precisionaire, a wholly owned subsidiary. From 1993
to October 1997,  Mr.  Houmis was the general  manager of  Precisionaire's  main
manufacturing facility in Florida. Mr. Houmis has Bachelor of Science and Master
of Science degrees in engineering from the University of South Florida.

Linwood  Allen Hahn.  Mr. Hahn was elected as a Director in December  1999.  Mr.
Hahn  practices Real Property Law,  Estates,  Municipal Law and Corporate Law in
Greenville,  North  Carolina.  Mr. Hahn  graduated  from he  University of North
Carolina at Chapel Hill with a BA degree in 1970,  the  University  of Tennessee
College  of Law,  JD  degree  in 1973.  He is  currently  a member  of the North
Carolina State Bar Association and the North Carolina Trial Lawyer's Association
as  well as  serving  on the  advisory  boards  of  several  private  charitable
organizations.

J. Russell Fleming.  Mr. Fleming was elected as a Director in December 1999. Mr.
Fleming is  Owner/President  of Cape Point  Development  Co.,  Inc.,  located in
Greenville,    North   Carolina,    specializing   in   land   development   and
commercial/multi-family construction. Mr. Fleming Is also Owner/President of New
East Management & Realty,  Inc.,  also located in Greenville,  NC, which manages
residential and commercial rental properties. Mr. Fleming attended East Carolina
University  prior to obtaining  his General  Contractor  and Real Estate  Broker
licenses.


Item 11.      Executive Compensation

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The  Compensation  Committee of the  Company's  Board of  Directors  consists of
Messrs. Hahn and Fleming, both non-employee  directors,  and Messr. Amerson, the
Chief Executive Officer.

Summary Compensation Table

The  following  table sets forth the  aggregate  cash  compensation  paid by the
Company for services rendered during the last three years to the Company's Chief
Executive  Officer and to each of the Company's other  executive  officers whose
annual salary, bonus and other compensation exceeded $100,000 in 1999.



                                       26
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    Annual Compensation                  Long-Term Compensation
                                            -------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
                                                                                            Awards            Payouts
                                                                                   -------------------------  --------
                                                                                                Securities
                                                                        Other      Restricted   Underlying
                                                                       Annual        Stock       Options/      LTIP
                                                                       Compen-      Award(s)       SARs       Payouts
Name and Principal Position         Year    Salary ($)   Bonus ($)   sation ($)       ($)           (#)         ($)
- ------------------------------------------  -----------  ----------  ------------  -----------  ------------  --------
<S>                                 <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
Robert R. Amerson                   1999       254,808         -            -            -       1,000,0002         -
   President and CEO                1998<F1>   250,000         -            -            -                          -
                                    1997       250,000         -           5,500         -              -           -
C.W. "Andy" Wood                    1999       304,519         -            -            -              -           -
   Vice President Sales             1998       183,558         -            -            -              -           -
                                    1997       169,856         -           4,965         -              -           -
Steven K. Clark                     1999       250,000         -            -            -       1,000,0002         -
   Vice President Finance/CFO       1998<F2>   250,000         -            -            -              -           -
                                    1997       250,000         -            -            -              -           -
Leonard J. Fetcho                   1999       164,827         -         11,787          -              -           -
   Vice President Operations        1998<F3>   206,008    2,000,000         -            -         40,000           -
                                    1997       265,927         -            -            -              -           -
John L. Cherry                      1999       150,408         -         12,452          -         10,000           -
   Vice President Engineered
Products                            1998       149,600         -         10,771          -         10,000           -
                                    1997       145,006         -         12,089          -         10,000           -
John Houmis                         1999       106,164         -            -            -              -           -
   Vice President Engineering       1998<F4>    59,828.        -            -            -              -           -
                                    1997<F4>    68,009         -            -            -              -           -

<FN>
<F1>    Mr. Amerson's and Mr. Clark each have an annual salary of $250,000, plus
        a  possible  bonus  each  year,   under  their   respective   Employment
        Agreements, as amended. See "Employment Agreements."

<F2>    Messrs.  Amerson and Clark each had options to purchase 1,000,000 shares
        at $2.50 per share whose  expiration date was extended,  on December 22,
        1999,  from  February  22, 2001 to February  22,  2006.  This  extension
        resulted in the establishment of a new measurement date for the value of
        the options for financial statement  reporting purposes.  On the date of
        grant,  the closing market price for the Company's stock was equal to or
        above the options' strike price.

<F3>    Mr.  Fetcho  joined the  Company as of June 30,  1998,  when the Company
        acquired  Eco-Air.  Mr. Fetcho's total  compensation  for 1998 since the
        date of acquisition was $93,149. Mr. Fetcho's annual salary is $165,000,
        plus a possible  bonus each year,  under his Employment  Agreement.  See
        "Employment Agreements".  Prior to acquisition,  Eco-Air paid Mr. Fetcho
        $112,859 in salary  during 1998 and a  $2,000,000  bonus for his role in
        negotiating the sale of Eco-Air.  During 1997 and 1996, Eco-Air paid Mr.
        Fetcho $265,927 and $201,034, respectively.

<F4>    Mr. Houmis'  compensation  for 1997 reflected ten months of salary.  Mr.
        Houmis' compensation for 1998 reflects seven months' salary.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       27
<PAGE>


OPTIONS/SARs GRANTED IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

The following table sets forth  information  regarding all individual  grants of
options made during the last completed year to the named executive officers.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Individual Grants
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           Potential Realizable
                                                                                                 Value at
                                                                                              Assumed Annual
                        Number of         % of Total                                          Rates of Stock
                        Securities       Options/SARs                                       Price Appreciation
                        Underlying        Granted to      Exercise or                        for Option Term
                       Options/SARs      Employees in     Base Price     Expiration    -----------------------------
        Name           Granted (#)       Fiscal Year        ($/Sh)          Date         5% ($)<F1>     10% ($)<F1>
- -------------------   ---------------   ---------------  --------------  ------------  --------------  -------------
<S>                     <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>
Robert R. Amerson       1,000,000<F2>          46.3%         $ 2.50       2/22/2006     $  918,382      $2,174,135
C.W. "Andy" Wood            -                   -              -              -              -              -
Steven K. Clark         1,000,0002             46.3%           2.50       2/22/2006        918,382       2,174,135
Leonard J. Fetcho             -                 -              -              -              -              -
John L. Cherry             10,000               0.5%           4.75       7/23/2004          -               6,113
John Houmis                   -                 -              -              -              -              -

<FN>
<F1>    The  potential   realizable   value  portion  of  the  foregoing   table
        illustrates  value that might be realized  upon  exercise of the options
        immediately  prior  to  the  expiration  of  their  term,  assuming  the
        specified  compounded rates of appreciation on the common stock over the
        term of the  options.  These  numbers  do not  take  into  account  plan
        provisions providing for termination of the option following termination
        of employment or non-transferability.

<F2>    Messrs.  Amerson and Clark each had options to purchase 1,000,000 shares
        at $2.50 whose  expiration  date was extended  from February 22, 2001 to
        February 22, 2006 effective December 22, 1999.
</FN>
</TABLE>

Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in Last Fiscal Year
and Fiscal Year-End Option/SAR Values

The following  table sets forth the aggregate  number and value of stock options
and SAR's  exercised  during  the last  year by the  Company's  Chief  Executive
Officer and by each of the  Company's  other  executive  officers  whose  annual
salary, bonus and other compensation exceed $100,000.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Number of Securities
                          Shares                     Underlying Unexercised      Value of Unexercised
                         Acquired                    Options/SARs at Fiscal     In-the-Money Options/
                            On          Value             Year-End (#)         SARs at Fiscal Year-End
          Name         Exercise (#)  Realized ($)  Exercisable/Unexercisable  Exercisable/Unexercisable
- ---------------------  ------------  ------------  -------------------------  -------------------------
<S>                                   <C>                <C>                      <C>
Robert  R. Amerson             -      $      -           3,150,000 / -            $  1,725,000 / -
C.W. "Andy" Wood               -             -                   - / -                      -  / -
Steven K. Clark                -             -           3,150,000 / -               1,725,000 / -
Leonard J. Fetcho              -             -              40,000 / -                       - / -
John L. Cherry                 -             -              40,000 / -                       - / -
John Houmis                    -             -                   - / -                       - / -
</TABLE>


                                       28
<PAGE>

Compensation of Directors

Directors   who  are  Company   employees   receive  no  additional  or  special
remuneration for serving as directors.  The Company's non-employee Directors are
paid $500 plus out-of-pocket expenses for each meeting of the Board of Directors
and upon  meeting  certain  qualifications  receive an option to purchase  5,000
shares of the Company's  common stock at or above the market price of the common
stock on the date of grant for every year they remain a director.  During  1999,
each of the non-employee  directors received an option to purchase 50,000 shares
of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share.

Employment Agreements

Messrs.  Amerson and Clark have employment  agreements  effective as of December
15, 1995  ("Employment  Agreements").  The  Employment  Agreements,  as amended,
provide for an annual base salary of $250,000 for both Mr. Amerson and Mr. Clark
and terminate in 2010. The Employment Agreements also provide that the executive
shall be entitled to the following termination payments: (i) 100% of his current
base  salary  if the  employment  is  terminated  as a  result  of his  death or
disability;  (ii) up to 200% of his  current  base salary if the  employment  is
terminated  by the Company for any reason  other than death,  disability  or for
cause,  or (iii) up to 250% of the  executive's  gross  income  during  the year
preceding  his  termination  if the  Employment  Agreement is  terminated by the
executive  for good reason or by the  Company  for any reason  other than death,
disability or cause and the  termination  occurs within two years after a change
of control of the Company has occurred.

Messr.  Fetcho has an employment  agreement effective as of June 30, 1998, which
provides  for an annual base  salary of $165,000  and  terminates  in 2003.  Mr.
Fetcho's employment agreement also provides that the executive shall be entitled
to the following  termination  payments:  (i) 100% of his current base salary if
the employment is terminated as a result of his death or disability;  (ii) up to
200% of his current base salary if the  employment is terminated  for any reason
other  than  death,  disability  or  for  cause,  or  (iii)  up to  250%  of the
executive's  gross  income  during the year  preceding  his  termination  if the
Employment  Agreement is  terminated  by the executive for good reason or by the
Company for any reason other than death, disability or cause and the termination
occurs within two years after a change of control of the Company has occurred.

OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Board Meetings and Committees

During 1999, the Board of Directors met two (2) times and also executed  various
resolutions  and written  actions in lieu of  meetings.  All  directors  were in
attendance  at each of  these  meetings.  The  Board of  Directors  has an Audit
Committee and a Compensation Committee.  The Audit Committee reviews the results
and scope of the audit and other services provided by the Company's  independent
auditors,  reviews  and  evaluates  the  Company's  internal  audit and  control
functions,  and  monitors  transactions  between the Company and its  employees,
officers and directors.  The  Compensation  Committee  administers the Company's
equity  incentive  plans and  designates  compensation  levels for  officers and
directors of the Company. The Audit Committee met two (2) times during 1999. The
Compensation Committee met two (2) times during 1999.

Currently,  the Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Hahn, Fleming and Clark. The
Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. Hahn, Fleming and Amerson.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

During  1996,  the Company  adopted the Long Term  Incentive  Plan to assist the
Company in securing and retaining key  employees and  consultants.  The LTI Plan
authorizes grants of incentive stock options,  nonqualified stock options, stock
appreciation  rights ("SARs"),  restricted stock performance shares and dividend
equivalents to officers and key employees of the Company and outside consultants
to the Company.  There are 1,986,800  shares of Common Stock  reserved for award
under the LTI Plan.  During 1999,  1998 and 1997, the Company awarded options to
purchase  52,850,  316,850 and 95,600 shares of Common Stock under the LTI Plan,
respectively.

The  Plan  is  administered  by the  Compensation  Committee.  The  Compensation
Committee  determines  the total number and type of awards  granted in any year,
the number and  selection of employees or  consultants  to receive  awards,  the




                                       29
<PAGE>


number  and type of awards  granted  to each  grantee  and the  other  terms and
provisions of the awards, subject to the limitations set forth in the LTI Plan.

Stock Option  Grants.  The  Compensation  Committee  has the authority to select
individuals  who are to receive  options  under the LTI Plan and to specify  the
terms and conditions of each option so granted (incentive or nonqualified),  the
exercise  price  (which must be at least  equal to the fair market  value of the
common stock on the date of grant with respect to incentive stock options),  the
vesting  provisions  and the  option  term.  Unless  otherwise  provided  by the
Compensation  Committee,  any  option  granted  under the LTI Plan  expires  the
earlier  of ten  years  from  the date of  grant  or,  three  months  after  the
optionee's  termination  of  service  with the  Company  if the  termination  of
employment is  attributable  to (i) disability,  (ii)  retirement,  or (iii) any
other reason,  or 15 months after the  optionee's  death.  As of April 13, 2000,
there are 503,870 options outstanding under the LTI Plan.

Stock Appreciation Rights. The Compensation  Committee may grant SARs separately
or in tandem with a stock option award. A SAR is an incentive award that permits
the holder to receive (per share  covered  thereby) an equal amount by which the
fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of exercise exceeds the
fair market value of such share on the date the SAR was  granted.  Under the LTI
Plan,  the Company may pay such amount in cash, in common stock or a combination
of both. Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation  Committee at the time of
grant,  the provisions of the LTI Plan relating to the termination of employment
of a holder of a stock option will apply equally,  to the extent applicable,  to
the  holder of a SAR.  A SAR  granted  in  tandem  with a  related  option  will
generally  have the same terms and provisions as the related option with respect
to  exercisability.  A SAR  granted  separately  will  have  such  terms  as the
Compensation Committee may determine, subject to the provisions of the LTI Plan.
As of April 13, 2000, no SARs are outstanding under the LTI Plan.

Performance Shares. The Compensation  Committee is authorized under the LTI Plan
to grant performance shares to selected employees. Performance shares are rights
granted to employees to receive cash,  stock, or other property,  the payment of
which is contingent upon achieving certain  performance goals established by the
Compensation  Committee.  As of  April  13,  2000,  no  performance  shares  are
outstanding under the LTI Plan.

Restricted Stock Awards. The Compensation  Committee is authorized under the LTI
Plan to issue shares of restricted  common stock eligible  participants  on such
terms and conditions and subject to such restrictions, if any, outstanding under
the LTI Plan. As of April 13, 2000, no restricted shares have been awarded under
the LTI Plan.

Dividend  Equivalents.  The  Compensation  Committee  may  also  grant  dividend
equivalent rights to participants subject to such terms and conditions as may be
selected by the Compensation  Committee.  Dividend equivalent rights entitle the
holder to receive  payments  equal to dividends with respect to all or a portion
of the  number  of  shares  of stock  subject  to an  option  award or SARs,  as
determined by the Committee.  As of April 13, 2000, no dividend  equivalents are
outstanding under the LTI Plan.

REPORT OF THE  COMPENSATION  COMMITTEE  OF THE BOARD OF  DIRECTORS  ON EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION

General

The  Compensation  Committee  of the  Board  of  Directors  is  composed  of two
independent  directors who have no "interlocking  relationships"  (as defined by
the SEC) and the Chief  Executive  Officer,  who recuses  himself from votes and
discussions on his own compensation.

We are  engaged in highly  competitive  businesses  and compete  nationally  for
personnel at the executive and technical staff level. Outstanding candidates are
aggressively  recruited,  often at premium salaries.  Highly qualified employees
are  essential  to  our  success.  We are  committed  to  providing  competitive
compensation that helps attract,  retain, and motivate the highly skilled people
we require. We strongly believe that a considerable  portion of the compensation
for the Chief  Executive  Officer and other top  executives  must be tied to the
achievement of business  objectives,  completing  acquisitions,  and to business
unit and overall financial performance, both current and long-term.




                                       30
<PAGE>


Executive Compensation

Our  executive   compensation   program  is  administered  by  the  Compensation
Committee.  The role of the  Compensation  Committee  is to review  and  approve
salaries and other  compensation  of the executive  officers of the Company,  to
administer  the  executive  officer  bonus plan and stock option  plans,  and to
review and approve stock option grants to all employees  including the executive
officers of the Company.

General Compensation Philosophy

Our compensation philosophy is that total cash compensation should vary with the
performance of the Company and any long-term incentive should be closely aligned
with the interest of the stockholders. Total cash compensation for the executive
officers consists of the following components:

    o   Base salary

    o   An  executive  officer  bonus  that is  related  to  growth in sales and
        operating earnings of the Company.

Long-term  incentives  are  realized  through the  granting of stock  options to
executives and key employees  through the LTI Plan. We have also granted certain
non-qualified  options to our  executive  officers.  We have no other  long-term
incentive plans for our officers and employees.

Base Salary and Executive Officer Bonus Target

Current base salaries for the executive officers were determined by arms' length
negotiations  with the  Board of  Directors.  Certain  executive  officers  have
employment  contracts  with  the  Company.  During  1998 and  1999,  none of the
executive officers,  including the Chief Executive Officer,  reached their bonus
target,  and hence no bonuses were awarded to  executive  officers in 1999,  nor
will bonuses be awarded in 2000 for performance in 1999.

Stock Options

Stock options are granted to aid in the retention of executive and key employees
and to align the  interests of  executive  and key  employees  with those of the
stockholders.  The level of stock options  granted  (i.e.,  the number of shares
subject to each stock option grant) is based on the employee's ability to impact
future  corporate  results.  An employee's  ability to impact  future  corporate
results depends on the level and amount of job responsibility of the individual.
Therefore,   the  level  of  stock  options   granted  is  proportional  to  the
Compensation  Committee's evaluation of each employee's job responsibility.  For
example,  Robert R. Amerson,  as the Chief  Executive  Officer,  has the highest
level of  responsibility  and would  typically  be awarded the highest  level of
stock  options.  Stock  options  are  granted  at a price not less than the fair
market value on the date granted.




                                       31
<PAGE>


Comparative Stock Performance Graph

The  following  graph1 shows a comparison  of  cumulative  total returns for the
Company,  the NASDAQ  Stock  Market -- U.S.  Index and the NASDAQ  Non-Financial
Index during the period  commencing  February  26, 1996 and ending  December 31,
1999.  The  comparison  assumes  $100 was  invested on February  26, 1996 in the
Company's  common stock with the  reinvestment  of all dividends,  if any. Total
shareholder returns for prior periods are not an indication of future returns.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                2/96   12/96   12/97   12/98   12/99
                                ----   -----   -----   -----   -----
<S>                             <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Flanders Corporation            100     380     370     163     100
Nasdaq Stock Market (U.S.)      100     122     150     223     414
Nasdaq Industrial               100     121     142     193     331
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------------

    1   Flanders did not have a public market for its stock prior to its listing
        on the OTC Bulletin Board in February 1996.


                             Respectfully submitted,

                             COMPENSATION COMMITTEE:


                             Linwood Allen Hahn            J. Russell Fleming
                             Robert R. Amerson


Item 12.      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The  following  table  sets  forth  all  individuals  known  by the  Company  to
beneficially  own 5% or more of the Company's common stock, and all officers and
directors  of  the   registrant,   with  the  amount  and  percentage  of  stock
beneficially  owned, as of April 13, 2000.  Except as indicated in the following
footnotes,  each listed  beneficial  owner has sole voting and investment  power
over the shares of common stock held in their names.


                                       32
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Percentage of
     Name and Address                Shares of Common Stock  Outstanding Shares of
   of Beneficial Owner                 Beneficially Owned       Common Stock<F1>
   -------------------               ----------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                  <C>                     <C>

Robert R. Amerson<F2>
531 Flanders Filters Road
Washington, NC  27889                       7,914,370                27.69%

Steven K. Clark<F2>
531 Flanders Filters Road
Washington, NC  27889                       5,170,183                18.09%

Stephen D. Klocke<F3>
531 Flanders Filters Road
Washington, NC  27889                         109,427                 *

John L. Cherry<F4>
531 Flanders Filters Road
Washington, NC  27889                          40,000                 *

C.W. "Andy" Wood
2399 26th Avenue North
St. Petersburg, FL  33713                         700                 *

Linwood Allen Hahn<F5>
531 Flanders Filters Road
Washington, NC  27889                          52,500                 *

J. Russell Fleming<F5>
531 Flanders Filters Road
Washington, NC  27889                          70,000                 *

Leonard J. Fetcho<F6>
2399 26th Avenue North
St. Petersburg, FL  33713                      40,000                 *

Franklin Resources, Inc.
777 Marivers Island Blvd., 6th Fl.
San mateo, CA  94404                        1,328,931                 5.22%

Dimensional Fund Advisors, Inc.
1299 Ocean Avenue, 11th Floor
Santa Monica, CA  90401                     1,980,500                 7.79%

Becker Capital Management, Inc.
1211 SW Fifth Avenue, Suite 2185
Portland, OR  97204                         2,194,700                 8.63%

Crabbe Huson Group, Inc.
121 SW Morrison, Suite 1400
Portland, OR  97204                         2,641,200                10.38%

All Executive  Officers and Directors
as a Group (8 persons)<F2>,<F3>,<F4>,
<F5>,<F6>                                  13,396,880                41.93%
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------

*       Represents  less than 1% of the total issued and  outstanding  shares of
        common stock.



                                       33
<PAGE>

<F1>    Applicable  percentage  of  ownership is based on  25,435,583  shares of
        common  stock  outstanding  as of  April  13,  2000,  together  with all
        applicable  options  for  unissued   securities  for  such  shareholders
        exercisable within sixty days. Shares of common stock subject to options
        exercisable  within sixty days are deemed  outstanding for computing the
        percentage  ownership of the person  holding such  options,  but are not
        deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.

<F2>    Includes  1,150,000  shares  which are  subject to an option to purchase
        such shares from the Company at $1.00 per share,  1,000,000 shares which
        are  subject to an option to  purchase  such  shares from the Company at
        $2.50 per share and  1,000,000  shares which are subject to an option to
        purchase such shares from the Company at $7.50 per share.

<F3>    Includes  16,800  shares which are subject to an option to purchase such
        shares  from the  Company at $2.50 per share,  10,000  shares  which are
        subject to an option to  purchase  such shares from the Company at $7.50
        per share,  and 10,000 shares which are subject to an option to purchase
        such shares from the Company at $7.125 per share.

<F4>    Includes  10,000  shares which are subject to an option to purchase such
        shares  from the  Company at $6.94 per share,  10,000  shares  which are
        subject to an option to  purchase  such shares from the Company at $7.13
        per share,  and 20,000 shares which are subject to an option to purchase
        such shares from the Company at $4.75 per share.

<F5>    Includes  50,000  shares which are subject to an option to purchase such
        shares from the  Company at $2.50 per share.

<F6>    Includes  40,000  shares which are subject to an option to purchase such
        shares from the Company at $5.38 per share.


Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

At April 13,  2000,  Steven K.  Clark  owed the  Company  $2,743,014  (including
accrued interest) which he previously borrowed to settle claims, to make certain
payments  under an  indemnity  agreement he entered into with the Company and to
purchase certain shares from Thomas T. Allan, a former officer and director.  To
evidence the amount owed,  effective  February 11, 1997, Mr. Clark issued a note
to the Company in the amount of $109,013  with  interest at the variable rate of
LIBOR plus 1.25% per annum,  payable in full on February 10, 1999.  On April 25,
1997,  Mr.  Clark  issued a note to the Company in the amount of $250,000 at the
above  interest  rate,  payable in full on April 24, 1999. On September 5, 1997,
Mr.  Clark  assumed a note  between  Thomas T. Allan for a  principal  amount of
$409,750,  at the above interest rate,  payable in full on September 4, 1999. On
April  15,  1998,  Mr.  Clark  issued a note to the  Company  in the  amount  of
$1,580,609  with  interest  at the  rate  of 7% per  annum,  payable  in full on
December  31,  2003.  On April  24,  1999,  the  Board of  Directors  agreed  to
consolidate  and refinance Mr.  Clark's debts to the Company,  whereby Mr. Clark
issued a note to the Company in the amount of $2,569,871 with interest  accruing
at the rate of LIBOR  plus 1%,  payable  in full on  December  31,  2010 or upon
demand by the Company, and canceled all of the other above-described notes.

At December 31, 1999, Robert R. Amerson owed the Company  $1,657,392  (including
accrued interest) which he previously borrowed to settle claims, to make certain
payments  under an  indemnity  agreement he entered into with the Company and to
purchase  certain  shares from Thomas T. Allan, a former officer and director of
the  Company.  To evidence  the amount owed,  effective  February 11, 1997,  Mr.
Amerson  issued a note to the Company in the amount of $109,013 with interest at
the rate of LIBOR plus 1.25% per annum, payable in full on February 10, 1999. On
April 25,  1997,  Mr.  Amerson  issued a note to the  Company  in the  amount of
$250,000  at the  above-described  interest  rate,  payable in full on April 24,
1999. On September 25, 1997, Mr. Amerson  assumed a note between Thomas T. Allan
for a principal amount of $409,750,  at the above interest rate, payable in full
on  September  4, 1999.  On April 15,  1998,  Mr.  Amerson  issued a note to the
Company in the amount of  $440,194  with  interest  at the rate of 7% per annum,
payable in full on December 31, 2003. On April 24, 1999,  the Board of Directors
agreed to consolidate and refinance Mr.  Amerson's debt to the Company,  whereby
Mr.  Amerson  issued a note to the  Company  in the  amount of  $1,555,802  with
interest  accruing at the rate of LIBOR plus 1%, payable in full on December 31,
2010  or  upon  demand  by  the   Company,   and   canceled  all  of  the  other
above-described notes.


                                       34
<PAGE>

                                     PART IV

Item 14.      Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

The following  constitutes a list of Financial  Statements,  Financial Statement
Schedules and Exhibits required to be used in this report.

    (a)(1)  Financial Statements: Financial Statements are included beginning at
            page F-1 as follows:

            Report of Grant Thornton LLP Independent Certified Public
            Accountants......................................................F-2

            Independent Auditor's Report of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP..........F-3

            Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1999 and 1998........F-4

            Consolidated  Statements of Earnings for the years ended
            December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997.................................F-5

            Consolidated  Statements of  Stockholders'  Equity for the
            years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997.....................F-6

            Consolidated  Statements  of Cash Flows for the years  ended
            December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997.................................F-7

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements......................F-10


    (a)(2)  Financial Statement Schedules

            Report of Grant Thornton LLP Independent Certified Public
            Accountants.....................................................F-28

            Independent Auditor's Report of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP.........F-29

            Schedule II.  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.................F-30

            All  schedules  not listed have been  omitted  because  they are not
            applicable or the  information  has been  otherwise  supplied in the
            Registrant's financial statements and schedules.

    (a)(3)  Exhibits:

    3.1     Articles of Incorporation for Flanders  Corporation,  filed with the
            Form 8-A dated March 8, 1996, incorporated herein by reference.

    3.2     Bylaws of Flanders Corporation,  filed with the Form 8-A dated March
            8, 1996, incorporated herein by reference.

    10.1    Indemnification  Agreement between Flanders  Corporation,  Steven K.
            Clark,  Robert Amerson and Thomas Allan, filed with the December 31,
            1995 Form 10-K, incorporated herein by reference.

    10.2    Stock  Purchase  Agreement  between  Flanders  Corporation  and  the
            Shareholders of Eco-Air Products, Inc. dated May 7, 1998, filed with
            the June 30, 1998 Form 8-K, incorporated herein by reference.

    10.3    Amendment  dated May 20,  1998 to Stock  Purchase  Agreement  by and
            between the Registrant  and the  Shareholders  of Eco-Air  Products,
            Inc.  dated  May 7,  1998,  filed  with the June 30,  1998 Form 8-K,
            incorporated herein by reference.



                                       35
<PAGE>


    10.4    Promissory  Note from  Precisionaire,  Inc. to SunTrust Bank,  Tampa
            Bay, in the amount of $2,134,524  dated August 28, 1997,  filed with
            the   September  15,  1997  Form  S-1  (Reg  No.   333-33635),   and
            incorporated herein by reference.

    10.5    Assumption Agreement between POF Realty,  Precisionaire,  Inc., Polk
            County  Industrial  Development  Authority and SunTrust Bank,  dated
            August 1, 1997,  filed with the September 15, 1997 Form S-1 (Reg No.
            333-33635), and incorporated herein by reference.

    10.6    Mortgage Deed and Security Agreement between Precisionaire, Inc. and
            Sun Trust  Bank,  Tampa Bay dated  August 28,  1997,  filed with the
            September 15, 1997 Form S-1 (Reg No.  333-33635),  and  incorporated
            herein by reference.

    10.7    Credit Agreement between Flanders Corporation,  SunTrust Bank, Tampa
            Bay and Zions First  National Bank,  dated November 10, 1997,  filed
            with the December  31, 1997 Form 10-K,  and  incorporated  herein by
            reference.

    10.8    Loan Agreement between Will-Kankakee  Regional Development Authority
            and Flanders  Corporation  dated  December 15, 1997,  filed with the
            December 31, 1997 Form 10-K, and incorporated herein by reference.

    10.9    Letter of Credit Agreement between Flanders Corporation and SunTrust
            Bank, Tampa Bay, dated April 1, 1998, filed with the Form 10-Q dated
            March 31, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference.

    10.10   Credit Agreement between Flanders  Corporation,  SunTrust  Equitable
            Securities  Corporation  and SunTrust Bank,  dated February 9, 2000,
            filed herewith.

    10.11   Loan Agreement between Flanders  Corporation and the Johnston County
            Industrial  Facilities and Pollution  Control  Financing  Authority,
            dated April 1, 1998,  filed with the Form 10-Q dated March 31, 1998,
            and incorporated herein by reference.

    10.12   Loan Agreement between Flanders  Corporation and the Johnston County
            Industrial  Facilities and Pollution  Control  Financing  Authority,
            dated March 1, 2000, filed herewith.

    10.13   Flanders  Corporation 1996 Director Option Plan, filed with the Form
            10-K dated December 31, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference.

    10.14   Employment  Agreement  between Elite  Acquisitions,  Inc.,  Flanders
            Filters, Inc., and Steven K. Clark, filed with the December 31, 1995
            Form 10-K, incorporated herein by reference.

    10.15   Amendment to Employment Agreement between Elite Acquisitions,  Inc.,
            Flanders  Filters,  Inc.,  and Steven K. Clark,  filed with Form S-1
            dated October 21, 1996 (Reg. No. 333-14655) and incorporated  herein
            by reference.

    10.16   Amendment to Employment Agreement between Elite Acquisitions,  Inc.,
            Flanders  Filters,  Inc.,  and Steven K. Clark,  filed with the Form
            10-K dated December 31, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference.

    10.17   Amendment to Employment Agreement between Elite Acquisitions,  Inc.,
            Flanders Filters, Inc., and Steven K. Clark, filed herewith.

    10.18   Employment  Agreement  between Elite  Acquisitions,  Inc.,  Flanders
            Filters,  Inc.  and Robert R.  Amerson,  filed with the December 31,
            1995 Form 10-K, incorporated herein by reference.

    10.19   Amendment to Employment Agreement between Elite Acquisitions,  Inc.,
            Flanders Filters,  Inc., and Robert R. Amerson,  filed with Form S-1
            dated October 21, 1996 (Reg. No. 333-14655) and incorporated  herein
            by reference.

    10.20   Amendment to Employment Agreement between Elite Acquisitions,  Inc.,
            Flanders Filters,  Inc., and Robert R. Amerson,  filed with the Form
            10-K dated December 31, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference.

    10.21   Amendment to Employment Agreement between Elite Acquisitions,  Inc.,
            Flanders Filters, Inc., and Robert R. Amerson, filed herewith.

    10.22   Employment Agreement between Eco-Air Products,  Inc., and Leonard J.
            Fetcho.


                                       36
<PAGE>


    10.23   Stock Option Agreement between Elite  Acquisitions,  Inc. and Robert
            R. Amerson, filed with the December 31, 1995 Form 10-K, incorporated
            herein by reference.

    10.24   Stock Option Agreement  between  Flanders  Corporation and Robert R.
            Amerson  dated  February 22,  1996,  filed with Form S-8 on July 21,
            1997, incorporated herein by reference.

    10.25   Amendment to Stock Option Agreement between Flanders Corporation and
            Robert R. Amerson dated December 22, 1999, filed herewith.

    10.26   Stock Option Agreement  between  Flanders  Corporation and Robert R.
            Amerson  dated June 3, 1996,  filed with Form S-8 on July 21,  1997,
            incorporated herein by reference.

    10.27   Stock Option Agreement between Elite Acquisitions,  Inc., and Steven
            K. Clark,  filed with the December 31, 1995 Form 10-K,  incorporated
            herein by reference.

    10.28   Stock Option Agreement  between  Flanders  Corporation and Steven K.
            Clark dated February 22, 1996, filed with Form S-8 on July 21, 1997,
            incorporated herein by reference.

    10.29   Amendment to Stock Option Agreement between Flanders Corporation and
            Steven K. Clark dated December 22, 1999, filed herewith.

    10.30   Stock Option Agreement  between  Flanders  Corporation and Steven K.
            Clark  dated  June 3, 1996,  filed  with Form S-8 on July 21,  1997,
            incorporated herein by reference.

    10.31   Note  Agreement  between  Steven K. Clark and Flanders  Corporation,
            dated April 24, 1999, filed herewith.

    10.32   Note Agreement  between Robert R. Amerson and Flanders  Corporation,
            dated April 24, 1999, filed herewith.

    21      Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

    23.1    Consent of Grant  Thornton  LLP for  incorporation  by  reference of
            their report into Form S-8 filed on July 21, 1997, filed herewith.

    23.2    Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP for incorporation by reference of
            their report into Form S-8 filed on July 21, 1997, filed herewith.

    24      Power of Attorney (included on Signature page of this report).

    27      Financial Data Schedule.


    (b)     Reports on Form 8-K.

            None.

    (c)     Financial Statement Schedules: See (a)(2) above.



                                       37
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

    Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 of 15(d)  of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    Dated this 13th day of April, 2000.

                                 FLANDERS CORPORATION


                                 By  /s/ Robert R. Amerson
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                   Robert R. Amerson
                                   President, Chief Executive Officer,
                                   and Director


                                 By   /s/ Steven K. Clark
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                   Steven K. Clark
                                   Vice President/Chief Financial Officer,
                                   Principal Accounting Officer, Chief Operating
                                   Officer and Director


    KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each person whose signature  appears
below  constitutes and appoints Steven K. Clark, his  attorney-in-fact,  to sign
any amendments to this report,  and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto,
and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with the  Commission,  hereby
ratifying and confirming all the said  attorney-in-fact may lawfully do or cause
to be done by virtue hereof.

    Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

        Signature                            Title                     Date


 /s/ Robert R. Amerson       President, Chief Executive Officer      4/13/00
- -------------------------    and Director                          ------------
 Robert R. Amerson

                             Chief Operating Officer, Vice
                             President/Chief Financial Officer,
/s/ Steven K. Clark          Principal Accounting Officer and        4/13/00
- -------------------------    Director                              ------------
 Steven K. Clark


 /s/ Linwood Allen Hahn
- -------------------------                                            4/13/00
 Linwood Allen Hahn          Director                              ------------


/s/ J. Russell Fleming
- -------------------------                                            4/13/00
 J. Russell Fleming          Director                              ------------


                                       38
<PAGE>

                              FLANDERS CORPORATION

                        CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                  Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997


<PAGE>


               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

Board of Directors
Flanders Corporation

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet  of  Flanders
Corporation  and   Subsidiaries  as  of  December  31,  1999,  and  the  related
consolidated  statements of earnings,  stockholders'  equity, and cash flows for
the year then ended.  These financial  statements are the  responsibility of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all  material  respects,   the  consolidated   financial  position  of  Flanders
Corporation  and  Subsidiaries  as of December  31, 1999,  and the  consolidated
results of their operations and their  consolidated cash flows for the year then
ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah
March 8, 2000



                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

To the Board of Directors
Flanders Corporation

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet  of  Flanders
Corporation  and   subsidiaries  as  of  December  31,  1998,  and  the  related
consolidated statements of income,  stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the
years ended  December  31, 1998 and 1997.  These  financial  statements  are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Flanders Corporation
and  subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1998, and the results of their  operations
and  their  cash  flows  for the  years  ended  December  31,  1998  and 1997 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP

New Bern, North Carolina
March 12, 1999, except for item (A) in Note H and the last  paragraph of Note H,
    as  to which the date is March 31, 1999, and Note D, as to which the date is
    December 31, 1999.


                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                  December 31,

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ASSETS                                                   1999             1998
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents                         $     824,220   $  13,672,685
  Receivables:
    Trade, less allowance for doubtful accounts:
      1999 $487,321; 1998 $551,725                     29,023,225      26,670,650
    Other                                               1,415,794       2,177,301
  Inventories (Note C)                                 25,901,700      25,518,804
  Deferred taxes (Note L)                               1,849,481       1,421,847
  Other current assets                                  1,959,725         860,310
  Net assets of discontinued operations (Note D)        5,217,737            --
                                                    -------------   -------------
         Total current assets                          66,191,882      70,321,597
Related party receivables (Note O)                      4,369,028       4,263,409
Other assets (Note E)                                   4,113,491       4,637,062
Intangible assets, net (Note F)                        30,022,487      28,990,924
Property and equipment, net (Notes G and H)            65,253,828      59,567,202
                                                    -------------   -------------
                                                    $ 169,950,716   $ 167,780,194
                                                    =============   =============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
- --------------------------------------------------  -------------   -------------
Current liabilities
  Notes payable, banks (Note H)                     $        --     $   1,300,000
  Current maturities of long-term debt (Note H)         1,115,184       1,265,014
  Accounts payable (Note I)                            15,760,022      15,851,087
  Accrued expenses (Note J)                             3,895,274       3,933,918
                                                    -------------   -------------
         Total current liabilities                     20,770,480      22,350,019
Long-term debt, less current maturities (Note H)       31,212,985      30,105,714
Deferred taxes (Note L)                                 5,840,654       5,721,647
Commitments and contingencies  (Notes G, M and N)

Stockholders' equity (Notes H, K and P)
  Preferred stock, no par value, 10,000,000
    shares authorized; none issued                           --              --
  Common stock, $.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares
    authorized; issued and outstanding:
    1999 25,435,583; 1998 25,624,339                       25,436          25,624
  Additional paid-in capital                           91,798,188      91,837,257
  Notes receivable                                     (2,014,094)     (1,760,000)
  Retained earnings                                    22,317,067      19,499,933
                                                    -------------   -------------
                                                      112,126,597     109,602,814
                                                    -------------   -------------
                                                    $ 169,950,716   $ 167,780,194
                                                    =============   =============
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-4
<PAGE>


                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
                            Years Ended December 31,

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1999            1998            1997
                                                     -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>             <C>
Net sales                                            $ 171,392,281   $ 154,764,804   $ 131,898,603
Cost of goods sold (Notes M, N and O)                  127,417,753     117,104,977      99,018,962
                                                     -------------   -------------   -------------
    Gross profit                                        43,974,528      37,659,827      32,879,641
Operating expenses (Notes M, N and O)                   33,802,204      28,108,372      23,509,447
                                                     -------------   -------------   -------------
    Operating income from continuing operations         10,172,324       9,551,455       9,370,194
                                                     -------------   -------------   -------------

Nonoperating income (expense) from continuing
  operations:
    Other income                                         1,258,440       2,014,881       1,230,991
    Interest expense                                    (1,257,157)       (574,950)       (751,499)
                                                     -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                             1,283       1,439,931         479,492
                                                     -------------   -------------   -------------
    Earnings from continuing operations before
      income taxes                                      10,173,607      10,991,386       9,849,686
Provision for income taxes (Note L)                      4,670,682       4,450,079       3,751,399
                                                     -------------   -------------   -------------
    Earnings from continuing operations                  5,502,925       6,541,307       6,098,287
Discontinued operations (Note D)
  Loss from operations of discontinued
    subsidiary (including tax benefit
    of $1,134,799 in 1999, $852,244 in 1998
    and $46,676 in 1997)                                (1,792,417)     (1,252,739)       (259,022)
  Estimated loss on disposal of subsidiary
    (including tax benefit of $565,604)                   (893,374)           --              --
                                                     -------------   -------------   -------------
Loss from discontinued operations                       (2,685,791)     (1,252,739)       (259,022)
                                                     -------------   -------------   -------------
    Net earnings                                     $   2,817,134   $   5,288,568   $   5,839,265
                                                     =============   =============   =============
Earnings per share from continuing
  operations (Note Q)
    Basic                                            $        0.22   $        0.26   $        0.33
                                                     =============   =============   =============
    Diluted                                          $        0.21   $        0.24   $        0.28
                                                     =============   =============   =============
Loss per share from discontinued operations
    Basic                                            $       (0.11)  $       (0.05)  $       (0.01)
                                                     =============   =============   =============
    Diluted                                          $       (0.10)  $       (0.04)  $       (0.01)
                                                     =============   =============   =============
Net earnings per share
    Basic                                            $        0.11   $        0.21   $        0.32
                                                     =============   =============   =============
    Diluted                                          $        0.11   $        0.20   $        0.27
                                                     =============   =============   =============
Weighted average common shares outstanding (Note Q)
    Basic                                               25,344,433      25,133,820      18,508,763
                                                     =============   =============   =============
    Diluted                                             26,525,429      27,106,924      22,477,184
                                                     =============   =============   =============
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.



                                      F-5
<PAGE>


                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                  Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Additional
                                                            Common      Paid-In        Notes       Retained
                                                            Stock       Capital      Receivable    Earnings
                                                          ---------  -------------  ------------  -----------
<S>              <C>                                      <C>        <C>            <C>           <C>
Balance, January 1, 1997                                  $ 15,952   $ 17,205,413   $  (240,700)  $ 8,372,100
  Release of committed capital (Note K)                       --        8,000,005          --            --
  Issuance of 8,377,000 shares of common stock (Note K)      8,377     57,045,636          --            --
  Issuance of 722,375 shares of common stock upon
    conversion of convertible debt (Note K)                    722      4,381,689          --            --
  Issuance of 425,000 shares of common stock upon
    exercise of options (Note P)                               425      1,262,075          --            --
  Valuation and release from escrow of 344,691 shares
    of common stock related to acquisitions                   --        2,984,635          --            --
  Issuance of 187,502 shares of common stock related to
    acquisitions (Note B)                                      187      1,394,452          --            --
  Income tax benefit from stock options exercised             --          969,125          --            --
  Issuance of receivables related to exercise of options      --             --      (1,262,500)         --
  Payment on receivables related to exercised warrants
    and options                                               --             --         230,000          --
  Net earnings                                                --             --            --       5,839,265
                                                          --------   ------------   -----------   -----------
Balance, December 31, 1997                                  25,663     93,243,030    (1,273,200)   14,211,365
  Issuance of 110,000 shares of common stock to acquire
    remaining interest in a subsidiary from minority
    stockholders                                               110        522,390          --            --
  Issuance of 121,264 shares of common stock upon
    non-cash exercise of stock options                         121           (121)         --            --
  Purchase and retirement of 731,350 shares of common
    stock                                                     (731)    (3,284,827)         --            --
  Issuance of 461,000 shares of common stock upon
    exercise of options                                        461      1,152,039          --            --
  Issuance of receivables related to exercise of options      --             --        (722,500)         --
  Payment on receivables related to exercised options         --             --         235,700          --
  Income tax benefit of stock options exercised               --          253,795          --            --
  Registration of Company common stock                        --          (77,487)         --            --
  Valuation and release from escrow of 7,000 shares of
    common stock related to the acquisitions                  --           28,438          --            --
  Net earnings                                                --             --            --       5,288,568
                                                          --------   ------------   -----------   -----------
Balance, December 31, 1998                                  25,624     91,837,257    (1,760,000)   19,499,933
  Issuance of 94,544 shares of common stock related to
    certain acquisitions                                        95            (95)         --            --
  Interest on notes receivable secured by common shares       --             --        (254,094)         --
  Issuance and release from escrow of 245,899 shares of
    common stock related to certain acquisitions              --          988,028          --            --
  Purchase and retirement of 283,300 shares of common
    stock                                                     (283)    (1,027,002)         --            --
  Net earnings                                                --             --            --       2,817,134
                                                          --------   ------------   -----------   -----------
Balance, December 31, 1999                                $ 25,436   $ 91,798,188   $(2,014,094)  $22,317,067
                                                          ========   ============   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                            Years Ended December 31,

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999           1998           1997
                                                         ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equialents
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Earnings from continuing operations                    $  5,502,925   $  6,541,307   $  6,098,287
  Adjustments to reconcile earnings from continuing
    operations to net cash provided by (used in)
    operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization                         6,122,134      4,854,043      3,695,445
      Provision (credit) for doubtful accounts                (64,404)       111,159          9,086
      Allowance for obsolete inventory                         93,586         32,414         17,000
      (Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment           127,703        (41,221)        31,942
      Gain on sale of real estate                                --          (48,767)          --
      Deferred income taxes                                  (308,627)       185,814        (34,555)
      Income tax benefit from exercise of stock options          --          253,795        969,125
      Interest income on notes receivable                    (254,094)          --             --
      Change in working capital components, net of
        effects from acquisitions:
          Receivables                                      (3,607,050)    (2,898,821)    (2,455,755)
          Inventories                                      (1,480,901)    (6,245,876)    (5,040,280)
          Other current assets                               (365,743)      (326,868)       325,027
          Accounts payable                                    173,435     (2,628,592)     5,410,082
          Accrued expenses                                   (350,953)       135,699        (50,353)
          Income tax payable                                 (298,458)       925,243       (696,450)
                                                         ------------   ------------   ------------
            Net cash provided by continuing operations      5,289,553        849,229      8,278,601
            Net cash used in discontinued operations       (1,153,100)    (1,646,011)    (2,428,960)
                                                         ------------   ------------   ------------
            Net cash provided by (used in) operating
              activities                                    4,136,453       (796,782)     5,849,641
                                                         ------------   ------------   ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired                       (1,786,692)   (15,455,160)          --
  Purchase of property and equipment                       (9,301,802)   (15,050,371)   (18,788,048)
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment                 39,000         96,005         92,572
  Proceeds from sale of real estate                              --          259,253           --
  Disbursements on notes receivables                         (960,709)    (2,402,404)      (955,075)
  Disbursements for trademarks and trade names                 (6,216)        (9,224)          --
  Disbursement on deferred expenses                          (318,855)      (248,923)      (461,824)
  Proceeds from repayment of notes receivable related
    to exercise of options and warrants                          --          235,700        230,000
  Decrease (increase) in cash designated for equipment
    additions                                                    --          856,441       (856,441)
  Decrease (increase) in other assets                       1,125,027       (347,856)      (927,791)
                                                         ------------   ------------   ------------
            Net cash used in investing activities
              of continuing operations                    (11,210,247)   (32,066,539)   (21,666,607)
            Net cash used in investing activities
              of discontinued operations                     (424,769)    (2,218,183)    (1,498,955)
                                                         ------------   ------------   ------------
            Net cash used in investing activities         (11,635,016)   (34,284,722)   (23,165,562)
                                                         ------------   ------------   ------------
</TABLE>

                                  - Continued -

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>


                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - Continued
                            Years Ended December 31,

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999           1998           1997
                                                         ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Net proceeds (payments) from revolving credit
    agreement                                              (1,630,250)    12,900,000    (15,942,145)
  Proceeds from long-term borrowings                             --        4,500,000      9,725,659
  Principal payments on long-term borrowings               (2,604,392)    (1,096,416)    (8,781,901)
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of
    committed capital                                            --             --       57,054,013
  Release of committed capital                                   --             --        8,000,005
  Purchase and retirement of common stock                  (1,027,285)    (3,285,558)          --
  Proceeds from exercise of options and warrants                 --          430,000           --
  Cost to register common stock                                  --          (77,487)          --
                                                         ------------   ------------   ------------
            Net cash provided by (used in) financing
              activities of continuing operations          (5,261,927)    13,370,539     50,055,631
            Net cash provided by (used in) financing
              activities of discontinued operations           (87,975)       (70,930)       324,459
                                                         ------------   ------------   ------------
            Net cash provided by (used in) financing
              activities                                   (5,349,902)    13,299,609     50,380,090
                                                         ------------   ------------   ------------
            Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
              equivalents                                 (12,848,465)   (21,781,895)    33,064,169

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
  Beginning                                                13,672,685     35,454,580      2,390,411
                                                         ------------   ------------   ------------
  Ending                                                 $    824,220   $ 13,672,685   $ 35,454,580
                                                         ============   ============   ============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
  Cash payments for:
    Interest, net of $395,074, $295,089 and $424,332
      interest capitalized to property and equipment
      for 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively:
        Continuing operations                            $  1,365,866   $    814,934   $  1,222,352
                                                         ============   ============   ============
        Discontinued operations                          $     20,492   $     22,642   $    106,028
                                                         ============   ============   ============
    Income taxes:
      Continuing operations                              $  3,257,773   $  2,486,778   $  4,435,728
                                                         ============   ============   ============
      Discontinued operations                            $       --     $       --     $       --
                                                         ============   ============   ============
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND
  FINANCING  ACTIVITIES
    Valuation and release from escrow of 245,899,
      7,000 and 344,691 shares of common stock related
      to acquisitions for 1999, 1998 and 1997,
      respectively                                       $    970,528   $     28,438   $  2,984,635
                                                         ============   ============   ============
    Issuance of 289,000 and 425,000 shares of common
      stock upon exercise of options in exchange for
      receivable in 1998 and 1997, respectively          $       --     $    722,500   $  1,262,500
                                                         ============   ============   ============
    Issuance of 722,375 shares of common stock upon
      conversion of $4,000,000 of convertible debt and
      $382,411 of related accrued interest               $       --     $       --     $  4,382,411
                                                         ============   ============   ============
    Acquisition of property through assumption of debt   $       --     $       --     $  1,642,099
                                                         ============   ============   ============
</TABLE>

                                  - Continued -

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-8
<PAGE>


                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - Continued
                            Years Ended December 31,

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999           1998           1997
                                                         ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND
  FINANCING ACTIVITIES (Continued)
    Cancellation of capital lease                        $       --     $       --     $  2,764,634
                                                         ============   ============   ============
    Capital lease obligation incurred for use of
      property and equipment                             $       --     $    116,580   $       --
                                                         ============   ============   ============
    Issuance of stock in exchange for minority interest  $       --     $    522,500   $       --
                                                         ============   ============   ============
    Exchange of assets for minority interest             $    866,139   $       --     $       --
                                                         ============   ============   ============
ACQUISITION OF COMPANIES (Note 11)
  Working capital acquired, net of cash and cash
    equivalents received                                 $    592,288   $  2,635,781   $    270,646
  Fair value of other assets acquired, principally
    property and equipment                                    698,647      1,742,794        930,000
  Goodwill                                                    647,369     11,106,585        547,393
  Long-term debt assumed                                     (151,612)       (30,000)      (353,400)
                                                         ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                         $  1,786,692   $ 15,455,160   $  1,394,639
                                                         ============   ============   ============
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-9
<PAGE>


                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note A.  Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

A summary of the significant  accounting  policies  consistently  applied in the
preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows.

    1.  Financial statement presentation

    The  accounting  and  reporting   policies  of  Flanders   Corporation   and
    Subsidiaries  (the  Company)  conform  with  generally  accepted  accounting
    principles and with general practices in the manufacturing industry.

    2.  Principles of consolidation

    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts and operations of
    the Company and its subsidiaries,  all of which are wholly owned, except for
    one  subsidiary  which was 80 percent owned for the year ended  December 31,
    1998.  All  material   intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been
    eliminated in consolidation. Amounts of minority interest are insignificant.

    3.  Nature of business

    The  Company  designs,  manufactures  and  markets  a  broad  range  of  air
    filtration  products,  including  high-end High  Efficiency  Particulate Air
    ("HEPA")  filters,  with at  least  99.97%  efficiency,  Absolute  Isolation
    Barriers   for  the   creation  of   synthesized   atmospheres   to  control
    manufacturing  environments  and for the absolute control and containment of
    contaminants and toxic gases in certain manufacturing  processes,  mid-range
    filters for  individual  and  commercial  use,  custom air filter  housings,
    industrial  air handlers and standard low cost  residential  and  commercial
    furnace and air conditioning  filters. The Company's air filtration products
    are utilized by many industries,  including those associated with commercial
    and residential  heating  ventilation and air  conditioning  systems ("HVAC"
    systems), semiconductor manufacturing,  ultra-pure materials, biotechnology,
    pharmaceuticals, synthetics, nuclear power and nuclear materials processing.
    The  Company  also  designs  and  manufactures  much of its  own  production
    equipment to allow for highly  automated  manufacturing  of these  products.
    Furthermore,  the Company produces  glass-based filter media for some of its
    products to maintain control over the quality and composition of such media.

    The Company has only one segment,  filtration  products.  The Company  sells
    some products for end users outside of the United  States  through  domestic
    specialty cleanroom  contractors.  These sales are accounted for as domestic
    sales.  The  Company  also  sells  products  through  foreign  distributors,
    primarily in Europe, and a wholly owned subsidiary, which sells to customers
    in the Far East.  Sales through  foreign  distributors  and its wholly owned
    foreign subsidiary total less than 5% of net sales.  Assets held outside the
    United States are negligible.

    4.  Significant customers

    Net sales for the years ended  December  31,  1999,  1998 and 1997  included
    sales to the following  major  customers,  together with the receivables due
    from those customers:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Trade Receivable Balance
                            Amount of Net Sales                       As of December 31,
                 ----------------------------------------    ------------------------------------
                     1999          1998          1997           1999         1998         1997
                 ------------  ------------  ------------    -----------  ----------  -----------
<S>              <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>         <C>
    Customer A   $ 16,441,644  $ 16,030,892  $ 14,962,349    $ 1,385,692  $1,112,788  $ 1,156,094
    Customer B     21,148,340    16,197,490    10,466,677      2,937,626   2,286,944    1,157,019
</TABLE>


                                      F-10
<PAGE>


                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note A.     Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies - Continued


    5.  Use of estimates

    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
    accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management to make estimates and
    assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and
    disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
    statements  and the reported  amounts of revenues  and  expenses  during the
    reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    6.  Cash and cash equivalents

    The Company  maintains  its cash in bank  deposit  accounts,  which at times
    exceed federally insured limits.  The Company has not experienced any losses
    in such accounts.  The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant
    credit risk on cash and cash  equivalents.  For purposes of  reporting  cash
    flows,  the Company  considers  all cash  accounts  which are not subject to
    withdrawal   restrictions  or  designated  for  equipment  acquisitions  and
    certificates  of deposit which have an original  maturity of three months or
    less to be cash equivalents.

    7.  Fair value of financial instruments

    The carrying amount of cash equivalents  approximates fair value at December
    31, 1999 and 1998 because of the short maturity of those instruments.  Based
    on the  borrowing  rates  currently  available to the Company for bank loans
    with similar maturities and similar collateral requirements,  the fair value
    of notes payable and long-term  debt  approximates  the carrying  amounts at
    December 31, 1999 and 1998.

    8.  Inventories

    Inventories  are  valued at lower of cost  (first-in,  first-out  method) or
    market.

    9.  Goodwill

    The Company has  classified  as goodwill the cost in excess of fair value of
    the net assets (including tax attributes) of companies  acquired in purchase
    transactions.  Goodwill is being  amortized on a straight line basis over 40
    years.  At each  balance  sheet date,  the Company  evaluates  goodwill  for
    impairment by comparing  expectations  of  non-discounted  future cash flows
    excluding  interest  costs  with the  carrying  value of  goodwill  for each
    subsidiary having a material  goodwill  balance.  Based upon its most recent
    analysis,  the Company  believes that no  impairment  of goodwill  exists at
    December 31, 1999.

    10. Trademarks and trade names

    Trademarks and trade names are being amortized on a straight line basis over
    17 years.  At each balance  sheet date,  the Company  evaluates the value of
    trademarks  and  tradenames  for  impairment  by comparing  expectations  of
    non-discounted  future cash flows excluding interest costs with the carrying
    value of trademarks and tradenames for each trademark or tradename  having a
    material  unamortized  balance.  Based upon its most  recent  analysis,  the
    Company  believes that no impairment of trademarks and tradenames  exists at
    December 31, 1999.



                                      F-11
<PAGE>


                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note A.     Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

    11. Property and equipment

    Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation  is computed by the
    straight-line  method over estimated  useful lives.  Amortization of capital
    leases is included  in  depreciation  expense.  The  carrying  amount of all
    long-lived  assets is evaluated  periodically  to determine if adjustment to
    the depreciation and  amortization  period or to the unamortized  balance is
    warranted. Based upon its most recent analysis, the Company believes that no
    impairment of property and equipment exists at December 31, 1999.

    12. Revenue recognition

    All sales are recognized when shipments are made to customers.

    13. Income taxes

    Deferred  taxes are  provided on a liability  method  whereby  deferred  tax
    assets are  recognized for deductible  temporary  differences  and operating
    loss  and  tax  credit   carryforwards  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  are
    recognized for taxable temporary differences.  Temporary differences are the
    differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their
    tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in
    the opinion of  management,  it is more likely than not that some portion or
    all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and
    liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on
    the date of enactment.

    14. Research and development

    Research  and  development   expenses  and  ongoing  costs  associated  with
    improving existing products and manufacturing  processes are expensed in the
    period incurred.  Costs associated with research and development amounted to
    approximately  $763,000,  $2,250,000  and $373,000 for 1999,  1998 and 1997,
    respectively.

    15. Earnings (loss) per share

    The Company  follows the  provisions  of Statement  of Financial  Accounting
    Standards No. 128 "Earnings Per Share" (SFAS No. 128). SFAS No. 128 requires
    the  presentation  of basic and diluted  EPS.  Basic EPS are  calculated  by
    dividing  earnings (loss)  available to common  shareholders by the weighted
    average number of common shares outstanding during each period.  Diluted EPS
    are similarly calculated,  except that the weighted average number of common
    shares  outstanding  includes  common  shares that may be issued  subject to
    existing rights with dilutive potential.

    16. Stock Options

    The Company has elected to follow  Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion No.
    25,  "Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees"  (APB  25) and  related
    Interpretations  in accounting  for its employee  stock options  rather than
    adoptiong  the  alternative  fair value  accounting  provided for under FASB
    Statement 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" (SFAS 123).

    17. Advertising

    The costs of advertising are expensed as incurred.

    18. Warranty

    The costs of warranties on the Company's products have not been historically
    significant and are expensed as incurred.


                                      F-12
<PAGE>


                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note A.     Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies - Continued


    19. Reclassifications

    Certain account  balances for 1998 and 1997 have been  reclassified  with no
    effect  on net  income  or  retained  earnings  to be  consistent  with  the
    classification adopted for the year ended December 31, 1999.

Note B.  Mergers and Acquisitions

    Effective  April 1, 1999,  the  Company  purchased  the  Tidewater  group of
    companies,  consisting of Tidewater Air Filter  Fabrication  Company,  Inc.,
    Newport  Manufacturing,  Inc.,  and  Bio-Tec  Inc.,  for  a  total  cost  of
    acquisition,  net  of  cash  received,  of  approximately  $1,787,000  in  a
    transaction which has been recorded as a purchase. Goodwill of approximately
    $647,000 has been recognized in this transaction. Tidewater is an air filter
    distributor and service  organization.  Prior to the acquisition,  Tidewater
    was  an  exclusive   distributor   of  a  competitor's   products.   Newport
    Manufacturing is an air filter manufacturer with some limited  manufacturing
    capacity for specialty products. Bio-Tec is an indoor air quality consulting
    firm. The Company's  financial  statements  include the operating results of
    the Tidewater group of companies from April 1, 1999.

    On May 7,  1998,  the  Company  agreed to acquire  substantially  all of the
    outstanding  stock of Eco-Air  Products,  Inc.  ("Eco-Air") in a transaction
    which has been  recorded as a purchase.  The total cost of the  acquisition,
    net of cash  acquired,  was  approximately  $15,455,160,  plus the Company's
    common  stock   equivalent  in  value  to  $5,000,000  or  cash  if  certain
    performance criteria are met. In connection with this purchase,  the Company
    recorded  approximately  $11,107,000  of goodwill.  Upon  achieving  certain
    performance  criteria,  common stock will be issued or a liability  recorded
    for cash  payment  over a five  year  period  and will be added to  goodwill
    associated  with the purchase  transaction  and amortized over the remaining
    amortization  period of the respective  goodwill  asset.  The acquisition of
    Eco-Air was funded by utilizing a revolving credit facility which provides a
    line  of  credit  up to a  maximum  principal  amount  of  $30,000,000.  The
    effective date of the acquisition for financial  statement purposes was June
    30, 1998,  and the  Company's  financial  statements  include the  operating
    activities and assets of Eco-Air from that date. As of December 31, 1999, no
    shares have been issued or  liability  recorded to the Eco-Air  sellers as a
    result of not having met the performance criteria.

    Effective  December 1, 1997, the Company acquired all the outstanding  stock
    of Glass Fiber Industries,  Inc. ("GFI"),  a manufacturer of glass fiber, by
    exchanging  187,502  shares of the Company's  stock for all the  outstanding
    stock of GFI in a tax free merger in a  transaction  which has been recorded
    as a purchase.  The total cost of acquisition was  $1,394,639,  based on the
    price of the Company's stock on November 26, 1997, of  approximately  $7.44.
    In connection with the purchase, the Company recorded approximately $547,000
    of goodwill.

    Summarized  below are the  unaudited  pro forma results of operations of the
    Company as though  Eco-Air had been  acquired at the beginning of the fiscal
    year ended December 31, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1998            1997
                                                    -------------   -------------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>
    Revenues                                        $ 178,473,654   $ 154,250,241
                                                    =============   =============
    Earnings from continuing operations             $   6,594,619   $   6,390,694
                                                    =============   =============
    Earnings per common share from continuing
      operations:
        Basic                                       $        0.26   $        0.34
                                                    =============   =============
        Diluted                                     $        0.24   $        0.29
                                                    =============   =============
</TABLE>

    Pro forma results of operations of the Company as though  Tidewater had been
    acquired  as of January 1, 1998 and GFI had been  acquired  as of January 1,
    1997 are not  presented  because  amounts of pro forma  differences  are not
    significant.


                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note C.  Inventories

     Inventories consists of the following at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999         1998
                                                          -----------  -----------
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>
    Finished goods                                        $12,041,722  $12,988,501
    Work in progress                                        1,665,953    1,036,809
    Raw materials                                          12,382,025   11,587,908
                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                           26,089,700   25,613,218
    Less allowance for obsolete raw materials                 188,000       94,414
                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                          $25,901,700  $25,518,804
                                                          ===========  ===========
</TABLE>


Note D.  Discontinued Operations

    During 1997, the Company  established a new subsidiary,  Airseal West, Inc.,
    to serve as a manufacturer of industrial air handlers,  custom housings, and
    related products for the western U.S. The market opportunities envisioned by
    this  venture  failed to  materialize,  and Airseal West focused its primary
    efforts on perceived  opportunities in businesses and products  unrelated to
    air  filtration,  including  sporting  goods,  vending  equipment  and other
    general manufacturing.

    In December 1999, the Company adopted a formal plan to close Airseal West, a
    wholly owned  subsidiary,  and sell its various  assets and product lines to
    unrelated third parties.  The anticipated  date of closure is  approximately
    April 30,  2000.  All  dispositions  of assets are  expected to be completed
    December 31, 2000. The assets to be sold consist primarily of non-filtration
    assets  consisting  of  inventories,  manufacturing  equipment,  designs and
    intellectual properties.

    Operating  results  of  Airseal  West for 1999 are shown  separately  in the
    accompanying  statement of earnings.  Revenues and expenses  associated with
    Airseal West for 1998 and 1997 have been  reclassified and combined into the
    heading, "Loss from operations of discontinued subsidiary."

    The  estimated  loss  on the  disposal  of the  discontinued  operations  of
    approximately $893,000 (net of income tax benefit of approximately $566,000)
    represents  the estimated loss on the disposal of the assets of Airseal West
    and the write-off of goodwill associated with Airseal West.

    Net  sales of  Airseal  West for  1999,  1998  and 1997  were  approximately
    $2,354,000,  $3,057,000 and $2,237,000,  respectively. These amounts are not
    included in net sales in the accompanying statement of earnings.

    Net assets of Airseal West at December 31, 1999 consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                       <C>
    Accounts receivable                                   $   952,379
    Inventories                                             1,348,888
    Other current assets                                       48,439
    Property and equipment, net                             3,487,864
    Accounts payable                                         (429,075)
    Accrued liabilities                                       (25,204)
    Current portion long term debt                           (165,554)
                                                          -----------
             Net assets of discontinued operations        $ 5,217,737
                                                          ===========
</TABLE>




                                      F-14
<PAGE>


                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note E.  Other Assets

    Other assets consist of the following at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999         1998
                                                          -----------  -----------
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>
    Real estate held for sale                             $ 1,578,218  $ 1,578,218
    Notes receivable                                          960,709         --
    Cash value of officers' life insurance                       --        104,921
    Prepaid commissions                                          --        839,331
    Deposits                                                  295,643      800,531
    Deferred expenses, net of accumulated amortization
      of $214,001 in 1999 and $108,643 in 1998              1,118,937      903,740
    All other                                                 159,984      410,321
                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                          $ 4,113,491  $ 4,637,062
                                                          ===========  ===========
</TABLE>


Note F.  Intangible Assets

    Intangible assets consist of the following at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999         1998
                                                          -----------  -----------
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>
    Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of
      $1,773,144 in 1999 and $980,253 in 1998             $29,160,232  $28,095,134
    Trademarks and trade names, net of accumulated
      amortization of $174,929 in 1999 and
      $135,178 in 1998                                        862,255      895,790
                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                          $30,022,487  $28,990,924
                                                          ===========  ===========
</TABLE>


Note G.  Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment and estimated  useful lives consist of the following
at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Estimated
                                      1999         1998      Useful Lives
                                   -----------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                <C>          <C>          <C>
    Land                           $ 3,862,886  $ 1,018,007       --
    Buildings                       28,107,676   27,852,661  15-40 years
    Machinery and equipment         38,411,695   35,605,613  10 years
    Office equipment                 6,187,553    4,557,195  5 years
    Vehicles                         1,141,145      963,289  5 years
    Construction in progress         6,382,453    3,640,045       --
                                   -----------  -----------
                                    84,093,408   73,636,810
    Less accumulated depreciation   18,839,580   14,069,608
                                   -----------  -----------
                                   $65,253,828  $59,567,202
                                   ===========  ===========
</TABLE>

    Total  depreciation   expense  charged  to  operations  totaled  $5,544,018,
    $4,435,744 and $3,103,271 for 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.


                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note H.  Pledged Assets and Debt

     A summary of the Company's debt, and collateral  pledged thereon,  consists
of the following at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1999         1998
                                                        -----------  -----------
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>
Short-term debt:

Lower of prime or LIBOR plus defined percentage line
  of credit agreements (A)                              $     --    $1,300,000
                                                        ==========  ==========

Long-term debt:

Lower of prime (8.5% at December 31, 1999) or LIBOR
  plus defined percentage line of credit agreements (A) $11,369,750 $13,000,000

Prime(8.5% at December 31, 1999) plus 0.25 percent
  notes payable to a mortgage company due in monthly
  payments of $30,096 including interest through
  January 2006, at which time all unpaid principal is
  due, collateralized by a deed of trust on land and
  buildings with a carrying value of approximately
  $3,530,000 at December 31, 1999                        1,570,104   1,795,731

Real estate contract payable to a company for purchase
  of land and buildings                                  3,994,000        --

10.125 percent note payable to a mortgage company, due
  in monthly payments of $13,775, including interest
  through July 2004, collateralized by a first deed of
  trust on real property with a carrying value of
  approximately $974,000 at December 31, 1999, and a
  second security interest in certain machinery and
  equipment                                                593,818     693,513

Various notes payable to a bank with interest at prime
  (8.5% at December 31, 1999) plus .25 percent due in
  monthly installments of $12,038, including interest,
  expiring at various times through April 2004,
  collateralized by a deed of trust on property with a
  carrying value of approximately $1,510,000 at
  December 31, 1999                                      1,114,020   1,180,226

6.5 percent note payable to a regional development
  authority, due in varying quarterly installments,
  plus interest, through December 2017, collateralized
  by a security agreement and financing statement on
  real and personal property with a carrying value of
  approximately $5,400,000 at December 31, 1999          5,680,000   5,845,000

Note payable to a bank with interest at 7.9 percent
  until June 2001 when interest rate changes to prime
  plus 0.25 percent, due in monthly payments of $7,098
  including interest through June 2017 subject to a
  call option in June 2007, collateralized by a deed
  of trust on real properties with a carrying value of
  approximately $1,870,000 at December 31, 1999            833,623     849,751

Industrial revenue bond with a variable tax exempt
  interest rate as determined by a remarketing agent
  which was 3.2% at December 31, 1999, collateralized
  by a $4,500,000 letter of credit which expires June
  28, 2002                                               4,500,000   4,500,000

Note payable to an industrial development authority,
  with an interest rate of 83 percent of prime rate
  (8.5% at December 31, 1999), due in monthly
  installments of $11,333 plus interest through
  January 2005, collateralized by a deed of trust on
  real property with a carrying value of approximately
  $2,900,000 at December 31, 1999                          702,810     838,810

</TABLE>


                         F-16
<PAGE>

                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note H.     Pledged Assets and Debt - Continued


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1999          1998
                                                        ------------  ------------
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>
Note payable to a bank with interest at LIBOR plus an
  adjusted base rate, as defined, due in monthly
  installments of $17,788 plus interest, with a
  balloon payment due on June 30, 2002, of $1,120,625,
  collateralized by a second deed of trust and
  security agreement on real property with a carrying
  value of approximately $2,900,000 at December 31,
  1999                                                     1,654,256     1,849,920

Various contracts payable including capital lease
  obligations; interest rates from 6.3 percent to 9.6
  percent at December 31, 1999 and 1998,
  collateralized by certain equipment; due in monthly
  payments aggregating approximately $40,000 including
  interest, expiring at various dates through May
  2003                                                       315,788       817,777
                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                          32,328,169    31,370,728
Less current maturities                                    1,115,184     1,265,014
                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                        $ 31,212,985  $ 30,105,714
                                                        ============  ============
</TABLE>

(A) These are amounts  outstanding  on revolving  credit  facilities  with banks
    which  provide  lines  of  credit  up  to  a  maximum  principal  amount  of
    $45,000,000 and $33,000,000 at December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The
    lines of credit bear  interest  rates at the option of the Company at either
    1) prime rate,  which was 8.5% at December 31, 1999, or 2) LIBOR,  which was
    5.3% at December 31, 1999, plus an amount equal to 1.00% to 1.95%, depending
    on the ratio of total  liabilities of the Company to its tangible net worth.
    The line of credit  agreements expire June 28, 2002. The lines of credit are
    collateralized  by the pledge of all common stock of the subsidiaries  owned
    by the Company.

In connection with the line of credit agreements and notes payable to a regional
development  authority and bank,  the Company has agreed to certain  restrictive
covenants  which  include,   among  other  things,   not  paying  dividends  and
maintenance of certain financial ratios at all times including a minimum current
ratio,  minimum  tangible net worth,  a maximum  ratio of total  liabilities  to
tangible net worth and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio.

Aggregate  maturities required on long-term debt as of December 31, 1999 are due
in future years as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Years Ending December 31,
    -------------------------
<S>         <C>                   <C>
            2000                  $  1,115,184
            2001                     1,002,232
            2002                    13,774,451
            2003                     1,075,354
            2004                     1,108,414
            Later years             14,252,534
                                  ------------
                                  $ 32,328,169
                                  ============
</TABLE>


                                      F-17
<PAGE>


                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note I.  Accounts Payable

    Accounts payable consist of the following at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999         1998
                                                          -----------  -----------
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>
    Accounts payable, trade                               $15,017,193  $13,889,388
    Commissions payable                                       543,365    1,577,470
    Customer deposits                                         199,464      384,229
                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                          $15,760,022  $15,851,087
                                                          ===========  ===========
</TABLE>


Note J.  Accrued Expenses

     Accrued expenses consist of the following at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999         1998
                                                          -----------  -----------
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>
    Payroll                                               $ 1,486,216  $ 1,618,197
    Insurance, including workers compensation               1,053,794    1,133,331
    Sales and use taxes                                       144,951       65,679
    Interest                                                   28,680      137,424
    Income taxes payable                                         --        298,458
    All other                                               1,181,633      680,829
                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                          $ 3,895,274  $ 3,933,918
                                                          ===========  ===========
</TABLE>


Note K.  Stockholders' Equity

    During the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company raised $57,054,013, net
    of offering  commissions  and  expenses of  $6,052,237,  through the sale of
    8,320,000  shares of common stock by  underwritten  public  offerings  dated
    January  16, 1997 at $9.50 per share and October 16, 1997 at $7.00 per share
    and the private  placement  of 57,000  shares of Common  Stock at a weighted
    average price of $4.67 per share. In conjunction with these  offerings,  the
    Company  granted  warrants  to  purchase  a total of  540,000  shares to the
    underwriters  with  exercise  prices  between  $8.40 and  $14.725 per share,
    expiring at various periods between January 2002 and October 2002.

    The President and Vice President/Chief  Financial Officer of the Company had
    options to purchase  3,321,021 and 2,214,014  shares,  respectively,  of the
    Company's  common  stock from two  stockholders  of the Company at an option
    price of $2.50 per share. The President and Vice  President/Chief  Financial
    Officer of the Company  exercised options to acquire 2,830,732 and 1,799,188
    shares,  respectively,  of the  common  stock from the two  stockholders  on
    December 1, 1997.  The  remaining  options were not exercised and expired on
    December 15, 1997.


                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note L.  Income Taxes

     The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows for the years
ended December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999          1998          1997
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
        Current:
          Federal                                         $ 2,485,920   $ 2,655,933   $ 3,266,645
          State                                               792,986       756,088       472,633
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                            3,278,906     3,412,021     3,739,278
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
        Deferred:
          Federal                                            (250,675)      162,098      (151,017)
          State                                               (57,952)       23,716       116,462
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                             (308,627)      185,814       (34,555)
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
        Total                                               2,970,279     3,597,835     3,704,723
        Allocated to discontinued operations               (1,700,403)     (852,244)      (46,676)
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
        Total provision from continuing operations        $ 4,670,682   $ 4,450,079   $ 3,751,399
                                                          ===========   ===========   ===========
    </TABLE>

    The income tax provision differs from the amount of income tax determined by
    applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% to pretax income due to the
    following for years ended December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999          1998          1997
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
    Computed "expected" tax expense                       $ 1,967,719   $ 3,021,374   $ 3,244,956
    Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:
      Nondeductible expenses                                  377,919       150,210        82,051
      Nontaxable income                                        (1,061)      (23,874)         --
      State income taxes net of federal tax benefit           427,769       515,233       435,000
      Change in valuation allowance                            (2,094)      (17,479)      (19,224)
      Tax credits                                                --         (47,629)       (5,396)
      Adjustment to estimated income tax accrual              200,000          --            --
      All other                                                  --            --         (32,664)
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                          $ 2,970,252   $ 3,597,835   $ 3,704,723
                                                          ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>

    Net deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following  components
    as of December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999         1998
                                                          -----------  -----------
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>
    Deferred tax assets:
      Accounts receivable allowance                       $   181,935  $   103,454
      Inventory allowances                                    861,637      547,446
      Accrued expenses                                        740,261      773,041
      Prepaid expenses                                         65,648         --
                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                            1,849,481    1,423,941
      Less valuation allowance                                   --          2,094
                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                            1,849,481    1,421,847
    Deferred tax liabilities:
      Property and equipment                               (5,840,654)  (5,721,647)
                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                          $(3,991,173) $(4,299,800)
                                                          ===========  ===========
</TABLE>


                                      F-19
<PAGE>


                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note L.     Income Taxes - Continued

     The components  giving rise to the net deferred tax assets and  liabilities
     described above have been included in the accompanying consolidated balance
     sheets at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999         1998
                                                          -----------  -----------
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>
    Current assets                                        $ 1,849,481  $ 1,421,847
    Noncurrent liabilities                                 (5,840,654)  (5,721,647)
                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                          $(3,991,173) $(4,299,800)
                                                          ===========  ===========
</TABLE>


Note M.  Commitments and Contingencies

1.  Employment Agreements:

    The President and Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating  Officer/Vice
    President Finance/Chief Financial Officer, and the Vice President Operations
    all have employment agreements which expire at various times from March 2003
    to December 2010. In addition to a base salary and bonuses which may be paid
    at the discretion of the Board of Directors,  the  agreements  provide for a
    termination  payment  ranging from one hundred  percent of their base annual
    compensation to the minimum amount due under the employment  contract if the
    officer had served their full term, in the event the officers' employment is
    terminated under various circumstances.

    The Company pays  discretionary  cash bonuses to its officers and employees.
    The Company did not pay bonuses for 1999, 1998 and 1997.

2.  Litigation

    The   Company  is  being  sued  by  a  customer   regarding  a  purchase  of
    approximately $5 million in laminar-flow  cleanroom-grade HEPA filters, with
    approximately  $2.6  million  of  related  accounts   receivable   currently
    uncollected.  The customer  contends  that these  filters were  manufactured
    using a defective  urethane sealant and seeks  reimbursement for replacement
    costs and  damages.  The  Company  contends  that the  filters  meet all the
    specifications of the customer, and are not, in fact, defective.  We believe
    that in the event of an adverse  decision,  it is reasonably  likely that we
    would be able to successfully  assert  liability by the  manufacturer of the
    sealant,   and  we  have  filed  a   cross-complaint   against  the  sealant
    manufacturer.  We also  believe  that any losses due to these  lawsuits  are
    fully  insured  under both our general  liability  insurance  policy and the
    general liability policy of the sealant manufacturer.  For these reasons, we
    do not  believe  that the  resolution  of this  matter  will have a material
    adverse impact upon our financial condition or results of operations.

    From time to time,  the  Company  is a party to  various  legal  proceedings
    related to our normal  business  operations.  Management of the Company does
    not  believe  that the  ultimate  outcome  of this  litigation  will  have a
    material  impact  on  the  Company's  results  of  operations  or  financial
    condition.



                                      F-20
<PAGE>


                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note M. Commitments and Contingencies - Continued

    3.  Lease Commitments and Total Rental Expense

    Certain equipment and buildings are leased under agreements expiring between
    2000 and 2004. The following is a schedule for the total rental  commitments
    under these leases as of December 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Fiscal Years Ending
    -------------------
<S>       <C>                       <C>
          2000                        $  2,012,281
          2001                           1,850,515
          2002                           1,505,735
          2003                           1,339,361
          2004                           1,350,570
                                    ---------------
                                      $  8,058,462
                                    ===============
</TABLE>

    The total rental expense charged to operations was approximately $2,900,000,
    $2,000,000 and $2,300,000 for 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

Note N. Employee Benefit Plans

    The Company has a defined contribution 401(k) salary reduction plan intended
    to  qualify  under  section  401(a)  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986
    ("Salary  Savings  Plan").  The Salary  Savings  Plan  allows  the  eligible
    employees,  as  defined in the plan  document,  to defer up to 15 percent of
    their  eligible  compensation,  with  the  Company  contributing  an  amount
    determined  at the  discretion  of the  Company's  Board of  Directors.  The
    Company  contributed  approximately  $195,000,  $168,000 and $145,000 to the
    Salary  Savings Plan and the 401(k)  Plans for the years ended  December 31,
    1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

    The Company employee benefit program also includes health, accident, dental,
    life  insurance and  disability  benefits.  Substantially  all the Company's
    subsidiaries  have elected to self-insure the health and accident  insurance
    at an  individual  maximum  ranging from $30,000 to $90,000 per employee per
    claim  year.  A stop loss policy is  maintained  for  subsidiaries  that are
    self-insured,  which  covers 100 percent of liability  over amounts  ranging
    from $30,000 to $80,000 per  occurrence  per  individual  per plan year. The
    employer's  portion of claims  charged to operations  totaled  approximately
    $1,100,000, $1,160,000 and $650,000 for 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

    During 1996,  the Company  adopted the Long Term Incentive Plan ("LTI Plan")
    to  assist  the  Company  in  securing  and   retaining  key  employees  and
    consultants.  The LTI Plan  authorizes  grants of incentive  stock  options,
    nonqualified stock options,  stock appreciation rights ("SARs"),  restricted
    stock  performance  shares and  dividend  equivalents  to  officers  and key
    employees of the Company and outside  consultants to the Company.  There are
    1,986,800  shares of Common  Stock  reserved  for award  under the LTI Plan.
    During 1999, 1998 and 1997, the Company awarded options to purchase  52,850,
    316,850 and 95,600  shares of Common Stock under the LTI Plan,  respectively
    (Note P).

    During 1996,  the Company also adopted the 1996  Director  Option Plan which
    provides for the grant of stock options to outside  directors of the Company
    who were  elected or  appointed  after  February  1, 1996,  and who were not
    existing  directors  on the  effective  date of the plan.  Each such outside
    director  who is serving as a director  on January 1 of each  calendar  year
    will  automatically  be granted  an option to acquire up to 5,000  shares of
    Common Stock on such date,  assuming such outside  director had been serving
    for at least six months prior to the date of grant. The Company has reserved
    500,000  shares of its Common  Stock for  issuance  under the 1996  Director
    Option Plan which expires in 2006.  During 1999,  1998 and 1997, the Company
    awarded options to purchase 105,000, 115,000 and 5,000 shares, respectively,
    of Common Stock under the 1996 Director Option Plan (Note P).


                                      F-21
<PAGE>


                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note O. Related Party Transactions and Balances

    At  December  31,  1999 and  1998,  the  Company  had  notes  receivable  of
    $4,369,028  and  $4,263,409,   respectively,  due  from  various  directors,
    officers and  employees  with  interest  thereon  varying  between 6.31% and
    8.75%,  maturing at various dates to December 2010 and callable on demand by
    the Company (Note K).

Note P. Stock Options and Warrants

    During 1999, the Company granted options to purchase 52,850 shares of common
    stock under its LTI Plan at a weighted  average  exercise price of $3.76 per
    share.  The Company also granted options in 1999 to purchase  105,000 shares
    under the Director  Option Plan,  at a weighted  average  exercise  price of
    $2.57 per share.  All options granted during 1999 were  non-qualified  fixed
    price options,  and all 157,850 options were not exercisable at December 31,
    1999.

    The following  table  summarizes  the activity  related to all Company stock
    options and warrants for 1999, 1998, and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        Weighted Average
                                             Shares                    Exercise Price               Exercise Price
                                   ---------------------------            per Share                   per Share
                                                    Stock     ----------------------------------------------------------
                                     Warrants      Options        Warrants         Options      Warrants      Options
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>             <C>          <C>             <C>              <C>          <C>
Outstanding at January 1, 1997           25,000     7,623,320      $ 9.63       $1.00 - 9.50     $    9.63    $  3.43
    Granted                             612,239       100,600   5.54 - 14.73     7.13 - 7.38          9.57       7.14
    Exercised                                 -      (425,000)       -           2.50 - 3.50         -           2.97
    Canceled or expired                       -        (6,000)       -              7.50             -           7.50
                                   -------------  ------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1997        637,239     7,292,920   5.54 - 14.73     1.00 - 9.50          9.57       3.51
    Granted                                   -       331,850          -         3.94 - 8.50         -           4.69
    Exercised                                 -      (611,000)         -         1.00 - 2.50         -           2.13
    Canceled or expired                       -       (83,400)         -         1.00 - 9.50         -           2.83
                                   -------------  ------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1998        637,239     6,930,370   5.54 - 14.73     1.00 - 9.50          9.57       3.70
    Granted                                   -       157,850          -         2.50 - 4.75         -           2.97
    Exercised                                 -             -           -               -          -              -
    Canceled or expired                 (25,000)      (82,520)      9.63         2.50 - 9.50          9.63       5.29
                                   -------------  ------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1999        612,239     7,005,700   5.54 - 14.73     1.00 - 9.50          9.57       3.66
                                   =============  ============
Exercisable at December 31, 1999        612,239     6,847,850   5.54 - 14.73     1.00 - 9.50          9.57       3.68
                                   =============  ============
Exercisable at December 31, 1998        637,239     6,753,520   5.54 - 14.73     1.00 - 9.50          9.57       3.69
                                   =============  ============
Exercisable at December 31, 1997         97,239     7,192,320   5.54 - 9.63      1.00 - 9.50          6.98       3.46
                                   =============  ============
</TABLE>

    During 1999, the expiration date of options to purchase  2,000,000 shares at
    $2.50 per share was extended  from  February  2001 to February  2006,  which
    resulted in a new measurement date under  interpretations to APB Opinion No.
    25.


                                      F-22
<PAGE>


                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note P. Stock Options and Warrants - Continued

    The warrants and options  expire at various dates ranging from February 2000
    to December 2008. A further summary of information  related to fixed options
    outstanding at December 31, 1999 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Weighted Average             Weighted Average
  Range of Exercise             Number             Remaining Contractual            Exercise Price
       Prices          Outstanding / Exercisable        Life (Years)           Outstanding / Exercisable
- ---------------------- -------------------------- -------------------------   ----------------------------
<S>                      <C>                                <C>                     <C>
        $1.00            2,300,000 / 2,300,000              0.88                    $  1.00 / 1.00
    2.50 to 4.75         2,377,600 / 2,219,750              6.01                       2.67 / 2.65
    5.38 to 7.50         2,282,100 / 2,282,100              1.58                       7.33 / 7.33
    8.50 to 9.50            46,000 / 46,000                 1.96                       9.19 / 9.19
</TABLE>

    As permitted under generally accepted  accounting  principles,  grants under
    the LTI Plan and other grants of options are  accounted  for  following  APB
    Opinion No. 25 and related  interpretations.  Accordingly,  no  compensation
    cost has been  recognized  for grants under the LTI Plan,  since all options
    granted had an exercise  price at or above the market price of the Company's
    common stock on the date of grant.  Had  compensation  cost for the LTI Plan
    been  determined  based on the grant  date fair  values of awards  using the
    Black-Scholes  option pricing model (the method  described in FASB Statement
    No.  123),  reported  net  earnings and earnings per common share would have
    been  reduced  to the pro forma  amounts  shown  below  for the years  ended
    December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999          1998          1997
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
    Net earnings:
      As reported                                         $ 2,817,134   $ 5,288,568   $ 5,839,265
      Pro forma                                           $ 1,136,155   $ 4,962,085   $ 5,766,265
    Basic earnings per share:
      As reported                                         $      0.11   $      0.21   $      0.32
      Pro forma                                           $      0.04   $      0.20   $      0.31
    Diluted earnings per share:
      As reported                                         $      0.11   $      0.20   $      0.27
      Pro forma                                           $      0.04   $      0.18   $      0.26

    Weighted average fair value per option of options
      Granted during the year                             $      1.53   $      1.40   $      2.11
</TABLE>

    In  determining  the pro forma  amounts  above,  the value of each  grant is
    estimated at the grant date using the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing method
    prescribed  in FASB  Statement  No.  123,  with the  following  assumptions:
    Dividend rate of 0%;  risk-free  interest  rates based upon the  zero-coupon
    rate on the date of grant for the expected life of the option;  and expected
    price  volatility on the date of grant.  Weighted  average  assumptions  for
    options granted in 1999, 1998 and 1997 were as follows: Dividend rate of 0%;
    average  risk-free  interest rate of 5.66%,  5.18% and 6.11%,  respectively;
    average  expected lives of 5, 4.3 and 2.5 years,  respectively;  and average
    expected price volatility of 67%, 40% and 40%, respectively.


                                      F-23
<PAGE>


                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note Q. Earnings per Share

    The  following  data show the amounts  used in  computing  net  earnings per
    common share from  continuing  operations.  The following data also show the
    weighted average number of shares and dilutive potential common stock.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        Per Share
                                                                                                         Amounts
                                                                                                      ---------------
                                                               Numerator          Denominator          Net Earnings
                                                            ----------------    -----------------     ---------------
                                                                          Year Ended December 31, 1999
                                                            ---------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>                   <C>                 <C>
Basic earnings per share, earnings from continuing
  operations available to common stockholders                 $  5,502,925          25,344,433          $      0.22
                                                                                                      ===============
Effect of dilutive securities:
    Options                                                           -              1,159,996
    Contingent shares                                                 -                 21,000
                                                            ----------------    -----------------
Diluted earnings per share, earnings from continuing
  operations available to common stockholders plus
  assumed exercise of options and warrants and
  issuance of contingent shares                               $  5,502,925          26,525,429          $      0.21
                                                            ================    =================     ===============


                                                                          Year Ended December 31, 1998
                                                            ---------------------------------------------------------
Basic earnings per share, earnings from continuing
  operations available to common stockholders                 $  6,541,307          25,133,820          $      0.26
                                                                                                      ===============
Effect of dilutive securities:
    Options                                                           -              1,949,177
    Contingent shares                                                 -                 21,000
    Warrants                                                          -                  2,927
                                                            ----------------    -----------------
Diluted earnings per share, earnings from continuing
  operations available to common stockholders plus
  assumed exercise of options and warrants and issuance
  of contingent shares                                        $  6,541,307          27,106,924          $      0.24
                                                            ================    =================     ===============


                                                                          Year Ended December 31, 1997
                                                            ---------------------------------------------------------
Basic earnings per share, earnings from continuing
  operations available to common stockholders                 $  6,098,287          18,508,763          $      0.33
                                                                                                      ===============
Effect of dilutive securities:
    Options                                                           -              2,737,642
    Contingent shares                                                 -                752,187
    Convertible debt                                               163,956             470,250
    Warrants                                                          -                  8,342
                                                            ----------------    -----------------
Diluted earnings per share, earnings from continuing
  operations available to common stockholders plus
  assumed exercise of options and warrants, conversion
  of debt and issuance of contingent shares                   $  6,262,243          22,477,184          $      0.28
                                                            ================    =================     ===============
</TABLE>


                                      F-24
<PAGE>

                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Note R. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Quarters Ended
                                       ---------------------------------------------------------
                                        March 31,       June 30,     September 30,  December 31,
                                           1999           1999           1999           1999
                                       ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Net sales                              $37,629,851    $44,706,108    $48,658,081    $40,398,241
Gross profit                             9,860,706     12,191,179     13,734,386      8,188,257
Operating income (loss)
  from continuing operations             2,479,216      3,856,610      4,280,124       (443,626)
Earnings (loss) from
  continuing operations                $ 1,249,208    $ 2,008,580    $ 2,257,560    $   (12,423)
                                       ============   ============   ============   ============
Earnings (loss) from continuing
  operations per share:
    Basic                              $      0.05    $      0.08    $      0.09    $      --
    Diluted                                   0.05           0.08           0.09           --
Common stock prices:
    High                               $    5 1/8     $   3 13/16    $     3 3/8    $     3 1/8
    Low                                     2 9/16        2 1/2            2 3/8          2 1/4
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        March 31,       June 30,     September 30,  December 31,
                                           1999           1999           1999           1999
                                       ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Net sales                              $30,213,699    $38,771,247    $48,486,595    $ 37,293,263
Gross profit                             7,479,158      9,106,988     12,569,942       8,503,739
Operating income from
  continuing operations                  1,929,177      3,461,093      3,780,532         380,653
Earnings (loss) from
  continuing operations                $ 1,359,001    $ 2,404,309    $ 2,190,490    $   (665,232)
                                       ===========    ===========    ===========    ============
Earnings (loss) from continuing
  operations per share:
    Basic                              $      0.05    $      0.08    $      0.09    $      (0.02)
    Diluted                                   0.05           0.08           0.09           (0.02)
Common stock prices:
    High                               $    8 1/2           6        $     5 1/2    $    4 3/16
    Low                              5 9/16                 4 1/2          3 1/2         2 15/16
</TABLE>


                                      F-25
<PAGE>


                              FLANDERS CORPORATION
                          FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES



<PAGE>


               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
                          ON THE SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE

Board of Directors
Flanders Corporation

Our audit was made for the  purpose  of  forming  an  opinion  on the 1999 basic
consolidated   financial   statements   taken  as  a  whole.   The  consolidated
Supplemental  Schedule  II is  presented  for  purposes  of  complying  with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission's  rules  and is not a part  of the  basic
consolidated  financial  statements.  This  schedule  has been  subjected to the
auditing  procedures  applied  in  our  1999  audit  of the  basic  consolidated
financial  statements and, in our opinion, the 1999 information is fairly stated
in all material  respects in relation to the 1999 basic  consolidated  financial
statements taken as a whole.


/s/  Grant Thornton LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah
March 8, 2000



                                      F-27
<PAGE>


            INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT ON THE SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE



To the Board of Directors
Flanders Corporation
Washington, North Carolina


Our  audits  were  made for the  purpose  of  forming  an  opinion  on the basic
consolidated   financial   statements   taken  as  a  whole.   The  consolidated
Supplemental  Schedule  II for the years  ended  December  31,  1998 and 1997 is
presented  for  purposes  of  complying   with  the   Securities   and  Exchange
Commission's  rules  and is  not a part  of  the  basic  consolidated  financial
statements.  This schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied
in our  audits  of the  basic  consolidated  financial  statements  and,  in our
opinion,  is fairly  stated in all  material  respects  in relation to the basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.



/s/  McGladrey & Pullen, LLP

New Bern, North Carolina
March 12, 1999



                                      F-28
<PAGE>


                      FLANDERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                  Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Additions
                                                            ----------------------
                                                 Balance at Charged to  Charged to                         Balance
                                                 Beginning   Cost and     Other                            at End
                                                 of Period   Expense     Accounts      Deductions         of Period
                                                 ---------   --------    --------      ----------         ---------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>                 <C>
For the year ended December 31, 1999
  Allowance for doubtful accounts                $551,725    $ 39,620    $  --         $(104,024)(1)       $487,321
  Allowance for inventory value                    94,414      93,586       --              --              188,000
  Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets       2,094        --         --            (2,094)(2)           --
                                                 --------    --------    -------       ---------           --------
        Total                                    $648,223    $133,206    $  --         $(106,118)          $675,321
                                                 ========    ========    =======       =========           ========
For the year ended December 31, 1998
  Allowance for doubtful accounts                $380,566    $148,168     60,000       $ (37,009)(1)       $551,725
  Allowance for inventory value                    62,000      32,414       --              --               94,414
  Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets      19,573        --         --           (17,479)(2)          2,094
                                                 --------    --------    -------       ---------           --------
        Total                                    $462,139    $180,582    $60,000       $ (54,488)          $648,233
                                                 ========    ========    =======       =========           ========

For the year ended December 31, 1997
  Allowance for doubtful accounts                $346,480    $ 80,245    $25,000(3)    $ (71,159)(1)(2)    $380,566
  Allowance for inventory value                    45,000      17,000       --              --               62,000
  Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets      38,797        --         --         $ (19,224)(2)         19,573
                                                 --------    --------    -------       ---------           --------
        Total                                    $430,277    $ 97,245    $25,000       $ (90,383)          $462,139
                                                 ========    ========    =======       =========           ========
</TABLE>

- -----------------------------
(1)  Uncollected receivables written-off, net of recoveries.
(2)  Reduction in allowance.
(3)  Increase due to acquisition of subsidiary.


                                      F-29



                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                      Among

                              FLANDERS CORPORATION,

                                  As Borrower,

                   SUNTRUST EQUITABLE SECURITIES CORPORATION,

                                As Lead Arranger,

                                 SUNTRUST BANK,

                    as Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender,

                             and Swing Line Lender,

                                       and

                            The LENDERS Party Hereto

                                February 9, 2000


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS.............................................................i

CREDIT AGREEMENT..............................................................1

BACKGROUND....................................................................1

TERMS.........................................................................1

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS........................................................1

     1.1        Defined Terms.................................................1
     1.2        Other Definitional Provisions................................10

SECTION 2. THE CREDIT FACILITIES.............................................10

     2.1        The Revolving Credit Advances................................10
     2.2        Making Revolving Credit Advances.............................11
     2.3        Swing Line Advances..........................................13
     2.4        The Line of Credit Facility..................................13
     2.5        Requesting Letters of Credit and Making Line
                of Credit Default Advances...................................14
     2.6        Evidence of Indebtedness.....................................16
     2.7        Principal....................................................16
     2.8        Interest.....................................................16
     2.9        Fees.........................................................17
     2.10       Termination and Reduction of the Commitments.................18
     2.11       Optional Prepayments.........................................18
     2.12       Continuation and Conversion Elections Applicable
                to Revolving Credit Advances.................................19
     2.13       Computations and Manner of Payments..........................20
     2.14       Yield Protection; Changed Circumstances......................21
     2.15       Liability Regarding Letters of Credit........................24
     2.16       Indemnification Regarding Letters of Credit..................24
     2.17       Obligations Absolute (relating to Letters of Credit).........24

SECTION 3. SECURITY AND GUARANTIES...........................................25

     3.1        Stock Pledge.................................................25
     3.2        Guaranties...................................................26

                                       i
<PAGE>

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES....................................27

     4.1        Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law; Name History.......27
     4.2        Corporate Power and Authorization to Execute Loan
                Documents; No Conflict; No Consent...........................27
     4.3        Enforceable Obligations......................................28
     4.4        Financial Condition..........................................28
     4.5        No Litigation................................................28
     4.6        Investment Company Act; Regulation...........................29
     4.7        Disclosure and No Untrue Statements..........................29
     4.8        Title to Assets; Leases in Good Standing.....................29
     4.9        Payment of Taxes.............................................30
     4.10       Agreement or Contract Restrictions; No Default...............30
     4.11       Patents, Trademarks, Licenses, Etc...........................30
     4.12       Government Contract..........................................30
     4.13       ERISA Requirement............................................30
     4.14       Solvency.....................................................31
     4.15       Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organization(s) Act.........31
     4.16       Location of Offices..........................................31
     4.17       Subsidiaries.................................................31

SECTION 5. CONDITIONS OF LENDING.............................................32

     5.1        Continuing Accuracy of Representations and Warranties........32
     5.2        No Default...................................................32
     5.3        Opinion of Borrower's Counsel................................32
     5.4        Approval of Counsel..........................................32
     5.5        Loan Documents...............................................32
     5.6        UCC Filings and Stock Certificates...........................32
     5.7        Supporting Documents.........................................33

SECTION 6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.............................................34

     6.1        Financial Reports and Other Information......................34
     6.2        Payment of Indebtedness; Performance of Other
                Covenants; Payment of Other Obligations......................35
     6.3        Conduct of Business; Maintenance of Existence
                and Rights...................................................35
     6.4        Maintenance of Property......................................36
     6.5        Right of Inspection; Discussions.............................36
     6.6        Notices......................................................36
     6.7        Payment of Taxes; Liens......................................37
     6.8        Insurance of Properties......................................37
     6.9        True Books...................................................37
     6.10       Observance of Laws...........................................37
     6.11       Further Assurances...........................................37
     6.12       ERISA Benefit Plans..........................................38
     6.13       Withholding Taxes............................................38

                                       ii
<PAGE>

     6.14       Change of Name, Principal Place of Business,
                Office, or Agent.............................................38
     6.15       Financial Covenants..........................................38
     6.16       Affirmative Covenants Applicable to Subsidiaries.............39

SECTION 7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS................................................39

     7.1        Indebtedness.................................................39
     7.2        Limitations on Mortgages, Liens, Etc.........................39
     7.3        Guaranties...................................................39
     7.4        Merger, Sale of Assets, Sale-Leaseback
                Transactions, Dissolution, Etc...............................39
     7.5        Acquisitions.................................................40
     7.6        Prohibitions on Dividends, Redemptions,
                Distributions and Other Payments.............................40
     7.7        Limitations on Loans, Advances, Investments,
                Transfer of Assets, and Acquisition of Assets................40
     7.8        Regulation U.................................................40
     7.9        Insider Transactions.........................................41
     7.10       Loans to Officers, Stockholders, Employees, Etc..............41
     7.11       Changes in Governing Documents, Accounting
                Methods, Fiscal Year.........................................41
     7.12       Negative Covenants Applicable To Subsidiaries................41

SECTION 8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.................................................42

     8.1        Payment of Obligations Under Loan Documents..................42
     8.2        Representation or Warranty...................................42
     8.3        Covenants Under the Loan Documents...........................42
     8.4        Other Defaults under the Loan Documents......................42
     8.5        Cross-Default................................................42
     8.6        Payment, Performance, or Default of Other
                Monetary Obligations.........................................43
     8.7        Other Covenants or Defaults to Lenders or Others.............43
     8.8        Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy; Etc....................43
     8.9        Involuntary Bankruptcy, Etc..................................43
     8.10       Judgments....................................................44
     8.11       Attachment, Garnishment, Liens Imposed by Law................44
     8.12       Corporate Existence, Transfer of Property....................44
     8.13       Invalidity of Security Interest and Liens;
                Transfer of Collateral.......................................44
     8.14       Invalidity of Guaranty.......................................44
     8.15       Subsidiaries.................................................44

SECTION 9. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES...............................................45

     9.1        Remedies Available Under Loan Documents and Otherwise........45
     9.2        Remedies Upon Event of Default...............................45

SECTION 10. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.........................................45

     10.1       Authorization and Action.....................................45

                                      iii
<PAGE>

     10.2       Administrative Agent's Reliance, Etc.........................46
     10.3       SunTrust Bank and Affiliates.................................46
     10.4       Lender Credit Decision.......................................47
     10.5       Indemnification by Lenders...................................47
     10.6       Successor Administrative Agent...............................47

SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS....................................................48

     11.1       Amendments and Waivers.......................................48
     11.2       Sharing of Payments..........................................48
     11.3       Liens; Set-Off...............................................49
     11.4       Payment of Expenses, Including Attorneys' Fees and Taxes.....49
     11.5       Notices......................................................50
     11.6       Governing Law................................................50
     11.7       Venue; Personal Jurisdiction.................................50
     11.8       Severability and Enforceability of Provisions................50
     11.9       Failure of Party to Execute..................................51
     11.10      Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures; Effective Date...........51
     11.11      No Waiver....................................................51
     11.12      Cumulative Remedies..........................................51
     11.13      Course of Dealing; Amendment; Supplemental Agreements........51
     11.14      Time of Essence..............................................52
     11.15      Binding Obligation on Successors and Assigns.................52
     11.16      Assignments and Participations...............................52
     11.17      Reliance Upon, Survival of and Materiality of
                Representations and Warranties, Agreements,
                and Covenants................................................53
     11.18      Legal or Governmental Limitations............................54
     11.19      Estoppel and Release.........................................54
     11.20      Waiver of Appraisement, Valuation, Stay, etc.................54
     11.21      Consultation With Counsel; Voluntary Execution...............55
     11.22      Cooperation, Further Assurances..............................55
     11.23      WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY......................................55


                                       iv

<PAGE>

Schedule 1.1(a)..............................................................60

SCHEDULE 1.1(b)..............................................................61

SCHEDULE 2.4.................................................................62

SCHEDULE 4.1(a)..............................................................63

SCHEDULE 4.1(b)..............................................................64

SCHEDULE 4.5.................................................................65

SCHEDULE 4.16................................................................66

SCHEDULE 7.7.................................................................67

SCHEDULE 7.9.................................................................68

EXHIBIT A  BORROWING NOTICE..................................................69

EXHIBIT B  CONVERSION/CONTINUANCE NOTICE.....................................71

EXHIBIT C  FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE.................................73

EXHIBIT D  SWEEP AGREEMENTS..................................................77



                                       v
<PAGE>



                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

    THIS  CREDIT  AGREEMENT  is made  and  entered  into  as of this  9th day of
February,   2000,  by  and  between  FLANDERS  CORPORATION,   a  North  Carolina
corporation,  as Borrower,  SUNTRUST EQUITABLE SECURITIES  CORPORATION,  as Lead
Arranger,  SUNTRUST BANK, a state bank organized  under the laws of Georgia,  as
Administrative  Agent,  the Lenders  which are, or may from time to time become,
listed on the signature  pages of this Agreement or any assignment  hereof,  and
SUNTRUST BANK, as Swing Line Lender, Issuing Lender, and a Lender.

                                   BACKGROUND

    Borrower  has  applied to Lenders  for a  revolving  credit  facility in the
maximum principal amount of  $30,000,000.00  (including a swing line facility in
the maximum principal amount of $2,000,000.00) and a line of credit facility for
the  issuance  of  letters  of  credit  in  the  maximum   principal  amount  of
$15,000,000.00.  Lenders are willing to establish on their books such  revolving
credit  (including  the swing  line  availability)  and the line of  credit  for
Borrower upon the terms and conditions described in this Agreement.

                                      TERMS

    NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements,
covenants,  and conditions herein,  Borrower,  Lenders, and Administrative Agent
agree as follows:

                             SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS.

    1.1 Defined Terms. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement,
the following  capitalized terms shall have the respective  meanings ascribed to
them for all purposes of this Agreement:

    "Addendum to Stock Pledge Agreement" has the meaning specified in Subsection
3.1 hereof.

    "Advance"  means  a  Revolving  Credit  Advance,  a Line of  Credit  Default
Advance, or a Swing Line Advance.

    "Administrative  Agent" means SunTrust Bank, its successors and assigns,  in
its capacity as agent  hereunder  and under the other Loan  Documents,  together
with any successor agent appointed pursuant to the provisions hereof.


                                       1
<PAGE>

    "Affiliate" means a Person that,  directly or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries,  controls or is  controlled  by or is under common  control with
another Person.

    "Agreement"  means  this  Credit  Agreement,  as the  same  may be  amended,
supplemented,  restated,  replaced,  or otherwise  modified from time to time in
accordance with the provisions hereof.

    "Applicable Margin" means one percent (1.00%) per annum initially, and reset
sixty  (60)  days  after  each  quarter-end  thereafter,  based on the  Ratio as
calculated from Borrower's previous quarter-end financial statements as follows:

                 Applicability                       Applicable Margin

    (i)    If the Ratio is less than 1.00                  1.00%

    (ii)   If the Ratio is greater than or                 1.50%
             equal to 1.00 but is less than 1.50

    (iii)  If the Ratio is greater than                    2.00%
             or equal to 1.50


    "Assignment  and  Acceptance   Agreement"  has  the  meaning   specified  in
Subsection 11.16 hereof.

    "Base Advance" means an Advance bearing interest based on the Base Rate.

    "Base Rate" means a per annum  interest  rate equal to the lesser of (a) the
highest  lawful rate, and (b) the greater of (i) the Prime Rate (ii) or one-half
percent (0.5%) per annum above the Federal Funds Rate.

    "Borrower" means Flanders Corporation, a North Carolina corporation, and its
successors and permitted assigns.

    "Business  Day" means a day that is not a  Saturday,  a Sunday,  or a day on
which Administrative Agent is closed pursuant to authorization or requirement of
law.

    "Borrowing Notice" has the meaning specified in Subsection 2.2 hereof.

    "Capital  Stock"  means,  as to any  Person,  the equity  interests  in such
Person, including, without limitation, the shares of each class of capital stock
of any  Person  that is a  corporation,  the  partnership  interests  (including
without limitation,  general, limited and preferred units) in any Person that is
a  partnership,  and the  membership  interests  in any Person that is a limited
liability company.

    "Consequential  Loss" with respect to (a) the  Borrower's  payment of all or
any portion of the then-outstanding principal amount of a LIBOR Advance on a day


                                       2
<PAGE>

other  than the last day of the  related  Interest  Period,  including,  without
limitation,  payments made as a result of the  acceleration of the maturity of a
Note, (b) subject to Administrative  Agent's prior consent, a LIBOR Advance made
on a date other than the date on which the  Advance is to be made  according  to
Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.12 hereof to the extent such Advance is made on such
other  date at the  request  of the  Borrower,  or (c) any of the  circumstances
specified in Section 2.14 hereof on which a Consequential  Loss may be incurred,
means any loss, cost or expense incurred by any Lender as a result of the timing
of the  payment or  Advance  or in  liquidating,  redepositing,  redeploying  or
reinvesting  the  principal  amount  so paid or  affected  by the  timing of the
Advance or the  circumstances  described in Section  2.14  hereof,  which amount
shall be the same of (i) the  interest  that,  but for the  payment or timing of
Advance,  such  Lender  would have earned in respect of that  principal  amount,
reduced,  if such  Lender  is able  to  redeposit,  redeploy,  or  reinvest  the
principal  amount,  by the  interest  earned  by  such  Lender  as a  result  of
redepositing,  redeploying  or  reinvesting  the principal  amount plus (ii) any
expense  or  penalty   incurred  by  such  Lender  by  reason  of   liquidating,
redepositing,   redeploying   or   reinvesting   the  principal   amount.   Each
determination  by each  Lender of any  Consequential  Loss is, in the absence of
manifest error, presumptive evidence of the validity of such claim.

    "Consistent  Basis"  means,  in  reference to the  application  of Generally
Accepted  Accounting  Principles that the accounting  principles observed in the
current period are  comparable in all material  respects to those applied in the
preceding period.

    "Continue," "Continuation" and "Continued" each refer to the continuation of
a LIBOR Advance from one Interest Period to the next Interest Period.

    "Current Ratio" means the ratio of current assets to current  liabilities of
Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

    "Default Rate" has the meaning contained in Subsection 2.8 hereof.

    "EBITDA"  means,  for the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  on a  consolidated
basis,  for any  period of  determination,  the sum of (a) net  income  for such
period,  plus  (b)  amortization  and  depreciation  for such  period,  plus (c)
extraordinary  non-cash  charges  (not to exceed  $1,000,000.00  per item unless
consented to in writing by Administrative  Agent) (minus extraordinary  non-cash
income) and other extraordinary items for such period, plus (d) interest expense
for such period, plus (f) income tax expense for such period.

    "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as the
same may be supplemented or amended from time to time.

    "Event of Default" means any of the events specified in Section 8 hereof.



                                       3
<PAGE>

    "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any period, a fluctuating  interest rate per
annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates
on overnight  federal  funds  transactions  with members of the Federal  Reserve
System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such
day is not a Business Day, for the next  preceding  Business Day) by the Federal
Reserve Bank of Dallas,  or, if such rate is not so published  for any day which
is a  Business  Day,  the  average  of the  quotations  for  such  date  on such
transactions  received by Administrative  Agent from three federal funds brokers
of recognized standing selected by it.

    "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means the ratio of EBITDA to Fixed Charges.

    "Fixed   Charges"  means  for  the  Borrower  and  its   Subsidiaries  on  a
consolidated  basis the sum of (a) required or scheduled  principal payments and
required capital lease payments for the coming twelve months, plus (b) cash paid
for  interest  payments for the previous  twelve  months,  and (c) cash paid for
taxes for the previous twelve months.

    "Generally  Accepted  Accounting   Principles"  means  those  principles  of
accounting set forth in Opinions of the Financial  Accounting Standards Board or
the  American  Institute  of Certified  Public  Accountants  or which have other
substantial  authoritative support and are applicable in the circumstances as of
the date of any report  required  herein or as of the date of an  application of
such principles as required herein.

    "Guarantor"  and  "Guarantors"  means  each  currently  owned  or  hereafter
acquired  direct or  indirect  Subsidiary  of Borrower  with annual  revenues or
assets in excess of  $1,000,000.00,  but shall include,  at a minimum,  Air Seal
Filter Housing,  Inc.,  Airseal West, Inc.,  Eco-Air  Products,  Inc.,  Flanders
Airpure Products Company, LLC, Flanders/CSC Corporation, Flanders Filters, Inc.,
Flanders  International  Pte, Ltd.,  Industrias  Seco de Tijuana,  S.A. de C.V.,
Precisionaire,   Inc.,  Sierra  Ridge  Filtration,   Inc.,  Tidewater  Airfilter
Fabrication Co.

    "Guaranty"  and  "Guaranties"  have the meaning  specified in Subsection 3.2
hereof.

    "Interest  Period"  means,  with  respect to any LIBOR  Advance,  the period
beginning on the date the Advance is made or  Continued  as a LIBOR  Advance and
ending one, two, three, or six months thereafter (as the Borrower shall select),
provided, however, that:

        (a) the Borrower may not select any Interest  Period that ends after any
principal  repayment  date unless,  after giving effect to such  selection,  the
aggregate principal amount of LIBOR Advances having Interest Periods that end on
or prior  to such  principal  repayment  date,  shall  be at least  equal to the
principal amount of Advances under such facility due and payable on and prior to
such date;



                                       4
<PAGE>

        (b) whenever the last day of any Interest  Period would  otherwise occur
on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of such  Interest  Period shall
be extended to occur on the next  succeeding  Business Day,  provided,  however,
that if such extension would cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur
in the next following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall
occur on the next preceding Business Day; and

        (c) whenever the first day of any Interest  Period occurs on a day of an
initial  calendar month for which there is no numerically  corresponding  day in
the calendar  month that succeeds such initial  calendar  month by the number of
months  equal to the number of months in such  Interest  Period,  such  Interest
Period shall end on the last Business Day of such succeeding calendar month.

    "Issuing Lender" means SunTrust Bank, its successors and assigns.

    "Lead  Arranger"  means  SunTrust  Equitable  Securities  Corporation,   its
successors and assigns.

    "Lenders" means, collectively, the persons identified as "Lenders" which are
or from  time  to  time  may  become,  listed  on the  signature  pages  of this
Agreement,  together with their successors and permitted  assigns,  and "Lender"
means any one of the Lenders. "Lender" shall be deemed to also make reference to
Swing Line Lender and Issuing Lender, unless the context shall clearly otherwise
require.

    "Letters of Credit" has the meaning contained in Subsection 2.4 hereof.

    "Letter of Credit Contingent  Obligations" and "Letters of Credit Contingent
Obligations"  mean the  contingent  obligation  to pay the  Letter  of Credit or
Letters of Credit in the amount of credit  available  for drawing and  remaining
undrawn thereunder.

    "LIBOR Advance" means an Advance bearing interest based on the LIBOR Rate.

    "LIBOR Rate" means a simple per annum  interest  rate equal to the lesser of
(a) the highest lawful rate, and (b) sum of the Applicable Margin plus the LIBOR
Rate Basis.  The LIBOR Rate shall,  with  respect to LIBOR  Advances  subject to
reserve or deposit requirements under any law, be subject to premiums,  assessed
therefor by each Lender,  which are payable directly to each Lender in an amount
sufficient to compensate  such Lender for any increased  cost or reduced rate of
return attributable to such reserve deposit  requirements.  Any calculation by a
Lender of such  increased  cost or reduced rate of return which is in reasonable
detail and submitted to Borrower  shall,  in the absence of manifest  error,  be
presumptive  evidence of the  validity of such claim.  Once  determined  for any
LIBOR  Advance,  the LIBOR Rate shall  remain  unchanged  during the  applicable
Interest Period.



                                       5
<PAGE>

    "LIBOR Rate Basis"  means,  for any LIBOR  Advance for any  Interest  Period
therefor,  the rate per annum  (rounded  upwards,  if necessary,  to the nearest
1/100 of 1%) appearing in the Money Rates section of The Wall Street  Journal as
the London interbank  offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars at approximately
11:00  a.m.  (London  time)  two  Business  Days  prior to the first day of such
Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period. If for any reason
such rate is not  available,  the term "LIBOR Rate  Basis"  shall mean,  for any
LIBOR  Advance for any Interest  Period  therefor,  the rate per annum  (rounded
upwards,  if necessary,  to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Reuters Screen
LIBO Page as the London  interbank  offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars at
approximately  11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day
of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period; provided,
however,  if more than one rate is  specified on Reuters  Screen LIBO Page,  the
applicable rate shall be the arithmetic means of all such rates.

    "Line of Credit Commitment" means $15,000,000.00, as the same may be reduced
from time to time or terminated pursuant to the terms hereof.

    "Line of Credit  Default  Advance"  means an advance made by a Lender to the
Borrower pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof.

    "Line of Credit  Default  Base  Rate"  means an  interest  rate equal to two
percent (2.00%) above the Base Rate.

    "Line of Credit Default Base Rate Advance" means an advance bearing interest
at the Line of Credit Default Base Rate.

    "Line of Credit  Note"  means a  promissory  note of Borrower  evidencing  a
Lender's Specified Percentage of Letter of Credit Contingent Obligations and any
Line of Credit  Default  Advances,  and  Lender's  Specified  Percentage  of any
unreimbursed  amounts  paid in respect of Letters of Credit,  together  with any
extension, renewal, or amendment thereof, or substitution therefor.

    "Loan Documents" means this Agreement,  the Revolving Credit Notes, the Line
of Credit Notes,  the Swing Line Note, the Tax  Indemnification  Agreement,  the
Guaranties,  the Stock  Pledges,  the  Addenda to Stock  Pledges,  and all other
documents executed in connection therewith.

    "Material  Adverse  Effect"  means (a) a material  adverse  effect  upon the
business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise), or
prospects of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (b) the material
impairment of the ability of Borrower to perform, or of Administrative  Agent or
Lenders to enforce, the obligations hereunder.

    "Maturity Date" means June 28, 2002.



                                       6
<PAGE>

    "Note" means any Revolving  Credit Note,  Line of Credit Note, or Swing Line
Note.

    "Permitted  Acquisition" means any acquisition by Borrower or any Subsidiary
of  substantially  all assets,  Capital  Stock or other equity  interests of any
Person if: (a) as a consequence  of such  transaction  Borrower  would not be in
violation  of the  provisions  of  Section  6.15  hereof or any  other  terms or
conditions of this Agreement,  (b) the total  consideration for such acquisition
(including  without  limitation  cash paid,  stock  issued,  and debt assumed by
Borrower or any Subsidiary),  when aggregated with the total  consideration  for
all other such  acquisitions by Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries on or after
the date of this  Agreement,  does not exceed  thirty-five  percent (35%) of the
Tangible Net Worth of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, and
(c) if such transaction involves a merger to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is
a party,  Borrower (or the applicable  Subsidiary)  must be the survivor of such
merger.

    "Permitted  Indebtedness" means (a) indebtedness to Lenders pursuant to this
Agreement;  (b) indebtedness now existing,  in such amounts, and with such terms
as described in Schedule 1.1(a) attached hereto;  (c)  indebtedness  incurred in
connection  with the  purchase of  equipment or vehicles and secured by purchase
money  security   interests  therein  in  an  aggregate  amount  not  to  exceed
$500,000.00  outstanding at any time; (d) unsecured  indebtedness to a Guarantor
(or, in the case of Permitted  Indebtedness  of a  Subsidiary,  to Borrower or a
Guarantor) and indebtedness, not to exceed $1,000,000.00 in the aggregate at any
time, to one or more  Subsidiaries of Borrower that are not Guarantors,  and (e)
other  unsecured  indebtedness in an amount not to exceed  $1,000,000.00  in the
aggregate at any time.

    "Permitted  Liens"  means (a)  mortgages or security  interests  that secure
Borrower's  indebtedness to Lenders pursuant to the term of this Agreement;  (b)
liens now existing and in such amounts as described in Schedule  1.1(b) attached
hereto;  (c) purchase money security liens incurred in connection  with purchase
money  indebtedness   constituting  Permitted   Indebtedness;   (d)  mechanics',
workmen's,  materialmen's, or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of
business  in  respect  of  obligations  which  are not due or  which  are  being
contested in good faith;  (d) liens for taxes not yet due or being  contested in
good  faith  by  appropriate  proceedings,  and,  in the  case  of  those  being
contested,  as to which  Borrower  shall  have set aside on its  books  adequate
reserves;  and (e)  easements,  rights-of-way,  restrictions,  and other similar
encumbrances  incurred in the ordinary  course of business  and not  interfering
with the ordinary course of the business.

    "Person" means any corporation, business entity, natural person, firm, joint
venture,   partnership,   trust,   unincorporated   organization,   association,
government, or any department or agency of any government.



                                       7
<PAGE>

    "Prime Rate" means the annual  interest  rate  announced by SunTrust  Banks,
Inc.,  from time to time,  as the "prime  rate" (which  interest  rate is only a
bench mark, is purely  discretionary,  and is not necessarily the best or lowest
rate charged  borrowing  customers  of any  subsidiary  bank of SunTrust  Banks,
Inc.).

    "Pro  Rata"  means,  as to any  Lender,  in  accordance  with its  Specified
Percentage.

    "Ratio"  means  the  ratio of Total  Net  Liabilities  of  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries (on a consolidated  basis) to Tangible Net Worth (on a consolidated
basis).

    "Required  Lenders"  means at any time the  Lenders  owing or holding in the
aggregate at least 51% of the sum of the aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount of
the Advances and the aggregate Letter of Credit  Contingent  Obligations,  or in
the event that no  Advances  or Letters of Credit are  outstanding,  the Lenders
having at least 51% of the aggregate amount of the Revolving  Credit  Commitment
and the Line of Credit Commitment.

    "Revolving Credit Advance" means an advance made by a Lender to the Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

    "Revolving Credit Base Rate" means an interest rate equal to the Base Rate.

    "Revolving  Credit Base Rate Advance" means an advance  bearing  interest at
the Revolving Credit Base Rate.

    "Revolving  Credit  Commitment"  means  $30,000,000.00,  as the  same may be
reduced from time to time or terminated pursuant to the terms hereof.

    "Revolving  Credit  Facility"  means the  facility  established  pursuant to
Subsection 2.1 hereof.

    "Revolving  Credit  Note" means a  promissory  note of  Borrower  evidencing
Revolving Credit Advances  hereunder,  together with any extension,  renewal, or
amendment thereof, or substitution therefor.

    "Solvent"  means,  with  respect  to any  Person,  that  as of the  date  of
determination,  both (a)(i) the then fair saleable value of the property of such
Person is (y) greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent
obligations)  of such  Person  and (z)  greater  than the  amount  that  will be
required to pay the probable liabilities of such Person's then existing debts as
they become  absolute and matured  considering  all financing  alternatives  and
potential asset sales  reasonably  available to such Person;  (ii) such Person's
capital  is  not  unreasonably   small  in  relation  to  its  business  or  any
contemplated or undertaken transaction; and (iii) such Person does not intend to
incur, or believe or reasonably should believe that it will incur,  debts beyond
its ability to pay such debts as they become due and (b)



                                       8
<PAGE>

such  Person is solvent  within the meaning  given that term and  similar  terms
under applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers.

    "Specified  Percentage"  means, as to any Lender,  the percentage  indicated
beside its name on the signature  pages of this  Agreement or any Assignment and
Acceptance Agreement.

    "Stock Pledge" has the meaning specified in Subsection 3.1 hereof.

    "Subsidiary" means, for any Person, any corporation,  partnership,  or other
entity of which fifty percent (50%) or more of the securities or other ownership
interests having ordinary voting power to elect the board or directors or having
direct power to perform  functions similar to that of a board of directors is at
the time directly or indirectly  owned or controlled by such Person.  Unless the
context  clearly  indicates  otherwise,  the term  "Subsidiary"  refers  to each
Subsidiary of Borrower currently owned or hereafter acquired.

    "Sweep Agreement" has the meaning specified in Subsection 2.3 hereof.

    "Swing  Line  Advance"  means an advance  made by the Swing  Line  Lender to
Borrower pursuant to Subsection 2.3 hereof.

    "Swing Line Base Rate" means an interest rate equal to the Base Rate.

    "Swing  Line Base Rate  Advance"  means an advance  bearing  interest at the
Swing Line Base Rate.

    "Swing Line Commitment" means $2,000,000.00.

    "Swing Line Facility" means the facility  established pursuant to Subsection
2.3 hereof.

    "Swing Line Lender" means SunTrust Bank, its successors and assigns.

    "Swing Line Note" means the  promissory  note of Borrower  evidencing  Swing
Line Advances  hereunder,  together with any  extension,  renewal,  or amendment
thereof, or substitution therefor.

    "Tangible  Net  Worth"  means the  aggregate  amount of assets  shown on the
balance  sheet  of  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  on a  consolidated  basis,
excluding capitalized  organization and development costs, capitalized interest,
goodwill, patents, trademarks, copy rights, franchises, licenses, and such other
assets  classified as "intangible  assets" under Generally  Accepted  Accounting
Principles,  less  all  liabilities  of  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  on  a
consolidated basis.

    "Tax  Indemnification  Agreement"  means  the  agreement  between  Borrower,
Lenders  and  Administrative  Agent  of  even  date  regarding  payment  of  and




                                       9
<PAGE>

reimbursement  for documentary stamp taxes and intangible taxes, and any similar
agreements   that  may  be  entered  into   between   Borrower,   Lenders,   and
Administrative Agent from time to time.

    "Total Net  Liabilities"  means  total  liabilities  minus cash in excess of
$1,000,000.00 of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

    "Unused Fee Percentage"  means one-tenth percent (0.1%) per annum initially,
and reset sixty (60) days after each quarter-end thereafter,  based on the Ratio
as calculated  from  Borrowers'  previous  quarter-end  financial  statements as
follows:

     Applicability                                        Unused Fee Percentage

     (i)    If the Ratio is less than 1.00                      0.10%

     (ii)   If the Ratio is greater than or                     0.15%
              equal to 1.00 but is less than 1.50

     (iii)  If the Ratio is greater than                        0.20%
              or equal to 1.50

    1.2 Other  Definitional  Provisions.  The terms  "material" and "materially"
shall  have  the  meanings  ascribed  to such  terms  under  Generally  Accepted
Accounting  Principles  as such would be applied to the  business of Borrower or
others,  except as the context shall clearly otherwise  require;  (b) all of the
terms defined in this  Agreement  shall have such defined  meanings when used in
other documents  issued under, or delivered  pursuant to, this Agreement  unless
the context shall  otherwise  require;  (c) words in singular  shall include the
plural and words in plural  shall  include  the  singular,  unless  the  context
clearly  requires  otherwise;  (d) accounting  terms to the extent not otherwise
defined  shall  have the  respective  meanings  given them  under,  and shall be
construed in accordance with,  Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles;  (e)
terms defined in, or by reference to, Article 9 of the Uniform  Commercial  Code
as adopted in Florida to the extent not otherwise  defined herein shall have the
respective  meanings  given to them in Article 9 with the  exception of the word
"document"  unless the context  clearly  requires  such  meaning;  (f) the words
"hereby," "hereto," "hereof," "herein,"  "hereunder" and words of similar import
when used in this Agreement  shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to
any  particular  provision  of this  Agreement;  (g) words of any  gender  shall
include all other genders; and (h) whenever in this Agreement any of the parties
hereto is referred to, such reference  shall be deemed to include the successors
and  assigns  of  such  parties  unless  the  context  shall  expressly  provide
otherwise.

                        SECTION 2. THE CREDIT FACILITIES.

    2.1 The Revolving Credit  Advances.  Each Lender  severally  agrees,  on the
terms and subject to the  conditions  hereinafter  set forth,  to make Revolving



                                       10
<PAGE>

Credit Advances to the Borrower from time to time on a Business Day prior to the
Maturity  Date in an  aggregate  principal  amount  not to  exceed  at any  time
outstanding  (i) such Lender's  Specified  Percentage  of the  Revolving  Credit
Commitment, less (ii) such Lender's Specified Percentage of the aggregate amount
of Swing Line Advances then outstanding.  Subject to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, the Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow the Revolving Credit
Advances;  provided,  however,  that at no time shall the sum of all outstanding
Revolving  Credit  Advances  plus  all  outstanding  Swing  Line  Advances  then
outstanding ever exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment.

    2.2 Making Revolving Credit Advances.

        (a) Each borrowing of Revolving  Credit  Advances shall be made upon the
written notice of the Borrower,  received by Administrative Agent not later than
(i) 10:00 a.m. two Business Days prior to the date of the proposed  borrowing in
the case of LIBOR  Advances,  and (ii) 10:00 a.m. on the date of such borrowing,
in the case of Base  Advances.  Each such  notice of a borrowing  (a  "Borrowing
Notice")  shall be by telecopy or telephone,  promptly  confirmed by letter,  in
substantially the form of Exhibit "A" hereto specifying therein:

            (i) the date of such proposed  borrowing,  which shall be a Business
Day;

            (ii) the type of Advances of which the borrowing is to be comprised;

            (iii) the amount of such  proposed  borrowing  which:  (A) shall not
exceed the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Commitment,  and (B) shall, in
the case of a  borrowing  of LIBOR  Advances,  be in an  amount of not less than
$100,000.00 or an integral multiple of $50,000.00 in excess thereof; and

            (iv) if the  borrowing  is to be comprised  of LIBOR  Advances,  the
duration of the initial Interest Period applicable to such Advances.

        (b) If the Borrowing Notice fails to specify the duration of the initial
Interest  Period for any Borrowing  comprised of LIBOR  Advances,  such Interest
Period shall be three months. Administrative Agent shall promptly notify Lenders
of each such notice.

        (c)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Borrower may not select any LIBOR
Advances  if (i) the  obligation  of the  Lenders  to  make  LIBOR  Advances  is
suspended pursuant to Subsection 2.14 hereof, or (ii) after giving effect to the
LIBOR  Advances,   the  aggregate  number  of  different  Interest  Periods  for
outstanding LIBOR Advances is greater than eight (8), unless otherwise agreed by
Required  Lenders  (for  purposes of this clause,  Interest  Periods of the same



                                       11
<PAGE>

duration,  but  commencing  on  different  dates,  shall be treated as different
Interest Periods).

        (d) Each Lender  shall,  before  1:00 p.m.  on the date of each  Advance
hereunder  make  available to  Administrative  Agent,  at its office at 401 East
Jackson Street,  Tampa, Florida 33602, or such other address as may be specified
by  Administrative  Agent, such Lender's  Specified  Percentage of the aggregate
Advances to be made on that day in immediately available funds.

        (e) Unless any applicable  condition specified in Section 5 has not been
satisfied,  Administrative  Agent will make the funds promptly  available to the
Borrower by wiring such amounts pursuant to any wiring instructions specified by
the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in writing.

        (f) After giving effect to any borrowing, the aggregate principal amount
of outstanding  Revolving Credit Advances plus  outstanding  Swing Line Advances
shall not exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment.

        (g) No Interest Period  applicable to any Revolving Credit Advance shall
extend beyond the Maturity Date.

        (h) Unless a Lender shall have  notified  Administrative  Agent prior to
the date of any  borrowing of Revolving  Credit  Advances  that it will not make
available its Revolving  Credit  Advance,  Administrative  Agent may assume that
such Lender has made the appropriate amount available in accordance with Section
2.2(a) hereof, and  Administrative  Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption,
make available to the Borrower a corresponding  amount. If and to the extent any
Lender shall not have made such amount available to  Administrative  Agent, such
Lender  and the  Borrower  severally  agree  to repay  to  Administrative  Agent
immediately on demand such corresponding  amount together with interest thereon,
from the date such amount is made  available to the Borrower until the date such
amount is repaid to  Administrative  Agent,  at (i) in the case of the Borrower,
the Base Rate, and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Federal Funds Rate.

        (i) The failure by any Lender to make  available  its  Revolving  Credit
Advance hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation,  if any,
to make available its Revolving Credit Advance. In no event, however,  shall any
Lender be responsible  for the failure of any other Lender to make available any
portion of any Revolving Credit Advance.

        (j) The Borrower shall  indemnify each Lender against any  Consequential
Loss incurred by each Lender in  connection  with a LIBOR Advance as a result of
(i) any failure to fulfill,  on or before the date  specified  for the Revolving
Credit Advance,  the conditions to the Revolving Credit Advance set forth herein
or (ii) the Borrower's requesting that a Revolving Credit Advance not be made on
the date specified in the Borrowing Notice.



                                       12
<PAGE>

    2.3 Swing Line  Advances.  (a) Swing Line Advances may be made by Swing Line
Lender to Borrower if Swing Line Lender,  in its sole  discretion,  elects to do
so, under a swing line facility ("Swing Line Advances" and "Swing Line Facility"
respectively),  from time to time on a Business Day prior to the Maturity  Date,
in an aggregate  principal  amount (i) not to exceed at any time outstanding the
Swing Line Commitment and (ii) not to exceed the aggregate unused portion of the
Revolving Credit Commitment as of such date. Swing Line Advances may be made, in
Swing Line  Lender's  sole  discretion,  pursuant to that certain Line of Credit
Sweep Agreement and that certain Business Sweep Services  Agreement entered into
between  Borrower  and  SunTrust  Bank  (collectively,  together  with any other
documents executed in connection therewith, the "Sweep Agreement") substantially
in the form  attached  as Exhibit D hereto.  Within the limits of the Swing Line
Facility,  and so long as the Swing Line Lender, in its sole discretion,  elects
to make Swing Line Advances, Borrower may borrow and reborrow amounts repaid.

        (b)  Immediately  upon the making of each Swing Line Advance,  the Swing
Line Lender shall be deemed to have sold and  transferred  to each  Lender,  and
each Lender shall be deemed to have  purchased  and received from the Swing Line
Lender, in each case irrevocably and without any further action by any party, an
undivided  interest  and  participation  in  such  Swing  Line  Advance  and the
obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement in respect thereof in an amount
equal to the product of (x) such  Lender's  Specified  Percentage  times (y) the
amount of such Swing Line Advance.  Upon demand made by Swing Line Lender,  each
Lender shall,  according to its Specified Percentage,  promptly provide to Swing
Line Lender its purchase price therefor in an amount equal to its  participation
therein. Upon payment of the purchase price by a Lender for its participation in
the Swing Line  Advance,  the Lender  shall be  entitled to receive its pro rata
share of  interest  on the Swing Line  Advance  from the date of  payment  until
repaid,  to the extent such interest is actually  received.  The  obligations of
each Lender to provide its purchase price to Swing Line Lender shall be absolute
and unconditional,  and shall not be affected by any default or Event of Default
or any other  occurrence or event. If any Lender shall fail to make such payment
when due, such Lender shall pay interest thereon until paid at the Federal Funds
Rate.

        (c) The failure by any Lender to make available its Specified Percentage
of any Swing Line  Advance  hereunder  shall not relieve any other Lender of its
obligation, if any, to make available its Specified Percentage of any Swing Line
Advance. In no event,  however,  shall any Lender be responsible for the failure
of any other Lender to make available any portion of any Swing Line Advance.

    2.4 The Line of Credit Facility.  On the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter  set forth,  the Line of Credit  Facility may be utilized,  upon the
request of Borrower,  for the issuance of standby letters of credit,  commercial
letters of credit,  and documentary  letters of credit ("Letters of Credit," and
individually  a "Letter of Credit") by the Issuing Lender from time to time on a
Business  Day  prior



                                       13
<PAGE>

to the Maturity Date if Issuing Lender, in its sole discretion, elects to do so.
No Letter of Credit shall have a term  extending  beyond the Maturity  Date, nor
shall any Letter of Credit be issued which,  when the stated  amount  thereof is
aggregated  with the amount of Letter of Credit  Contingent  Obligations and any
Line of Credit Default Advances would exceed the Line of Credit Commitment,  nor
shall  any  Letter  of  Credit be  issued  (unless  Required  Lenders  otherwise
determine in their sole  discretion)  unless all amounts paid by Issuing  Lender
under Letters of Credit have been  reimbursed to Issuing  Lender by Borrower and
all Line of Credit  Default  Advances  have been  paid.  The  Letters  of Credit
previously  issued by SunTrust Bank described on the attached Schedule 2.4 shall
be deemed to be Letters  of Credit  issued by Issuing  Lender  pursuant  to this
Agreement.

    2.5 Requesting Letters of Credit and Making Line of Credit Default Advances.

        (a) Each  Letter of Credit  shall be  requested  by  irrevocable  notice
(effective   upon  receipt)  from  Borrower  to  the  Issuing   Lender  and  the
Administrative  Agent (which shall  promptly give notice thereof to the Lenders)
no later  than  10:00  a.m.  three (3)  Business  Days  prior to the date of the
proposed issuance of the Letter of Credit.  Each such notice from Borrower shall
be in writing,  or shall be by  telecopy or  telephone,  promptly  confirmed  by
letter,  specifying  therein (i) the proposed  date of issuance of the Letter of
Credit,  which shall be a Business Day, (ii) the proposed  stated amount of such
Letter of Credit,  (iii) the proposed  expiration  date of the Letter of Credit,
(iv) the proposed name and address of the  beneficiary of such Letter of Credit,
(v) the proposed form of such Letter of Credit,  and (vi) the description of the
transaction  supported by the Letter of Credit. The request shall be accompanied
by  such  other  letter  of  credit  applications,   reimbursement   agreements,
information,  and documents as the  Administrative  Agent or the Issuing  Lender
shall require, and the payment of the fees described in Subsection 2.9 hereof.

        (b) If the form of the Letter of Credit and transaction supported by the
Letter of Credit is satisfactory  to the Issuing Lender in its sole  discretion,
and subject to the other terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  the Issuing
Lender  will make such  Letter of Credit  available  to  Borrower at the Issuing
Lender's office  described in the signature pages hereof or as otherwise  agreed
with Borrower in connection with such issuance.

        (c) Upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit by the Issuing Lender, the
Issuing Lender shall be deemed,  irrevocably  and without  further action by any
party  hereto,  to have sold to each  Lender,  and each Lender  shall be deemed,
irrevocably  and without  further action by any party hereto,  to have purchased
from the Issuing  Lender,  an undivided  interest and  participation  in, to the
extent of such  Lender's  Specified  Percentage,  the  Letter of Credit  and the
related Letter of Credit Contingent Obligation.  The Issuing Lender shall notify
the  Administrative  Agent of the  issuance  of any  Letter of  Credit,  and the
Administrative  Agent  shall  promptly  notify  each  Lender  of  such  Lender's
Specified  Percentage  of the  amount of the  Letter



                                       14
<PAGE>

of Credit and the related Letter of Credit Contingent Obligation.  Each Lender's
Specified  Percentage  of the Letter of Credit  Contingent  Obligation  shall be
deemed  to  utilize  the  Lender's  Specified  Percentage  of the Line of Credit
Commitment and reduce the  availability  thereunder,  until such time as (i) the
related Letter of Credit  terminates or is paid and (ii) either any amounts paid
in respect of such Letter of Credit  Contingent  Obligation  are  reimbursed  by
Borrower or Line of Credit Default  Advances are made in Required  Lenders' sole
discretion with respect to such amounts.

        (d) The Issuing Lender shall give the Administrative Agent prompt notice
of any  presentation  of a draw  under a Letter  of  Credit,  including  whether
Borrower  has  reimbursed  Issuing  Lender  for such draw and  whether  Required
Lenders  have  determined,  in their  sole  discretion,  to make  Line of Credit
Default  Advances in respect  thereof,  which  notice  shall be in writing or by
telephone or telecopier,  and the Administrative  Agent shall give prompt notice
thereof to the  Lenders.  If Required  Lenders  determine to make Line of Credit
Default Advances in respect  thereof,  each Lender shall, on the date of receipt
of such notice,  make a Line of Credit Default Advance in an amount equal to its
Specified   Percentage  of  the  aggregate   advances  to  be  made,  and  shall
simultaneously  make available to the Issuing Lender,  in immediately  available
funds, the proceeds of such Line of Credit Default  Advance.  The obligations of
each  Lender  to make  such a Line of Credit  Default  Advance  and to remit the
proceeds to the Issuing  Lender shall be absolute and  unconditional,  and shall
not be affected by any  default or Event of Default or any other  occurrence  or
event.  In the event that Issuing  Lender  determines not to make Line of Credit
Default  Advances in respect of any  unreimbursed  Letter of Credit payment,  an
Event of Default shall occur hereunder.

        (e) Unless a Lender shall have  notified  Administrative  Agent  Issuing
Lender  prior to the date of any  borrowing of Line of Credit  Default  Advances
that  it  will  not  make  available  its  Line  of  Credit  Default   Advances,
Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made the appropriate amount
available in accordance with Section 2.5(d) hereof, and Administrative Agent and
Issuing  Lender may, in reliance upon such  assumption,  consider the respective
Contingent  Letter of Credit Obligation to be satisfied with the proceeds of the
Line of Credit Default  Advance.  If and to the extent that any Lender shall not
have so made the proceeds of such a Line of Credit Default Advance  available to
the Issuing  Lender,  if required,  the Lender and Borrower  severally  agree to
repay to the Issuing Lender  forthwith upon demand,  to the extent not collected
from the other, such  corresponding  amount together with interest thereon,  for
each day from the date of  receipt of notice of the  Advance  until the date the
Lender's  Specified  Percentage  thereof is paid to the Issuing Lender at (i) in
the case of Borrower, the Line of Credit Default Base Rate, and (ii) in the case
of the Lender, the Federal Funds Rate,  provided,  however,  that Borrower shall
not  be   required  to  repay  such  amount  if  and  to  the  extent  that  the
Administrative  Agent, in its capacity as a Lender,  has  availability  therefor
under  its  Line  of  Credit  Default  Commitment.  In such  circumstances,  the
Administrative



                                       15
<PAGE>

Agent,  in its  capacity as a Lender,  may, but shall not be required to, make a
Line of Credit  Default  Credit  Advance in respect of such amount.  If Borrower
shall repay to the  Administrative  Agent such  corresponding  amount, or if the
Administrative  Agent  in its  capacity  as a  Lender,  shall  make  an  Advance
therefor, such payment or Advance shall not relieve the delinquent Lender of its
obligations hereunder.

        (f) The failure by any Lender to make a Line of Credit  Default  Advance
and remit the  proceeds to Issuing  Lender shall not relieve any other Lender of
its obligation to do so. In no event,  however,  shall any Lender be responsible
for the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its obligations hereunder.

    2.6 Evidence of Indebtedness.

        (a) The Revolving  Credit Advances and Revolving Credit Letter of Credit
Advances  made by each Lender shall be  evidenced by a Revolving  Credit Note in
the  amount  of such  Lender's  Specified  Percentage  of the  Revolving  Credit
Commitment in effect on the date hereof.

        (b) The Swing Line Advances made by Swing Line Lender shall be evidenced
by a Swing Line Note in the amount of the Swing Line Commitment.

        (c)  Each  Lender's  Specified   Percentage  of  the  Letter  of  Credit
Contingent  Obligations and the obligations of the Borrower in respect  thereof,
and each Lender's Line of Credit  Default  Advances shall be evidenced by a Line
of Credit Note in the amount of such Lender's  Specified  Percentage of the Line
of Credit Commitment in effect on the date hereof.

        (d) Administrative  Agent's,  Issuing Lender's,  Swing Line Lender's and
Lender's records shall be presumptive evidence as to amounts owed Administrative
Agent and such Lender under the Notes and this Agreement, as to Borrower.

    2.7 Principal. (a) The Borrower shall repay all Revolving Credit Advances no
later than the Maturity Date.

        (b) The Borrower shall repay all Swing Line Advances in accordance  with
the  provisions of the Sweep  Agreement or through  Advances under the Revolving
Credit Facility, but no later than the Maturity Date.

        (c) The  Borrower  shall  repay all Line of Credit  Default  Advances no
later than the Maturity Date.

    2.8 Interest.  (a) The Borrower  shall pay interest on the unpaid  principal
amount of each Advance from the date of such Advance until such principal  shall
be paid in full, at the following rates per annum:

                                       16
<PAGE>

            (i) Each Revolving Credit Advance shall be either a Revolving Credit
Base Rate  Advance  or a LIBOR  Advance at the option of  Borrower  pursuant  to
Subsection  2.2 hereof,  each Swing Line Advance shall be a Swing Line Base Rate
Advance,  and each  Line of  Credit  Default  Advance  shall be a Line of Credit
Default Base Rate Advance.

            (ii)  Revolving  Credit  Base Rate  Advances,  Swing  Line Base Rate
Advances, and Line of Credit Default Base Rate Advances shall bear interest at a
rate per annum equal to the Revolving Credit Base Rate, Swing Line Base Rate, or
Line of Credit Default Base Rate, respectively,  as in effect from time to time.
Any unreimbursed amounts outstanding under the Line of Credit Note which are not
evidenced by Line of Credit Default  Advances shall bear interest at the Default
Rate set forth below.

            (iii) LIBOR Advances shall bear interest at the rate per annum equal
to the LIBOR Rate applicable to such Advance.

            (iv) If any amount of  principal  under any of the  Advances  is not
paid when due (whether at the stated maturity,  by  acceleration,  or otherwise)
such amount shall bear interest  until paid, at a rate  equivalent to the lesser
of (i) the highest lawful rate, or (ii) the higher of twelve percent (12.0%) per
annum or three percent (3.0%) per annum above the Base Rate, adjusted daily (the
"Default Rate").

        (b) Accrued and unpaid  interest on Base Advances  shall be paid monthly
in arrears,  on the first day of each month,  and on the Maturity Date.  Accrued
and unpaid  interest in respect of each LIBOR  Advance shall be paid on the last
day of the  appropriate  Interest  Period and on the date of any  prepayment  or
repayment of such Advance.

    2.9 Fees.

        (a) At closing,  the Borrower shall pay to Administrative  Agent for the
Pro Rata  account of the Lenders an  origination  and facility fee equal to five
hundredth  percent  (0.05%) of the Revolving  Credit  Commitment and the Line of
Credit Commitment, which amount is equal to $27,500.00.

        (b) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative  Agent for the Pro Rata
account of the Lenders  nonrefundable fees for the issuance of Letters of Credit
(other than existing Letters of Credit  described in the attached  Schedule 2.4)
for the period from and  including the date of issuance of the Letters of Credit
until the stated expiration thereof, at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable
Margin in the case of standby letters of credit and fifty percent (50.0%) of the
Applicable  Margin in the case of commercial and documentary  letters of credit,
based on the  stated  amount of the Letter of Credit.  Fees  payable  under this
paragraph  shall be payable in advance and shall be paid on the date of issuance
of the  Letters  of  Credit  and on




                                       17
<PAGE>

the like day of any year  thereafter.  In  addition,  Borrower  shall pay to the
Issuing Lender, for the account of the Issuing Lender only, such additional fees
and  charges  as are  customarily  charged by the  Issuing  Lender in respect of
letters of credit.

        (c) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative  Agent for the Pro Rata
account of the Lenders an unused fee from the date hereof to the Maturity  Date,
equal to the  Unused  Fee  Percentage  per annum of the  unused  portion  of the
aggregate  Revolving Credit Commitment and Line of Credit  Commitment.  Such fee
shall be computed on the basis of the average  daily unused  portion of the then
existing commitments and shall be payable quarterly in arrears, on the first day
of each calendar quarter hereafter.

        (d) The Borrower shall pay to Administrative  Agent, Issuing Lender, and
Lead  Arranger  for their own account  fees  separately  agreed on between  such
parties in a fee letter between such parties dated November 3, 1999.

    2.10 Termination and Reduction of the Commitments.

        (a) The Revolving Credit Commitment,  Swing Line Commitment, and Line of
Credit Commitment shall terminate on the Maturity Date.

        (b) The  Borrower may from time to time,  upon notice to  Administrative
Agent not later than 1:00 p.m.,  five  Business  Days in advance,  terminate  in
whole or reduce in part the Revolving  Credit  Commitment and the Line of Credit
Commitment, or either of them, as designated by the Borrower; provided, however,
that the  Borrower  shall pay the accrued  but unpaid  interest on the amount of
such  reduction and all amounts due hereunder as of the reduction date in excess
of the amount to which the facility is reduced,  and any partial reduction shall
be in an aggregate amount which is an integral multiple of $2,500,000.00.

        (c) To the extent outstanding  Advances exceed the applicable  Revolving
Credit Commitment or Line of Credit Commitment after any reduction thereof,  the
Borrower shall repay, on the date of such reduction,  any such excess amount and
all  accrued   interest   thereon,   and  all  amounts  due  together  with  any
Consequential   Losses.  Once  reduced  or  terminated,   the  Revolving  Credit
Commitment and the Line of Credit  Commitment may not be increased or reinstated
without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

    2.11 Optional Prepayments.

        (a) The  Borrower  may,  upon at least two Business  Days prior  written
notice to Administrative Agent stating the proposed date and aggregate principal
amount  of the  prepayment,  prepay  the  outstanding  principal  amount  of any
Advances in whole or in part, together with accrued interest to the date of such
prepayment on the  principal  amount  prepaid and any  Consequential  Loss,  but
without premium or penalty other than any Consequential Loss; provided, however,




                                       18
<PAGE>

that in the case of a prepayment of a Base Advance, the notice of prepayment may
be given by  telephone  by 10:00 a.m. on the date of  prepayment.  Each  partial
prepayment  shall,  in the case of Base Advances,  be in an aggregate  principal
amount of not less than $50,000.00 or a larger  integral  multiple of $50,000.00
in  excess  thereof  and,  in the case of  LIBOR  Advances,  be in an  aggregate
principal amount of not less than  $100,000.00 or a larger integral  multiple of
$50,000.00  in excess  thereof.  If any  notice  of  prepayment  is  given,  the
principal  amount stated therein,  together with accrued  interest on the amount
prepaid and the amount, if any, due in respect of any Consequential  Loss, shall
be due and  payable on the date  specified  in such notice  unless the  Borrower
revokes  its  notice,  provided  that,  if the  Borrower  revokes  its notice of
prepayment  prior to such date  specified,  the  Borrower  shall  reimburse  the
Administrative Agent for the account of all Lenders for all Consequential Losses
suffered  by each  Lender  as a result of the  Borrower's  failure  to repay.  A
certificate  of each Lender  claiming  compensation  under this  paragraph  (a),
setting forth in reasonable  detail the calculation of the additional  amount or
amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be presumptive evidence of the validity
of such claim.

        (b) As a condition  precedent to any prepayment herein,  each prepayment
must be in the  amount  of 100% of the  principal  amount  to be  prepaid,  plus
accrued  interest  thereon,  plus  any  other  sums  that  have  become  due  to
Administrative  Agent and Lenders hereunder on or before the prepayment date but
have not been paid, plus any Consequential Loss.

    2.12  Continuation and Conversion  Elections  Applicable to Revolving Credit
Advances.

        (a) The Borrower may upon irrevocable  written notice to  Administrative
Agent and  subject to the terms of this  Agreement,  with  respect to  Revolving
Credit Advances:

            (i) elect to convert,  on any  Business  Day,  all or any portion of
outstanding  Base Advances (in an aggregate  amount not less than $100,000.00 or
an integral  multiple  of  $50,000.00  in excess  thereof)  into LIBOR  Advances
(subject to the requirements of Subsection 2.14 hereof); or

            (ii) elect to convert at the end of any  Interest  Period  therefor,
all or any portion of outstanding LIBOR Advances constituting the same borrowing
(in an aggregate  amount not less than  $100,000.00  or an integral  multiple of
$50,000.00 in excess thereof) into Base Advances; or

            (iii) elect to continue, at the end of any Interest Period therefor,
any LIBOR Advances;

provided,  however,  that if the aggregate amount of outstanding  LIBOR Advances
comprised  in the same  borrowing  shall  have been  reduced  as a result of any




                                       19
<PAGE>

payment,  prepayment  or  conversion  of part  thereof  to an  amount  less than
$100,000.00,  the LIBOR Advances comprised in such borrowing shall automatically
convert into Base Advances at the end of each respective Interest Period.

        (b) The Borrower shall deliver a notice of conversion or continuation (a
"Conversion or Continuation  Notice"),  in  substantially  the form of Exhibit B
hereto, to Administrative  Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (i) two Business Days
prior to the proposed date of conversion or continuation, if the Advances or any
portion  thereof are to be converted  into or continued as LIBOR  Advances;  and
(ii) on the  Business  Day of the  proposed  conversion,  if the Advances or any
portion thereof are to be converted into Base Advances.

Each such Conversion or  Continuation  Notice shall be by telecopy or telephone,
promptly confirmed by letter, specifying therein:

            (i) the proposed date of conversion or continuation;

            (ii) the aggregate amount of Advances to be converted or continued;

            (iii) the nature of the proposed conversion or continuation; and

            (iv) the duration of the applicable Interest Period.

        (c) If, upon the expiration of any Interest  Period  applicable to LIBOR
Advances,  the Borrower shall have failed to select a new Interest  Period to be
applicable  to such LIBOR  Advances  or if an Event of  Default  shall then have
occurred  and be  continuing,  the  Borrower  shall be deemed to have elected to
convert such LIBOR  Advances into Base Advances  effective as of the  expiration
date of such current Interest Period.

    2.13 Computations and Manner of Payments.

        (a) The Borrower  shall make each payment  hereunder and under the other
Loan Documents not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day when due in same day funds to
Administrative  Agent,  for the Pro Rata  account  of Lenders  unless  otherwise
specifically  provided herein, at Administrative  Agent's office the location of
which is described on the signature pages hereto.

        (b) Unless  Administrative  Agent  shall have  received  notice from the
Borrower  prior to the date on  which  any  payment  is due  hereunder  that the
Borrower  will not make  payment in full,  Administrative  Agent may assume that
such payment is so made on such date and may, in reliance upon such  assumption,
make distributions to Lenders.  If and to the extent the Borrower shall not have
made such  payment in full,  each  Lender  shall repay to  Administrative  Agent
forthwith on demand the applicable  amount  distributed,  together with interest




                                       20
<PAGE>

thereon at the Federal Funds Rate, from the date of distribution  until the date
of repayment.  The Borrower hereby  authorizes each Lender, if and to the extent
payment is not made when due hereunder,  to charge the amount so due against any
account of the  Borrower  with such Lender.  Each Lender will  provide  Borrower
written notice of any such charge.

        (c) Interest on Advances under the Loan Documents shall be calculated on
the basis of actual days elapsed but  computed as if each year  consisted of 360
days. All payments under the Loan Documents shall be made in U.S.  dollars,  and
without setoff, counterclaim, or other defense.

        (d)  Whenever  any payment to be made  hereunder or under any other Loan
Documents  shall be stated to be due on a day other  than a Business  Day,  such
payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of
time shall be included in the  computation  of interest or fees, if  applicable;
provided,  however,  if such  extension  would  cause  payment of interest on or
principal of LIBOR  Advances to be made in the next  following  calendar  month,
such payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day.

        (e) Reference to any particular  index or reference rate for determining
any applicable interest rate under this Agreement is for purposes of calculating
the  interest due and is not intended as and shall not be construed as requiring
any Lender to actually  obtain funds for any Advance at any particular  index or
reference rate.

    2.14 Yield Protection; Changed Circumstances.

        (a) If any Lender  determines  that either (i) the  adoption,  after the
date hereof,  of any  applicable  law, rule,  regulation or guideline  regarding
capital  adequacy and applicable to commercial  banks or financial  institutions
generally or any change therein,  or any change,  after the date hereof,  in the
interpretation  or  administration  thereof  by any  tribunal,  central  bank or
comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration  thereof, or
(ii)  compliance by any Lender with any request or directive made after the date
hereof  applicable  to  commercial  banks or  financial  institutions  generally
regarding  capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such
authority, central bank or comparable agency has the effect of reducing the rate
of return on such Lender's capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder
to a level  below that  which  such  Lender  could  have  achieved  but for such
adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender's policies
with respect to capital  adequacy) by an amount reasonably deemed by such Lender
to be material, then from time to time, within fifteen days after demand by such
Lender,  the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts
as will adequately  compensate such Lender for such reduction.  Each Lender will
notify the  Borrower  of any event  occurring  after the date of this  Agreement
which will entitle such Lender to compensation  pursuant to this Section 2.14(a)
as promptly as practicable  after such Lender  obtains actual




                                       21
<PAGE>

knowledge of such event;  provided, no Lender shall be liable for its failure or
the failure of any other Lender to provide such  notification.  A certificate of
such Lender claiming  compensation under this Section 2.14(a),  setting forth in
reasonable detail the calculation of the additional amount or amounts to be paid
to it hereunder and certifying  that such claim is consistent with such Lender's
treatment of similar  customers  having  similar  provisions  generally in their
agreements  with such Lender  shall be  presumptive  evidence of the validity of
such claim. Each Lender shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect upon
the  Borrower of any such  increased  costs  payable to such  Lender  under this
Section 2.14(a).

        (b) If,  after the date  hereof,  any  tribunal,  central  bank or other
comparable  authority,  at any time imposes,  modifies or deems  applicable  any
reserve (including, without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of
the Federal  Reserve  System),  special deposit or similar  requirement  against
assets  of,  deposits  with or for the  amount  of, or credit  extended  by, any
Lender, or imposes on any Lender any other condition  affecting a LIBOR Advance,
the Notes,  or its obligation to make a LIBOR Advance;  and the result of any of
the  foregoing is to increase  the cost to such Lender of making or  maintaining
its LIBOR Advances, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by
such Lender under this Agreement or under the Notes, by an amount deemed by such
Lender, to be material,  then, within five days after demand by such Lender, the
Borrower  shall pay to such  Lender  such  additional  amount or amounts as will
compensate  such Lender for such increased  cost or reduction.  Each Lender will
notify the  Borrower  of any event  occurring  the date of this  Agreement  that
entitles  such Lender to  compensation  pursuant  to this  Section  2.14(b),  as
promptly as practicable after such Lender obtains actual knowledge of the event;
provided,  no Lender shall be liable for its failure or the failure of any other
Lender to provide  such  notification.  A  certificate  of such Lender  claiming
compensation under this Section 2.14(b),  setting forth in reasonable detail the
computation of the  additional  amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder and
certifying that such claim is consistent with such Lender's treatment of similar
customers  having similar  provisions  generally in their  agreements  with such
Lender  shall be  presumptive  evidence of the  validity of such claim.  If such
Lender demands  compensation under this Section 2.14(b), the Borrower may at any
time, on at least five  Business  Days' prior notice to such Lender (i) repay in
full the then outstanding  principal  amount of LIBOR Advances,  of such Lender,
together with accrued  interest  thereon,  or (ii) convert the LIBOR Advances to
Base Advances in accordance  with the  provisions of this  Agreement;  provided,
however,  that the Borrower shall be liable for the  Consequential  Loss arising
pursuant to those actions.

        (c)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of this  Agreement,  if the
introduction of or any change in or in the  interpretation  or administration of
any law shall make it  unlawful,  or any central  bank or other  tribunal  shall
assert that it is unlawful, for a Lender to perform its obligations hereunder to
make LIBOR Advances or to continue to fund or maintain LIBOR Advances hereunder,
then, on notice thereof and demand therefor by such Lender to the Borrower,  (i)
each LIBOR




                                       22
<PAGE>

Advance will automatically,  upon such demand, convert into a Base Advance, (ii)
the  obligation  of such  Lender to make,  or to convert  Advances  into,  LIBOR
Advances shall be suspended until such Lender notifies  Administrative Agent and
the Borrower that such Lender has determined that the circumstances causing such
suspension no longer exist, notifies  Administrative Agent and the Borrower that
such Lender has determined  that the  circumstances  causing such  suspension no
longer exist.

        (d) Upon the  occurrence  and during the  continuance  of any Default or
Event of Default, (i) each LIBOR Advance will automatically,  on the last day of
the then existing Interest Period therefor, convert into a Base Advance and (ii)
the  obligation  of each  Lender to make,  or to convert  Advances  into,  LIBOR
Advances shall be suspended.

        (e) If any Lender notifies  Administrative Agent that the LIBOR Rate for
any Interest Period for any LIBOR Advances will not adequately  reflect the cost
to such  Lender of  making,  funding  or  maintaining  LIBOR  Advances  for such
Interest  Period,  Administrative  Agent shall  promptly so notify the Borrower,
whereupon (i) each such LIBOR Advance will automatically, on the last day of the
then existing Interest Period therefor, convert into a Base Advance and (ii) the
obligation of such Lender to make, or to convert  Advances into,  LIBOR Advances
shall be suspended  until such Lender  notifies  Administrative  Agent that such
Lender has determined that the  circumstances  causing such suspension no longer
exist and Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower of such fact.

        (f)  Failure  on the part of any Lender to demand  compensation  for any
increased  costs,   increased  capital  or  reduction  in  amounts  received  or
receivable or reduction in return on capital  pursuant to this Section 2.14 with
respect to any period shall not  constitute  a waiver of any  Lender's  right to
demand  compensation  with respect to such period or any other period,  subject,
however, to the limitations set forth in this Section 2.14.

        (g) The  obligations  of the  Borrower  under  this  Section  2.14 shall
survive any termination of this Agreement,  provided that, in no event shall the
Borrower be required to make a payment  under this  Section 2.14 with respect to
any event of which the Lender making such claim had  knowledge  more than twelve
months prior to demand for such payment.

        (h) Determinations by Lenders for purposes of this Section 2.14 shall be
presumptively  correct.  Any  certificate  delivered to the Borrower by a Lender
pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall include in  reasonable  detail the basis for
such Lender's demand for additional  compensation  and a certification  that the
claim for  compensation  is consistent  with such Lender's  treatment of similar
customers  having similar  provisions  generally in their  agreements  with such
Lender.




                                       23
<PAGE>


    2.15 Liability  Regarding  Letters of Credit.  Borrower assumes all risks of
the acts or  omissions of the  beneficiary  or any  transferee  of any letter of
credit issued hereunder with respect to its use of the letter of credit. Neither
Issuing Lender,  Lenders,  nor Administrative Agent nor any of their officers or
directors  shall be liable or responsible  for: (a) the use which may be made of
any  letter of credit or for any acts or  omissions  of the  beneficiary  or any
transferee  in  connection  therewith;  (b)  the  form,  validity,  sufficiency,
accuracy,  genuineness,  or legal effect of  documents,  or of any  endorsements
thereon,  even if  such  documents  should  in  fact  prove  to be in any or all
respects invalid,  insufficient,  fraudulent,  or forged; (c) payment by Issuing
Lender against  presentation  of documents which do not comply with the terms of
any letter of credit,  including  failure of any documents to bear any reference
or adequate  reference  to the letter of credit;  or (d) any other  circumstance
whatsoever in making or failing to make payment  under any letter of credit.  In
furtherance  and not in limitation of the  foregoing,  Issuing Lender may accept
documents that appear on their face to be in order,  without  responsibility for
further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.

    2.16  Indemnification  Regarding  Letters of Credit.  Without  limiting  the
generality of Subsection  11.4 hereof,  Borrower hereby releases and indemnifies
Issuing  Lender,  Lenders,  and  Administrative  Agent  and holds  such  parties
harmless  from and  against  any and all claims,  suits,  proceedings,  damages,
losses,  liabilities,  costs,  or  expenses  of any kind  whatsoever  (including
reasonable  attorneys'  fees)  which  such  parties  may  incur (or which may be
claimed against such parties by any person or entity  whatsoever),  by reason of
or in  connection  with the execution and delivery or transfer of, or payment or
failure to pay under, any letter of credit provided,  that Borrower shall not be
required to indemnify Issuing Lender,  Lenders, or Administrative  Agent for any
claims, suits, proceedings,  damages, losses, liabilities, costs, or expenses to
the extent,  but only to the extent,  caused by (a) the  willful  misconduct  or
gross negligence of such parties in determining whether a sight draft, document,
or certificate  presented  under any letter of credit complies with the terms of
the letter of credit or (b) Issuing  Lender's  willful  failure to pay under any
letter of credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary (or a successor
beneficiary to whom the letter of credit has been transferred in accordance with
its terms) of a sight draft, documents,  and certificate strictly complying with
the  terms and  conditions  of the  letter of  credit.  The  agreements  in this
Subsection  shall survive  repayment of all other amounts  payable  hereunder or
pursuant hereto, now or in the future.

    2.17 Obligations  Absolute (relating to Letters of Credit).  The obligations
of  Borrower   under  this   Agreement  are  primary,   absolute,   independent,
unconditional,  and  irrevocable,  and shall be paid and  performed  strictly in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under all circumstances whatsoever,
including without limitation, the following circumstances:



                                       24
<PAGE>

        (a) Any lack of validity or  enforceability of any portion of any letter
of credit, this Agreement, or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;

        (b) Any  amendment  or waiver of or any  consent to or actual  departure
from any  letter of credit,  this  Agreement,  or any  agreement  or  instrument
relating thereto;

        (c) Any exchange, release, or nonperfection of any collateral;

        (d) The  existence of any claim,  set-off,  defense or other right which
Borrower  may have at any time against any  beneficiary  of any letter of credit
(or any persons or entities for whom such  beneficiary  may be acting),  Issuing
Lender or any other person or entity, whether in connection with this Agreement,
any letter of credit, the transactions  contemplated  herein or therein,  or any
unrelated transaction;

        (e) Any demand,  certificate,  statement, sight draft, or other document
presented under any letter of credit proving to be forged, fraudulent,  invalid,
or  insufficient  in any  respect  or any  statement  therein  being  untrue  or
inaccurate in any respect whatsoever;

        (f)  Payment  by  Issuing  Lender  under any  letter  of credit  against
presentation of a demand,  draft, or certificate  which does not comply with the
terms of the  letter  of  credit,  provided  that  such  payment  shall not have
constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct of Issuing Lender;

        (g)  Any  delay,  extension  of  time,  renewal,  compromise,  or  other
indulgence or modification  granted to or agreed by Issuing Lender,  Lenders, or
Administrative  Agent,  with or without  notice to or  approval  by  Borrower in
respect of any of Borrower's indebtedness under this Agreement;

        (h) The failure of Issuing Lender,  Lenders, or Administrative  Agent to
give any notice to Borrower hereunder; or

        (i) Any other  circumstance  or  happening  whatsoever,  whether  or not
similar to any of the foregoing.

                       SECTION 3. SECURITY AND GUARANTIES.

    Payment of the loan or loans  hereunder  shall be secured and  guaranteed as
provided in this Section 3.

    3.1 Stock  Pledge.  (a) Payment of the Revolving  Credit Notes,  the Line of
Credit  Notes,  the  Swing  Line  Note,  any  other  obligations  under the Loan
Documents,  and any other  obligations  of  Borrower  to  Administrative  Agent,
Issuing Lender, Swing Line Lender, and Lenders,  presently existing or hereafter
arising,




                                       25
<PAGE>

shall be secured by a pledge of all Capital  Stock  (including  partnership  and
membership interests) of the present and future Subsidiaries of Borrower.

        (b)  Such  pledge  shall  be  evidenced  by one  or  more  stock  pledge
agreements in favor of the  Administrative  Agent for the benefit of the Issuing
Lender,  Swing Line Lender, and the Lenders, in form and substance  satisfactory
to  Administrative  Agent (each, a "Stock  Pledge").  Each Stock Pledge shall be
sufficient,  when  delivery  of the  stock  certificates  or other  evidence  of
ownership  interest,  if any, is made to  Administrative  Agent,  to grant first
perfected security  interests in the Capital Stock of the Subsidiaries,  subject
to no prior liens or encumbrances.

        (c) To the extent Borrower  indirectly owns the Capital Stock (including
partnership or membership interests) of any Subsidiary, Borrower shall cause the
owner  of such  interests  to  execute  a stock  pledge  agreement  in  favor of
Administrative  Agent, for the benefit of Issuing Lender, Swing Line Lender, and
the Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent (also, a
"Stock  Pledge") and comply with the  remainder of the  provisions  of (a), (b),
(d), (e), and (f).

        (d)  Borrower  shall  deliver or cause to be  delivered  into the actual
physical  possession of  Administrative  Agent the stock  certificates  or other
evidence of  ownership  interests,  if any, and shall  execute  stock or similar
powers for each present and future Subsidiary.

        (e)  Borrower  will  provide  Administrative  Agent an addendum to stock
pledge agreement ("Addendum to Stock Pledge") and an acknowledgement and consent
of the  Subsidiary  whose  Capital  Stock  is  being  pledged,  both in form and
substance  satisfactory to  Administrative  Agent,  except that such requirement
shall apply only to  Subsidiaries  with  annual  revenues or assets in excess of
$1,000,000.00, unless otherwise notified by Administrative Agent.

        (f) Borrower  agrees to execute or otherwise  provide to  Administrative
Agent any and all modifications,  financing statements,  and other agreements or
consents  required by  Administrative  Agent now or in the future in  connection
therewith.

    3.2  Guaranties.  (a) Payment of the  Revolving  Credit  Notes,  the Line of
Credit  Notes,  the Swing Line Note,  and any other  obligations  under the Loan
Documents,  presently existing or hereafter arising,  shall be guaranteed by all
present and future Guarantors, which guarantees shall be evidenced by continuing
and   unconditional   guaranties   in  form  and   substance   satisfactory   to
Administrative Agent and Lenders  (individually,  a "Guaranty" and collectively,
the "Guaranties").

        (b) Each existing  Guarantor shall (a) consent to the provisions of this
Agreement; (b) waive and release all known claims and defenses as of the date of
this Agreement  against  Administrative  Agent,  Lead Arranger,  Issuing Lender,




                                       26
<PAGE>

Swing Line Lender, and Lenders; and (c) waive appraisement, valuation, stay, and
other similar rights related to collateral given by Borrower and Guarantors.

                   SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

    To induce Lender to enter into this  Agreement and to make the loan or loans
hereunder,  Borrower  represents  and warrants to each Lender,  Issuing  Lender,
Swing  Line  Lender,  and  Administrative   Agent  (which   representations  and
warranties shall survive the delivery of the documents  mentioned herein and the
making of the loan or loans contemplated hereby) as follows:

    4.1 Corporate  Existence;  Compliance with Law; Name History.  Borrower is a
corporation  duly  incorporated  and organized,  validly  existing,  and in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its  incorporation.  Borrower has
all requisite power  (corporate and otherwise) to own and operate its properties
and to carry on its  business as now being  conducted,  is duly  qualified  as a
foreign  corporation to do business in every jurisdiction in which the nature of
its  business  or the  ownership  of its  properties  makes  such  qualification
necessary  and is in good standing in such  jurisdictions,  has all licenses and
permits  necessary  to carry on and  conduct  its  business  in all  states  and
localities  wherein it now operates  (except for such  licenses and permits that
the  failure to obtain  would not cause a Material  Adverse  Effect),  and is in
compliance with all other requirements of law, rule, or regulation applicable to
it and to its business.  Borrower does not have any Subsidiaries,  except as set
forth on the attached  Schedule  4.1(a).  Borrower  has not merged,  changed its
name,  or done  business  under a  fictitious  name  during the past five years,
except as set forth on the attached Schedule 4.1(b).

    4.2  Corporate  Power  and  Authorization  to  Execute  Loan  Documents;  No
Conflict;  No Consent.  Borrower has the  corporate  power and authority and the
legal right to execute and deliver the Loan  Documents  to be executed by it and
to  perform  its  obligations  thereunder  and has  taken all  corporate  action
necessary to authorize the  execution,  delivery,  and  performance of such Loan
Documents and to authorize the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution,
delivery, and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to be executed by it
will not: (a) contravene,  conflict with, result in the breach of, or constitute
a violation of or default under (i) the articles of  incorporation  or bylaws of
Borrower,  (ii) any applicable law, rule,  regulation,  judgment,  order,  writ,
injunction,  or  decree  of any court or  governmental  authority,  or (iii) any
agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower or its
property  may be bound or  affected;  or (b) result in the creation of any lien,
charge,  or encumbrance upon any property or assets of Borrower  pursuant to any
of the foregoing,  except the liens created by the Loan  Documents.  No consent,
license, or authorization of, or filing with, or notice to, any Person or entity
(including,  without limitation,  any governmental  authority),  is necessary or
required in connection with the execution, delivery,  performance,  validity, or
enforceability  of the  Loan  Documents  and the  transactions  as  contemplated
thereunder, except for consents, licenses,



                                       27
<PAGE>

authorizations,  filings, and notices already obtained or performed and of which
Administrative  Agent  has been  provided  written  notice,  or  referred  to or
disclosed in the Loan Documents.  Any such consents,  licenses,  authorizations,
filings, or notices remain in full force and effect.

    4.3 Enforceable Obligations. The Loan Documents constitute legal, valid, and
binding  agreements  enforceable  against the respective parties thereto and any
property described therein in accordance with their respective terms.

    4.4 Financial Condition.

        (a) The consolidated  financial  statements as of September 30, 1999, of
Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries,   copies  of  which  have  been  furnished  to
Administrative  Agent, are correct,  complete,  and fairly present the financial
condition  of  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  as of the date of the  financial
statements  and fairly present the results of the operations of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries for the period covered thereby.

        (b) The  financial  statements  described  above have been  prepared  in
accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles applied on a Consistent
Basis  maintained  throughout  the period  involved.  There has been no material
adverse  change  in  the  business,   properties,  or  condition,  financial  or
otherwise,  of Borrower  or its  Subsidiaries  since the date of such  financial
statements.

        (c)  Neither  Borrower  nor any of its  Subsidiaries  have any  material
direct or contingent  liabilities,  liabilities for taxes,  long-term leases, or
unusual forward or long-term  commitments as of the date of this Agreement which
are not  disclosed  by,  provided  for,  or  reserved  against in the  foregoing
financial  statements or referred to in notes  thereto,  and at the date of this
Agreement  there are no  material  unrealized  or  anticipated  losses  from any
unfavorable commitments of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

    4.5 No  Litigation.  There is no suit or  proceeding  at law or in equity or
other proceeding or investigation (including proceedings by or before any court,
arbitrator,  governmental or administrative commission,  board, bureau, or other
administrative agency) pending, or to the best knowledge of Borrower threatened,
by or  against  or  involving  Borrower  or  against  any of  its  Subsidiaries,
properties,  existence, or revenues which,  individually or in the aggregate, if
adversely determined,  is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on
the properties, assets, or business or on the condition, financial or otherwise,
of  Borrower  or  impair  the  right  or  ability  of  Borrower  to carry on its
operations  substantially  as now conducted or as anticipated to be conducted in
the future,  or, regardless of outcome,  which would be required to be disclosed
in notes to any  balance  sheet as of the date  hereof of  Borrower  prepared in
reasonable detail in accordance with Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles
applied on a Consistent



                                       28
<PAGE>

Basis.  Set  forth  on the  attached  Schedule  4.5 is a list  of all  suits  or
proceedings to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party.

    4.6 Investment Company Act; Regulation.

        (a) Borrower is not an "investment  company," an "affiliated person" of,
or "promoter" or "principal  underwriter"  for, any  "investment  company," or a
company  "controlled"  by an  "investment  company,"  and  Borrower  is  not  an
"investment  advisor" or an "affiliated  person" of an "investment  advisor" (as
each of the quoted  terms is defined or used in the  Investment  Company  Act of
1940, as amended). Neither the making of the loans, nor the establishment of the
credits  hereunder,  nor the application of the proceeds or repayment thereof by
Borrower,  nor the consummation of the other transactions  contemplated  hereby,
will violate the  provisions of the foregoing  Act or any rule,  regulation,  or
order promulgated thereunder.

        (b)  Borrower  is not  subject  to  regulation  under any state or local
public utilities code or federal, state, or local statute or regulation limiting
the ability of Borrower to incur  indebtedness  for money  borrowed or to pledge
assets of the type contemplated hereunder.

    4.7 Disclosure and No Untrue Statements.  No representation or warranty made
by Borrower in the Loan Documents or which will be made by Borrower from time to
time in  connection  with the Loan  Documents  (a)  contains or will contain any
misrepresentation or untrue statement of any material fact, or (b) omits or will
omit to state any material  fact  necessary to make the  statements  therein not
misleading.  There  is no fact  (excluding  information  relating  to  world  or
national economic,  social, or political conditions generally) known to Borrower
which  materially  adversely  affects,  or which might in the future  materially
adversely affect, the business, assets,  properties, or condition,  financial or
otherwise,  of Borrower,  or the ability of Borrower to perform its  obligations
under  the  Loan  Documents,  except  as set  forth or  referred  to in the Loan
Documents or otherwise disclosed in writing to Administrative Agent.

    4.8  Title  to  Assets;  Leases  in Good  Standing.  Borrower  has  good and
marketable  title in fee to such of its fixed  assets as are real  property  and
good and  marketable  title to its other  properties  and assets,  including the
properties  and assets  reflected in the financial  statements and notes thereto
described in Subsection 4.4 hereof, except for such assets as have been disposed
of in the ordinary  course of business,  and all such  properties and assets are
free and clear of all liens, mortgages,  pledges,  security interests,  charges,
title  retention  agreements,  or other  encumbrances  of any kind except  those
permitted  under  Subsection  7.2.  Borrower  enjoys  peaceful  and  undisturbed
possession  under all  leases  under  which it is now  operating,  none of which
contain any burdensome or unusual  provisions  which may affect its  operations,
and all such  leases  are  valid,  subsisting,  and in full



                                       29
<PAGE>

force and effect and Borrower is not in  violation  of any material  term of any
such lease.

    4.9 Payment of Taxes.  Borrower has filed or caused to be filed all federal,
state,  and local tax returns  which are required to be filed by it and has paid
or  caused to be paid all taxes as shown on said  returns  or on any  assessment
received by it, to the extent that such taxes have become due,  other than taxes
being contested in good faith by appropriate  proceedings  diligently  conducted
and for  which  adequate  reserves  have been  established  in  accordance  with
Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles,  and no  controversy  in respect of
additional  taxes of Borrower  is pending,  or, to the  knowledge  of  Borrower,
threatened.

    4.10 Agreement or Contract Restrictions; No Default. Borrower is not a party
to, nor is bound by, any  agreement,  contract,  or instrument or subject to any
charter or other corporate  restriction  which materially  adversely affects the
business,  properties, assets, operations, or condition, financial or otherwise,
of Borrower  except as disclosed in the financial  statements  and notes thereto
described in Subsection 4.4 hereof.  Borrower is in full  compliance with and is
not in default in the  performance,  observance,  or fulfillment of any material
obligation,  covenant,  or  condition  contained  in any  material  agreement or
instrument to which it is a party.

    4.11 Patents,  Trademarks,  Licenses,  Etc. Borrower owns, possesses, or has
the right to use, and holds free from burdensome restrictions or known conflicts
with the rights of others, all patents, patent rights, licenses,  trademarks and
service  marks,  trademark  and service  mark rights,  trade  names,  trade name
rights, and copyrights, and all rights with respect to the foregoing,  necessary
to conduct its business as now  conducted,  and is in full  compliance  with the
terms and  conditions,  if any, of all such patents,  patent  rights,  licenses,
trademarks  and service marks,  trademark and service mark rights,  trade names,
trade name rights,  or copyrights and the terms and conditions of any agreements
relating thereto.

    4.12 Government  Contract.  Borrower is not subject to the  renegotiation of
any government contract in any material amount.

    4.13  ERISA  Requirement.  Except as  previously  disclosed  to  Lenders  in
writing,  Borrower does not have in force any written or oral bonus plan,  stock
option plan,  employee  welfare,  pension or profit  sharing  plan, or any other
employee benefit  arrangement or  understanding.  In addition,  Borrower and any
predecessor  of  Borrower  is not now or was not  formerly  during the five year
period   immediately   preceding  the  effective   date  of  this   Agreement  a
participating employer in any multi-employer or "multiple employer" plans within
the meaning of Sections  4001(1)(a)(3),  4063, and 4064 of ERISA.  Each employee
benefit  plan  subject to the  requirements  of ERISA  complies  with all of the
requirements  of ERISA and those plans  which are  subject to being  "qualified"
under  Sections  401(a)  and 501(a) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended from time to time,



                                       30
<PAGE>

have  since  their  adoption  been  "qualified"  and  have  received   favorable
determination letters from the Internal Revenue Service so holding.  There is no
matter which would adversely  affect the qualified tax exempt status of any such
trust or plan,  and  except as  previously  disclosed  to  Lenders  there are no
deficiencies or liabilities for any such plan or trust. No employee benefit plan
sponsored by Borrower has engaged in a non-exempt  "prohibited  transaction"  as
defined in ERISA.

    4.14  Solvency.  Borrower  is,  and on and  after  the  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated herein will be, Solvent.

    4.15 Racketeer  Influenced  and Corrupt  Organization(s)  Act.  Borrower has
never been and is not now engaged, and will not engage,  directly or indirectly,
in any pattern of "racketeering  activity" or in any "collection of any unlawful
debt,"  as each  of the  quoted  terms  or  phrases  is  defined  or used by the
Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organization(s) Act of either the United States
or the State of Florida,  Title 18,  United  States Code,  Section 1961 et seq.;
Chapter  895,  Florida  Statutes,  respectively,  as each act now  exists  or is
hereafter amended (the "RICO Lien Acts"). None of Borrower's real property, none
of  Borrower's  interest or  interests  of any kind,  including  any  beneficial
interest or interests, mortgages, and leases, in or on real property and none of
Borrower's  personal property,  including money, has ever been, is now, or is in
any way  reasonably  anticipated  by  Borrower  to become,  subject to any lien,
notice, civil investigative  demand,  action, suit, or other proceeding pursuant
to the RICO Lien Acts.

    4.16 Location of Offices. The chief executive office, the principal place of
business,  and the office where all books and records of Borrower are kept,  and
all other offices of Borrower are described in Schedule 4.16 attached hereto.

    4.17 Subsidiaries.  (a) The matters with respect to Borrower,  its business,
and its assets  described at  Subsections  4.1, 4.2,  4.3, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7,  4.10,
4.11,  4.12,  4.13,  4.14,  4.15,  and  4.16,  are  true  with  respect  to each
Subsidiary,   its  business,  and  its  assets,  except  that  with  respect  to
Subsidiaries  that  are  partnerships  or  limited  liability   companies,   the
provisions of Subsections  4.1 and 4.2 shall be  interpreted in accordance  with
such Subsidiary's organizational structure.

        (b) The matters with respect to Borrower,  its business,  and its assets
described at Subsections  4.8 and 4.9 are true with respect to each  Subsidiary,
its business,  and its assets, except for, in the case of Subsection 4.8, assets
and leases up to the aggregate amount of $250,000.00 for any Subsidiary,  and in
the case of Subsection 4.9, taxes up to the aggregate  amount of $250,000.00 for
any Subsidiary.



                                       31
<PAGE>


                        SECTION 5. CONDITIONS OF LENDING.


    The  obligations of Lenders,  Swing Line Lender,  and Issuing Lender to make
Advances,  issue  letters  of  credit,  or permit any  borrowings  hereunder  is
conditioned upon the performance of all agreements by Borrower contained herein,
as well as satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

    5.1 Continuing  Accuracy of Representations  and Warranties.  At the time of
each borrowing or issuance of a letter of credit hereunder,  the representations
and  warranties  set  forth in  Section  4 hereof  shall be true,  correct,  and
complete on and as of the date of the  borrowing  with the same effect as though
the  representations  and  warranties had been made on and as of the date of the
borrowing,  except to the extent that such  representations  and  warranties may
expressly  relate to an earlier  date,  in which case they shall  continue to be
true as of such date.

    5.2 No  Default.  At the time of each  borrowing  or issuance of a letter of
credit  hereunder,  Borrower and each Subsidiary shall be in compliance with all
terms and  conditions set forth herein,  and no Event of Default,  nor any event
which upon notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default,
shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such borrowing.

    5.3  Opinion  of  Borrower's  Counsel.  On or  prior  to the  date  of  this
Agreement, and to the extent required by Administrative Agent at the time of any
borrowing or issuance of a letter of credit  hereunder if the unused  portion of
the Revolving Credit Facility or the Line of Credit Facility,  respectively,  is
less than 50% thereof,  each Lender and Administrative Agent shall have received
the  favorable   opinion  of  counsel  for  Borrower,   in  form  and  substance
satisfactory to each Lender and Administrative Agent, as to such matters as they
may require.

    5.4  Approval  of Counsel.  All legal  matters in  connection  with the Loan
Documents and the transactions herein and therein contemplated and all documents
and proceedings  shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Holland & Knight
LLP, counsel for SunTrust Bank.

    5.5  Loan   Documents.   On  or  prior  to  the  date  of  this   Agreement,
Administrative Agent shall have received,  duly executed, this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents,  all in form and substance  satisfactory to Administrative
Agent and its counsel.

    5.6 UCC  Filings  and  Stock  Certificates.  On or prior to the date of this
Agreement,  Borrower shall have provided for the  termination of all UCC filings
against  the  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  and the  delivery  to  Administrative
Agent's  possession of all stock  certificates  encumbered by the Stock Pledges,
together with



                                       32
<PAGE>

duly completed stock powers, and any other  documentation  required by the Stock
Pledges.

    5.7  Supporting  Documents.  On or  prior  to the  date of  this  Agreement,
Administrative  Agent shall have received all other  documents  and  instruments
required  hereunder or otherwise  reasonably  required by Lenders to be executed
and  delivered  or  otherwise  provided  to  Administrative  Agent  in form  and
substance   satisfactory  to  Lenders  and  their  counsel,   including  without
limitation:

        (a) a  certificate  of good  standing  of  Borrower  and each  Guarantor
certified  by  the  secretary  of  state,  or  other  appropriate   governmental
authority, of the state of incorporation of Borrower and each Guarantor;

        (b)  certificates of  qualification  to do business of Borrower and each
Guarantor certified by the secretary of state, or other appropriate governmental
authority,  of each state in which the chief  executive  office or any  material
manufacturing plant of Borrower or the Guarantor is located;

        (c) A copy  of the  articles  of  incorporation  of  Borrower  and  each
Guarantor,  accompanied by a certificate from an appropriate officer of Borrower
and  each  Guarantor  that  the  copy is  complete  and  that  the  articles  of
incorporation have not been amended,  annulled,  rescinded, or revoked except as
reflected in the copy, if any;

        (d) a copy of the bylaws of Borrower and each Guarantor in effect on the
date of this Agreement, accompanied by a certificate from an appropriate officer
of Borrower and each  Guarantor  that the copy is true and complete and that the
bylaws  have not  been  amended,  annulled,  rescinded,  or  revoked  except  as
reflected in the copy, if any;

        (e) a copy of resolutions of the board of directors of Borrower and each
Guarantor  authorizing  the  execution,  delivery,  and  performance of the Loan
Documents to which it is a party and the transactions thereunder, and specifying
the officer or officers of Borrower and each Guarantor authorized to execute the
Loan Documents,  accompanied by a certificate  from an appropriate  officer that
the  resolutions  are true and  complete,  were duly  adopted  at a duly  called
meeting  in which a quorum  was  present  and  acting  throughout,  or were duly
adopted by written  action,  and have not been amended,  annulled,  rescinded or
revoked  in any  respect  and remain in full force and effect on the date of the
certificate,  together  with an  incumbency  certificate  containing  the names,
titles, and genuine signatures of all duly elected officers of Borrower and each
Guarantor as of the date of this Agreement, accompanied by a certificate from an
appropriate officer that the information is true and complete; and

        (f) such additional supporting documents as Lenders may request.


                                       33
<PAGE>

                        SECTION 6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

    Borrower  covenants  and agrees that from the date of this  Agreement  until
payment in full of all present or future indebtedness  hereunder,  expiration of
all letters of credit issued hereunder, and termination of all present or future
credit  facilities  established  hereunder,  Borrower will fully comply with the
following provisions:

    6.1 Financial Reports and Other Information.  Borrower will deliver or cause
to be delivered to each Lender the following:

        (a) As soon as practicable and in any event within sixty (60) days after
the end of each fiscal quarter,  a consolidated and consolidating  balance sheet
as  of  the  last  day  of  such  quarter  and  the  related   consolidated  and
consolidating  statement of income for such quarter and cumulative  year-to-date
for  Borrower,  setting forth in each case in  comparative  form figures for the
corresponding  period in the preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and
satisfactory in scope to Lenders and certified by the chief financial officer of
Borrower as to the fairness of such financial  statements and that the same have
been  prepared in  accordance  with  Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles
applied  on a  Consistent  Basis,  subject  to changes  resulting  from  normal,
recurring year-end adjustments;

        (b) As soon as  practicable  and in any event  within  ninety  (90) days
after the end of each fiscal year, the  consolidated and  consolidating  balance
sheet of Borrower as of the end of such fiscal  year,  and related  consolidated
and consolidating  statements of income,  and changes in financial  position for
such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form figures for the
corresponding  period in the preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and
satisfactory  in scope to Lenders and certified by and containing an unqualified
opinion of  independent  certified  public  accountants  of recognized  national
standing selected by Borrower and satisfactory to Lenders;

        (c) Together with each  delivery of those items  required by clause 6(a)
and (b) ninety (90) above, a certificate executed by the chief financial officer
of Borrower,  containing computations in reasonable detail indicating compliance
with  Sections 6 and 7 hereof,  and  stating  that to the best of the  officer's
knowledge,  (i) Borrower has kept, observed,  performed,  and fulfilled each and
every agreement binding on it contained in the Loan Documents, and is not at the
time in default of the keeping,  observance,  performance, or fulfillment of any
of the terms, provisions, and conditions thereof, and (ii) none of the Events of
Default  or  events  which  upon  notice  or the  lapse  of time  or both  would
constitute  Events of Default has occurred (or  specifying all such defaults and
events of which he may have  knowledge  and what  actions  Borrower is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto);

        (d) Together with each delivery of the financial  statements required by
clause  6(b) above,  a  certificate  of the  independent  certified  accountants
stating



                                       34
<PAGE>

that in making the examination  necessary to said certification of the financial
statements,  they obtained no knowledge of any condition or event  pertaining to
financial or accounting  matters,  that constitutes an Event of Default or event
which after  notice by  Administrative  Agent or lapse of time,  or both,  would
constitute an Event of Default; or if the accountants have obtained knowledge of
any Event of Default or other such event, a statement  specifying the nature and
period of existence thereof.  In addition,  such accountants'  certificate shall
state that with  respect  to the  fulfillment  of any of the  terms,  covenants,
provisions,  or conditions of the Loan  Documents,  other than those relating to
financial or accounting matters,  they have obtained no knowledge of any default
or Event of Default,  or if the accountants have obtained  knowledge of any such
default  or Event  of  Default  they  shall  make  disclosure  thereof,  but the
accountants  shall not be liable to Lenders for any failure to obtain  knowledge
of any default or Event of Default referred to in this sentence;

        (e) Within ten (10) days after receipt thereof, copies of any management
audit letters or other  communications  provided to Borrower by the  independent
certified public accountant who prepared Borrower's financial statements;

        (f) As soon as  practicable  and in any event within ten (10) days after
the filing thereof with the United States  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,
copies of the quarterly 10-Q and annual 10-K reports, and any 8-K reports, filed
by Borrower;

        (g) With reasonable promptness,  such additional financial or other data
(including but not limited to consolidating financial statements) as Lenders may
from time to time reasonably request.

    Lenders and Administrative  Agent are hereby authorized to deliver a copy of
any  financial  statements  or any other  information  relating to the business,
operations,  properties,  or  financial  condition  of  Borrower  which  may  be
furnished  to it or come to its  attention  pursuant  to the Loan  Documents  or
otherwise,  to any regulatory body or agency having jurisdiction over them or to
any Person which shall, or shall have the right or obligation to, succeed to all
or any part their respective interests in the Loan Documents.

    6.2 Payment of  Indebtedness;  Performance  of Other  Covenants;  Payment of
Other  Obligations.  (a)  Borrower  will make  full and  timely  payment  of the
principal of and interest on the indebtedness owed hereunder;  (b) Borrower will
duly comply with all the terms and  covenants  contained in the Loan  Documents;
and (c) Borrower will make full and timely payment of all other  indebtedness of
Borrower, whether now existing or hereafter arising.

    6.3 Conduct of Business;  Maintenance of Existence and Rights. Borrower will
do or cause to be done all  things  necessary  to  preserve  and to keep in



                                       35
<PAGE>

full force and effect its  corporate  existence  and rights and  privileges as a
corporation and its franchises,  licenses, trade names, patents, trademarks, and
permits which are necessary for the continuance of its business, and continue to
engage principally in the business currently operated by Borrower.

    6.4  Maintenance  of Property.  Borrower  will maintain its property in good
condition  and repair  and,  from time to time,  make all  necessary  and proper
repairs,  renewals,  replacements,  additions, and improvements thereto, so that
the  business  carried on may be properly  and  advantageously  conducted at all
times in accordance with prudent business management.

    6.5 Right of  Inspection;  Discussions.  Borrower  will  permit  any  Person
designated  by Lenders,  to visit and inspect any of the  properties,  corporate
books, records, papers, and financial reports of Borrower,  including the making
of any copies  thereof and  abstracts  therefrom,  and to discuss  its  affairs,
finances, and accounts with its principal officers, all at such reasonable times
and as often as  Lenders  may  reasonably  request.  Borrower  will also  permit
Lenders,  or their designated  representatives,  to audit or appraise any of its
assets or financial and business records.

    6.6 Notices. Borrower will promptly give notice to Administrative Agent of:

        (a) The  occurrence  of any  default or Event of Default (or event which
would  constitute  a default or Event of Default  but for the  requirement  that
notice be given or time  elapse or both)  hereunder,  in which case such  notice
shall  specify the nature  thereof,  the period of  existence  thereof,  and the
action that Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto;

        (b) the occurrence of any material  casualty to any material facility of
Borrower or any other force majeure (including,  without limitation,  any strike
or other labor disturbance)  materially  affecting the operation or value of any
such  facility,  and whether or not such casualty or force majeure is covered by
insurance;

        (c) the  commencement  or any material change in the nature or status of
any  litigation,  dispute,  or proceeding  that may involve a claim for damages,
injunctive relief,  enforcement,  or other relief pending, being instituted,  or
threatened  by,  against,  or  involving  Borrower,  or the  institution  of any
attachment,  levy,  execution,  or other  process  by or  against  any assets of
Borrower,  which  might  impair the  conduct  of  Borrower's  business  or might
adversely affect financially or otherwise its business, operations,  properties,
condition, or prospects; and

        (d)  the  occurrence  of  a  material   change  in,   modification   to,
cancellation  or early  termination  of, or  default  in (or event  which  would
constitute a default but for the requirement that notice be given or time elapse
or both) any material  obligation,  contract,  or agreement of Borrower with any
Person.



                                       36
<PAGE>


    6.7 Payment of Taxes;  Liens.  Borrower will pay, or cause to be paid,  when
due,  subject to any permitted  extensions,  all taxes,  assessments,  and other
governmental  charges  which may  lawfully  be levied or  assessed  (a) upon the
income or profits of Borrower;  (b) upon any property,  real, personal or mixed,
belonging to Borrower,  or upon any part  thereof;  or (c) by reason of employee
benefit  plans  sponsored by  Borrower,  and will also pay, or cause to be paid,
when due,  subject to any  permitted  extensions,  any lawful  claims for labor,
material,  or supplies which,  if unpaid,  might become a lien or charge against
any property of Borrower;  provided,  however, Borrower shall not be required to
pay any such tax,  assessment,  charge,  levy,  or claim so long as the validity
thereof shall be actively contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
Borrower  shall have set aside on its books  adequate  reserves  (determined  in
accordance with Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles) with respect to any
such tax, assessment,  charge, levy, or claim so contested; but provided further
that any such tax,  assessment,  charge,  levy, or claim shall be paid forthwith
upon the commencement of proceedings to foreclose any lien securing the same.

    6.8 Insurance of Properties.  Borrower will keep its business and properties
insured at all times by insurance  companies  acceptable to Lenders  against the
risks for which  provision  for such  insurance is usually made by other Persons
engaged in a similar business similarly  situated  (including without limitation
insurance for fire and other hazards and insurance  against liability on account
of damage to persons or property and insurance  under all  applicable  workman's
compensation laws) and to the same extent thereto and carry such other types and
amounts of insurance as are usually  carried by Persons engaged in the same or a
similar  business  similarly  situated,  and upon  request  deliver to Lenders a
certificate  from the insurer  setting  forth the nature of the risks covered by
such  insurance,  the amount  carried with respect to each risk, and the name of
the insurer.

    6.9 True  Books.  Borrower  will keep  proper  and true  books of record and
account,  satisfactory to Administrative Agent, in which full, true, and correct
entries will be made of all of its dealings and  transactions,  and establish on
its books such  reserves  as may be required by  Generally  Accepted  Accounting
Principles with respect to all taxes,  assessments,  charges, levies, and claims
referred  to in  Subsection  6.7  hereof,  and with  respect to its  business in
general,  and will  include  such  reserves  in any  interim as well as year-end
financial statements.

    6.10 Observance of Laws. Borrower will conform to and duly observe all laws,
regulations,  and other valid  requirements of any  governmental  authority with
respect to the conduct of its business.

    6.11  Further  Assurances.  At its cost and  expense,  upon  request  of any
Lender,  Borrower will duly execute and deliver or cause to be duly executed and
delivered to Lenders such further  instruments  or documents and do and cause to
be done  such  further  acts as may be  reasonably  necessary  or  proper in the
opinion of



                                       37
<PAGE>


Lenders  to carry out more  effectively  the  provisions  and  purposes  of this
Agreement.

    6.12 ERISA  Benefit  Plans.  Borrower will comply with all  requirements  of
ERISA applicable to it and will not materially increase its liabilities under or
violate  the terms of any  present  or future  benefit  plans  maintained  by it
without the prior approval of Lenders.  Borrower will furnish to Lenders as soon
as possible and in any event within 10 days after  Borrower or a duly  appointed
administrator  of a plan (as defined in ERISA)  knows or has reason to know that
any reportable event, funding deficiency,  or prohibited transaction (as defined
in ERISA)  with  respect  to any plan has  occurred,  a  statement  of the chief
financial  officer of Borrower  describing in reasonable  detail such reportable
event,  funding  deficiency,  or  prohibited  transaction  and any action  which
Borrower  proposes to take with  respect  thereto,  together  with a copy of the
notice of such event given to the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation or the
Internal  Revenue Service or a statement that said notice will be filed with the
annual report of the United States Department of Labor with respect to such plan
if such filing has been authorized.

    6.13  Withholding  Taxes.  Borrower  will pay, as and when due, all employee
withholding,  FICA, and other tax payments required by federal, state, and local
governments with respect to wages paid to employees.

    6.14 Change of Name, Principal Place of Business, Office, or Agent. Borrower
will notify Lenders of any change in the name of Borrower,  the principal  place
of business of Borrower,  the office where the books and records of Borrower are
kept,  or any change in the  registered  agent of Borrower  for the  purposes of
service of process.

    6.15  Financial  Covenants.  Borrower  will,  in accordance  with  Generally
Accepted  Accounting  Principles  applied on a Consistent  Basis,  maintain on a
consolidated basis at all times:

        (a) A minimum  Current  Ratio at all times greater than or equal to 1.50
to 1.00.

        (b) A minimum Tangible Net Worth greater than or equal to $70,000,000.00
at all times for the fiscal quarter ending on December 31, 1999.  Beginning with
Borrower's  fiscal  quarter-end  on  March  31,  2000,  and  continuing  on each
quarter-end  thereafter during the term of this Agreement,  the required minimum
Tangible Net Worth amount for each quarter shall be increased by an amount equal
to the sum of 60% of net income of Borrower  (on a  consolidated  basis) for the
preceding quarter.

        (c) A ratio of Total Net  Liabilities to Tangible Net Worth at all times
less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00.



                                       38
<PAGE>


        (d) A minimum Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio at all times greater than or
equal to 1.50 to 1.00.

    6.16 Affirmative  Covenants Applicable to Subsidiaries.  Borrower will cause
each Subsidiary to do, with respect to itself, its business, and its assets, all
of the things  required of Borrower in  Subsections  6.2 (b) and (c),  6.3, 6.4,
6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 6.10, 6.11, 6.12, 6.13, and 6.14.


                         SECTION 7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

    Borrower  covenants  and agrees that from the date of this  Agreement  until
payment in full of all present or future indebtedness  hereunder,  expiration of
all letters of credit issued hereunder, and termination of all present or future
credit  facilities  established  hereunder,  Borrower will fully comply with the
following provisions:

    7.1  Indebtedness.  Borrower will not,  directly or indirectly,  (a) create,
incur, assume, or permit to exist any indebtedness for borrowed money (operating
leases are not  considered  "indebtedness  for borrowed  money" for the purposes
hereof),  except  Permitted  Indebtedness,  or (b) enter into or commit to enter
into operating leases for the lease or rental of personal  property,  unless the
aggregate  value of the property for leases  entered into during any fiscal year
(at the time of entering into the lease) would not exceed $1,500,000.00.

    7.2 Limitations on Mortgages,  Liens,  Etc.  Borrower will not,  directly or
indirectly,  create,  incur,  assume, or suffer or permit to exist any mortgage,
pledge, lien, security interest,  or other charge or encumbrance  (including the
lien or retained security title of a conditional  vendor or lessor) upon or with
respect to any of its assets, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive
income, except Permitted Liens.

    7.3  Guaranties.  Borrower  will not,  directly  or  indirectly,  guarantee,
assume, endorse, become a surety or accommodation party for, or otherwise in any
way extend credit or become  responsible  for or remain  liable or  contingently
liable in connection  with any  indebtedness  or other  obligations of any other
Person or entity, except guaranties and endorsements made in connection with the
deposit of negotiable  instruments  and other items for  collection or credit in
the  ordinary  course of  business  and except  guaranties  of  indebtedness  of
Subsidiaries  permitted  pursuant to the  provisions of Subsection  7.12 and 7.1
hereof.

    7.4 Merger, Sale of Assets,  Sale-Leaseback Transactions,  Dissolution, Etc.
Borrower will not,  directly or  indirectly:  (a) enter into any  transaction of
merger or  consolidation,  except pursuant to a Permitted  Acquisition or except
pursuant to a merger or consolidation with an existing Subsidiary where Borrower
is the surviving entity; (b) transfer, sell, assign, lease, or otherwise



                                       39
<PAGE>

dispose of all or a substantial part of its properties or assets;  (c) transfer,
sell, assign, discount, lease, or otherwise dispose of any of its notes or other
instruments,  accounts receivable,  or contract rights with or without recourse,
except for  collection  in the  ordinary  course of  business,  or any assets or
properties  necessary or desirable for the proper  conduct of its business;  (d)
change  the scope or nature of its  business;  (e) enter  into any  arrangement,
directly or indirectly,  with any Person whereby Borrower shall sell or transfer
any  property,  real or personal,  used or useful in its  business,  whether now
owned or hereafter  acquired,  and thereafter  rent or lease such property which
Borrower  intends to use for  substantially  the same purpose or purposes as the
property being sold or  transferred;  (f) invest in, acquire assets or stock of,
transfer any assets to, or do business  through any  Subsidiary not described in
Subsection 4.1 hereof except for Subsidiaries formed by Borrower for the purpose
of consummating a Permitted  Acquisition,  which  Subsidiaries  will survive any
such Permitted  Acquisition;  (g) wind up, liquidate,  or dissolve itself or its
business; or (h) agree to any of the foregoing.

    7.5 Acquisitions. Borrower will not acquire all or substantially all assets,
or Capital  Stock (or other equity  interest) of any Person  except  pursuant to
Permitted Acquisitions.

    7.6  Prohibitions  on  Dividends,   Redemptions,   Distributions  and  Other
Payments. Borrower will not, directly or indirectly, declare allocate or pay any
dividends  on any  shares of stock of any class of  Borrower,  now or  hereafter
outstanding,  or purchase,  redeem, or otherwise acquire or retire any shares of
stock of any class of Borrower or apply or set apart any of its assets  therefor
or make any other  distribution  (by  redemption  of  capital or  otherwise)  in
respect of any such shares,  except that  Borrower may purchase its own stock in
an aggregate cumulative amount not to exceed $15,000,000.00 or 3,500,000 shares.

    7.7 Limitations on Loans,  Advances,  Investments,  Transfer of Assets,  and
Acquisition of Assets.  Borrower will not, directly or indirectly,  make or have
outstanding a loan or advance to or an investment in, or transfer  assets to, or
acquire  all or a  substantial  part of the assets or  properties  of, or own or
acquire stock or other  securities  of, any Person,  except:  (a) stock or other
securities  received in  settlement  of a debt that was created in the  ordinary
course of business;  (b) travel  advances in the ordinary  course of business to
its officers and  employees;  (c) readily  marketable  securities  issued by the
United States of America;  (d) certificates of deposit or repurchase  agreements
of Lenders or of any other  financial  institution of comparable  standing;  (e)
such  outstanding  matters as are set forth on the  attached  Schedule  7.7; (f)
loans  and  advances  to,  and  investments  in,  Subsidiaries  subject  to  the
requirements  of Section  7.12 and 7.1 hereof;  and (g)  acquisitions  permitted
pursuant to  Subsection  7.5 hereof or loans or advances  permitted  pursuant to
Subsection 7.10 hereof.

    7.8  Regulation  U. Borrower will not permit any part of the proceeds of the
loan or loans made pursuant to this Agreement to be used to purchase or carry



                                       40
<PAGE>

or to reduce or retire any loan  incurred to purchase or carry any margin  stock
(within the meaning of  Regulation  U of the Board of  Governors  of the Federal
Reserve  System) or to extend  credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or
carrying  any such  margin  stock,  or to be used for any  other  purpose  which
violates, or which would be inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation U or
other applicable regulation.  Borrower covenants that it is not engaged and will
not become engaged as one of its principal or important  activities in extending
credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying such margin stock. If requested
by Lenders,  Borrower  will  furnish to Lenders in  connection  with any loan or
loans  hereunder,  a statement in conformity  with the  requirements  of Federal
Reserve Form U-1 referred to in said regulation. In addition, Borrower covenants
that no part of the proceeds of the loan or loans hereunder will be used for the
purchase of commodity future contracts (or margins therefor for short sales) for
any commodity not required for the normal raw material inventory of Borrower.

    7.9  Insider  Transactions.  Borrower  will  not,  directly  or  indirectly,
purchase,  acquire, or lease any property or services from, or sell, provide, or
lease any  property or services  to, or  otherwise  deal with,  in the  ordinary
course of  business  or  otherwise,  (i) any  stockholder  or (ii) any  business
entity,  corporation,  partnership, or association in which a stockholder owns a
controlling  interest,  except upon terms and  conditions  not less favorable to
Borrower than if no such relationship  existed,  and except for such outstanding
matters as are set forth on the attached Schedule 7.9.

    7.10 Loans to Officers,  Stockholders,  Employees,  Etc.  Borrower will not,
directly or indirectly, lend or advance or permit to be outstanding any loans or
advances of money,  credit,  or property to officers,  stockholders,  employees,
agents,  or consultants of Borrower  (other than travel advances in the ordinary
course of  business)  in an  aggregate  amount in  excess  of  $4,500,000.00  at
December  31,  1999 (with such limit to  increase  $100,000.00  for each  fiscal
quarter-end  thereafter  to  reflect  only  the  deferral  of  interest  and  no
additional principal).

    7.11  Changes in  Governing  Documents,  Accounting  Methods,  Fiscal  Year.
Borrower will not amend in any respect its articles of  incorporation  or bylaws
from that in  existence on the date of this  Agreement or change its  accounting
methods or practices,  its depreciation or amortization  policy or rates, or its
fiscal  year  end  from  that  in  existence  as of the  date  of the  financial
statements  provided to Lenders  pursuant to  Subsection  4.4 hereof,  except as
required to comply with law or with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

    7.12 Negative Covenants Applicable To Subsidiaries. Borrower will not permit
any Subsidiary to do, with respect to itself,  its business,  or its assets, any
of the things  prohibited to Borrower in Subsections  7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 (except
that in the case of a merger or  consolidation  of a Guarantor with a Subsidiary
that is not a Guarantor,  the Guarantor must be the surviving entity), 7.5, 7.6,
7.7,  7.8,  7.9,  7.10,  and 7.11  (except  that a  Subsidiary  may  change  its
accounting methods or practices,



                                       41
<PAGE>

depreciation or  amortization  policy or rates, or fiscal year end to conform to
that of Borrower) (any aggregate amounts specified in any of such Subsections to
be applied on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and Subsidiaries).


                          SECTION 8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

    The following events shall constitute "Events of Default" hereunder.

    8.1 Payment of  Obligations  Under Loan  Documents.  Borrower  fails to make
payment of any principal, interest, or other amount due on any indebtedness owed
any Lender, Swing Line Lender, Issuing Lender, or Administrative Agent under the
Loan  Documents  (including  but not  limited to the  obligation  of Borrower to
timely  pay or  reimburse  Issuing  Lender  for each draw  under  the  Letter of
Credit),  or fails to make any  other  payment  to any  Lender  as  contemplated
thereunder either by the terms hereof or otherwise.

    8.2  Representation  or Warranty.  Any  representation  or warranty  made or
deemed made by Borrower or any other Person  herein or in any writing  furnished
in  connection  with  or  pursuant  to  the  Loan  Documents,   or  any  report,
certificate,  financial statement,  or other information provided by Borrower or
any  other  Person  to  any  Lender,  Swing  Line  Lender,  Issuing  Lender,  or
Administrative Agent in connection with or pursuant to the Loan Documents, shall
be false or  misleading  in any  material  respect on the date when made or when
deemed made, and continues to be false or misleading for a period of thirty (30)
days.

    8.3 Covenants Under the Loan  Documents.  Borrower or any other Person fails
to fully  and  promptly  perform  when due any  agreement,  covenant,  term,  or
condition  binding on it contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document,
or  otherwise a part of the  transactions  covered  hereby,  and with respect to
agreements,  covenants,  terms or conditions other than payment  obligations (a)
set forth in Section  6.15,  such failure to perform  continues  for a period of
fifteen (15) days, and (b) and other than those set forth in Section 6.15,  such
failure to perform continues for a period of thirty (30) days.

    8.4 Other Defaults under the Loan  Documents.  A default or event of default
occurs  under any other Loan  Document,  other than with  respect to any matters
described in Subsection 8.1, 8.2, or 8.3 above, and such default continues for a
period of thirty (30) days.

    8.5 Cross-Default. A default or event of default occurs under any present or
future  indebtedness  of  Borrower  to any  Lender  not  evidenced  by the  Loan
Documents or a default or event of default occurs under any guaranty or security
document executed by any Person in connection therewith, and any such default or
event of default continues beyond the expiration of any applicable grace or cure


                                       42
<PAGE>

period.  An Event of Default hereunder shall constitute a default under any such
indebtedness, guaranty, or security document.

    8.6 Payment, Performance, or Default of Other Monetary Obligations. Borrower
fails to make payment on any contract  obligation or of principal or interest on
any  indebtedness  other than that created under the Loan Documents or otherwise
owed to any Lender, Swing Line Lender,  Issuing Lender, or Administrative Agent,
or Borrower fails to fully and promptly perform any other obligation, agreement,
term,  or  condition  contained  in any  agreement  under  which any such  other
indebtedness  is  created  or there is  otherwise  a default or event of default
thereunder.

    8.7 Other  Covenants  or  Defaults to Lenders or Others.  Borrower  fails to
fully and promptly perform when due any agreement,  covenant, term, or condition
involving  an amount in excess of  $100,000.00,  binding on it  contained in any
lease,  contract,  or other  agreement  to which it is a party or in  respect of
which it is  obligated,  other  than the Loan  Documents  and other  than  those
containing monetary obligations (as described in Subsections 8.5 and 8.6 above),
or there is otherwise a default or event of default thereunder, and such failure
to perform continues for a period of thirty (30) days.

    8.8  Liquidation;  Dissolution;  Bankruptcy;  Etc.  Borrower  liquidates  or
dissolves; the business of Borrower is suspended;  Borrower files or commences a
voluntary petition,  case, proceeding,  or other action seeking  reorganization,
arrangement,  readjustment  of its debts, or any other relief under any existing
or future  law of any  jurisdiction,  domestic  or  foreign,  state or  federal,
relating to bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  or relief of debtors,  or
Borrower  takes any other  action  indicating  its consent to,  approval  of, or
acquiescence in, any such petition, case, proceeding, or other action seeking to
have an order for relief  entered  with  respect  to it or its  debts;  Borrower
applies for, or consents to or  acquiescence  in, the appointment of a receiver,
trustee,  custodian,  or other  similar  official  for  Borrower or for all or a
substantial  part of its property;  Borrower makes an assignment for the benefit
of creditors; or Borrower is unable to pay its debts as they mature or admits in
writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature.

    8.9 Involuntary Bankruptcy,  Etc. An involuntary petition, case, proceeding,
or other action is  commenced  against  Borrower  under the  Bankruptcy  Code or
seeking  reorganization,  arrangement,  readjustment  of its debts, or any other
relief  under  any  existing  or future  law of any  jurisdiction,  domestic  or
foreign, state or federal, relating to bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,
or relief of debtors; a receiver,  trustee, custodian, or other similar official
is  involuntarily  appointed  for Borrower or for all or a  substantial  part of
Borrower's property or assets; or any case, proceeding,  or other action seeking
issuance of a warrant of attachment,  execution,  distraint,  or similar process
against all or a substantial  part of Borrower's  assets or property  results in
the entry of an order for such relief;  and



                                       43
<PAGE>

any of the  foregoing  continues  for sixty  (60) days  without  being  vacated,
discharged, stayed, bonded, or dismissed.

    8.10 Judgments.  A judgment is entered  against  Borrower for the payment of
damages or money in excess of $100,000.00, if the same is not discharged or if a
writ of execution or similar  process is issued with respect  thereto and is not
stayed  within the time allowed by law for filing  notice of appeal of the final
judgment.

    8.11 Attachment,  Garnishment, Liens Imposed by Law. A writ of attachment or
garnishment is issued against,  or a lien is imposed by operation of law on, any
property of  Borrower,  if the amount of the claim or the value of the  affected
property  is in  excess of  $100,000.00,  if the lien is not  discharged  within
thirty (30) days after it has attached.

    8.12 Corporate Existence,  Transfer of Property. Any act or omission (formal
or informal) of Borrower or its officers, directors, or shareholders leading to,
or  resulting  in:  (a)  the  termination,   invalidation  (partial  or  total),
revocation,  suspension,  interruption, or unenforceability of (i) its corporate
existence, or (ii) any rights, licenses,  franchises,  or permits the failure of
which to retain  would have a Material  Adverse  Effect;  or (b) the transfer or
disposition  (whether by sale,  lease,  or  otherwise) to any Person of all or a
substantial part of its property.

    8.13 Invalidity of Security Interest and Liens; Transfer of Collateral.  For
any reason after the  execution  and delivery  thereof,  any document  delivered
pursuant hereto that creates, or was intended to create, a security interest, or
other lien to secure indebtedness created hereunder, for a period of thirty (30)
days: (a) ceases to be in full force and effect; or (b) the liens intended to be
created  thereby cease to be or are not valid and perfected  first liens subject
to no other  liens  except  as  expressly  permitted  herein;  (c) or the  party
executing such document contests the validity or  enforceability  thereof or the
lien created  thereby;  or (d) any collateral  covered thereby is transferred to
another Person.

    8.14 Invalidity of Guaranty. For any reason after the execution and delivery
thereof,  any  document  that  gives rise to or was  intended  to give rise to a
guaranty  of the  indebtedness  created  hereunder,  for a period of thirty (30)
days: (a) ceases to be in full force and effect; or (b) the party executing such
document  contests the validity or enforceability of its guaranty or denies that
it has further liability with respect to any portion thereof,  including without
limitation with respect to future loans.

    8.15  Subsidiaries.  Any of the matters  described in Subsections 8.8 or 8.9
hereof occurs with respect to any Subsidiary and continues beyond any applicable
cure period,  or any of the matters described at Subsections 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.5,
8.6, 8.7, 8.10,  8.11, 8.12 (with respect to its own  organizational  structure)
hereof occurs with respect to any Subsidiary and continues beyond any applicable
cure period.



                                       44
<PAGE>

                         SECTION 9. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

    9.1 Remedies  Available  Under Loan  Documents  and  Otherwise.  Lenders and
Administrative  Agent  shall  have,  in  addition  to the  rights  and  remedies
contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,  all of the rights and
remedies of a creditor and, to the extent applicable, of a secured party, now or
hereafter  available  at law or in  equity.  Administrative  Agent  may,  at its
option,  exercise  any one or more of such  rights  and  remedies  individually,
partially,  or in any combination from time to time. No right,  power, or remedy
conferred by the Loan Documents shall be exclusive of any other right, power, or
remedy referred to therein or now or hereafter available at law or in equity.

    9.2 Remedies Upon Event of Default.  Without  limiting the generality of the
foregoing,  if an Event of Default  shall  occur:  (a) All  commitments  to make
advances or to issue Letters of Credit shall terminate; (b) Administrative Agent
may  declare  the  indebtedness  owed  hereunder  and  any or  all of any  other
indebtedness owed by Borrower to Lenders,  Swing Line Lender, Issuing Lender, or
Administrative  Agent, whether direct or indirect,  contingent or certain, to be
accelerated and due and payable at once,  whereupon such indebtedness,  together
with  interest  thereon,  shall  forthwith  become due and payable,  all without
presentment,  demand,  protest,  or other  notice of any kind,  all of which are
hereby expressly waived; (c) Administrative Agent may require Borrower to pay to
Issuing Lender a sum equal to the maximum amount available to be drawn under the
Letters of Credit,  which sum Issuing Lender will hold for  reimbursement of any
amounts drawn under a Letter of Credit; and (d) Administrative Agent may proceed
to do other all things  provided  by law,  equity,  or  contract  to enforce its
rights and the rights of Issuing Lender and the Lenders under such  indebtedness
and to collect all amounts  owing  hereunder.  Should  Borrower fail to make any
payments  required to be made under clause (c) above,  Required Lenders may, but
shall not be obligated to,  determine that Lenders shall make advances under the
Line of Credit Notes (which advances shall, in Required Lenders' discretion bear
interest at either the Line of Credit Default Base Rate or the Default Rate) and
deposit such advances into an escrow account  established  for such purpose,  to
apply to amounts drawn under the Letters of Credit.  Borrower shall  immediately
repay such  advances  to Lenders,  and upon any failure to do so  Administrative
Agent shall be entitled to pursue any and all remedies it may have.

                      SECTION 10. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.

    10.1 Authorization and Action.  Each Lender (including Swing Line Lender and
Issuing Lender) hereby appoints and authorizes Administrative Agent to take such
action as  Administrative  Agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under
this  Agreement  and  the  other  Loan  Documents,   as  are  delegated  to  the
Administrative  Agent by the  terms of the Loan  Documents,  together  with such
powers as are  reasonably  incidental  thereto.  As to any matters not expressly
provided for by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents  (including  without



                                       45
<PAGE>

limitation  enforcement or collection of the Notes),  Administrative Agent shall
not be required to act or to refrain  from acting (and shall be fully  protected
in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the instructions of any Lender, and
Administrative  Agent  shall not be required  to take any action  which  exposes
Administrative  Agent to  personal  liability  or which is  contrary to any Loan
Documents or applicable law.  Administrative Agent agrees to give to each Lender
notice of each notice given to it by the Borrower  pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement, and to distribute to each applicable Lender in like funds all amounts
delivered to  Administrative  Agent by Borrower  for the Pro Rata or  individual
account of any Lender.  Functions of the Administrative  Agent are administerial
in nature and in no event shall the  Administrative  Agent have a  fiduciary  or
trustee relationship in respect of any Lender by reason of this agreement or any
Loan Document.

    10.2 Administrative Agent's Reliance, Etc. Neither Administrative Agent, nor
any of its directors,  officers,  agents, employees, or representatives shall be
liable  for any  action  taken or  omitted to be taken by it or them under or in
connection  with this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document,  except for its or
their own gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct.  Without  limitation of the
generality of the foregoing, Administrative Agent (a) may treat the payee of any
Note as the holder thereof until Administrative Agent receives written notice of
the  Lender;  (b) may  consult  with legal  counsel  (including  counsel for the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries),  independent public accountants, and other
experts  selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted
to be taken in good faith by it in  accordance  with the advice of such counsel,
accountants,  or experts;  (c) makes no warranty or representation to any Lender
and shall not be responsible to any Lender for any  statements,  warranties,  or
representations  made in or in connection  with this Agreement or any other Loan
Documents;  (d) shall not have any duty to  ascertain  or to  inquire  as to the
performance or observance of any of the terms,  covenants, or conditions of this
Agreement  or any  other  Loan  Documents  on the  part  of any  obligor  or its
Subsidiaries or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of any
obligor or its subsidiaries;  (e) shall not be responsible to any Lender for the
due execution, legality, validity, enforceability,  genuineness, sufficiency, or
value of this Agreement,  any other Loan Documents,  or any other  instrument or
document furnished pursuant hereto; and (f) shall incur no liability under or in
respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents by acting upon any notice,
consent, certificate, or other instrument or writing believe by it to be genuine
and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

    10.3 SunTrust  Bank and  Affiliates.  With respect to its  Revolving  Credit
Commitment,  its Advances,  and any Loan  Documents,  SunTrust Bank has the same
rights  under this  Agreement  as any other  Lender and may exercise the same as
though it were not  Administrative  Agent.  SunTrust Bank and its Affiliates may
accept  deposits  from,  lend money to, act as trustee under  indentures of, and
generally  engage in any kind of  business  with,  any  obligor,  any  Affiliate
thereof,


                                       46
<PAGE>


and any Person who may do business  therewith,  all as if SunTrust Bank were not
Administrative Agent and without any duty to account therefor to any Lender.

    10.4  Lender  Credit  Decision.   Each  Lender  acknowledges  that  it  has,
independently  and  without  reliance  upon  Administrative  Agent or any  other
Lender,  and based on the  financial  statements  provided by Borrower  and such
other  documents  and  information  as it has deemed  appropriate,  made its own
credit  analysis  and  decision to enter into this  Agreement.  Each Lender also
acknowledges   that  it  will,   independently   and   without   reliance   upon
Administrative  Agent  or any  other  Lender  and  based on such  documents  and
information as it shall deem  appropriate at the time,  continue to make its own
credit  decisions in taking or not taking  action under this  Agreement  and the
other Loan Documents.

    10.5  Indemnification  by Lenders.  Lenders shall  indemnify  Administrative
Agent, Pro Rata, from and against any and all liabilities,  obligations, losses,
damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses, or disbursements
of any kind or  nature  whatsoever  which may be  imposed  on,  incurred  by, or
asserted against  Administrative  Agent in any way relating to or arising out of
any Loan  Documents  or any  action  taken or omitted  by  Administrative  Agent
thereunder, including any negligence of Administrative Agent; provided, however,
that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations,
losses,  damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs,  expenses, or
disbursements  resulting from Administrative Agent's gross negligence or willful
misconduct.  Without  limitation  of  the  foregoing,  Lenders  shall  reimburse
Administrative  Agent,  Pro Rata,  promptly  upon  demand for any  out-of-pocket
expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by Administrative Agent
in  connection  with  the  preparation,   execution,  delivery,  administration,
modification,  amendment,  or enforcement  (whether through  negotiation,  legal
proceedings  or otherwise) of, or legal and other advice in respect of rights or
responsibilities  under,  the Loan  Documents.  The  indemnity  provided in this
Section 10.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

    10.6 Successor  Administrative  Agent.  Administrative  Agent may resign any
time by giving written  notice  thereof to Lenders and the Borrower,  and may be
removed at any time with or without  cause by the action of all  Lenders  (other
than  Administrative  Agent,  if it is a  Lender).  Upon any  such  resignation,
Borrower  shall have the option to designate an existing  Lender to have a right
of first  refusal to accept the  position  of  Administrative  Agent;  otherwise
Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor  Administrative Agent. If no
successor  Administrative  Agent  shall  have been so  appointed  and shall have
accepted such appointment  within thirty days after the retiring  Administrative
Agent's giving of notice of resignation,  then the retiring Administrative Agent
may, on behalf of Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which shall
be a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or
of any state  thereof  and having a  combined  capital  and  surplus of at least
$50,000,000.00.  Upon the acceptance of


                                       47
<PAGE>


any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor  Administrative
Agent, such successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become
vested with all the Rights and duties of the retiring  Administrative Agent, and
the  retiring  Administrative  Agent  shall be  discharged  from its  duties and
obligations  under the Loan Documents,  provided that if the retiring or removed
Administrative  Agent is unable to  appoint a  successor  Administrative  Agent,
Administrative  Agent shall, after the expiration of a sixty day period from the
date  of  notice,  be  relieved  of  all  obligations  as  Administrative  Agent
hereunder.  Notwithstanding  any Administrative  Agent's  resignation or removal
hereunder, the provisions of this Section shall continue to inure to its benefit
as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative
Agent under this Agreement.

                           SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS.

    11.1 Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement  or any other Loan  Documents,  nor  consent to any  departure  by the
Borrower or any obligor  therefrom,  shall be effective unless the same shall be
in writing  and signed by the  Borrower  and the  Administrative  Agent with the
consent of the Required  Lenders,  and then any such waiver or consent  shall be
effective only in the specific  instance and for the specific  purpose for which
given; provided,  however, that no amendment,  waiver, or consent shall (and the
result of action or failure to take  action  shall  not),  unless in writing and
signed by all of Lenders and  Administrative  Agent,  (a) increase the Revolving
Credit Commitment,  (b) reduce any principal,  interest,  fees, or other amounts
payable  hereunder,  (c) postpone  any date fixed for any payment of  principal,
interest,  fees, or other amounts payable hereunder,  (d) release any collateral
or guaranties securing any obligor's obligations hereunder,  other than releases
contemplated  hereby  and by the Loan  Documents,  (e)  change  the  meaning  of
"Specified  Percentage"  or the  number of Lenders  required  to take any action
hereunder,  or change the definitions of "Revolving Credit  Commitment,"  "Swing
Line  Commitment,"  "Letter of Credit  Commitment,"  or "Maturity  Date," or (f)
amend Section 2 or this Section 11.1.  No  amendment,  waiver,  or consent shall
affect the rights or duties of  Administrative  Agent under any Loan  Documents,
unless it is in writing  and signed by  Administrative  Agent in addition to the
requisite Lenders.

    11.2  Sharing of Payments.  If any Lender shall obtain any payment  (whether
voluntary,  involuntary,  through  the  exercise  of any  Right of  set-off,  or
otherwise)  on  account  of its  Advances  in  excess  of its Pro Rata  share of
payments  made  by  the   Borrower,   such  Lender  shall   forthwith   purchase
participations  in Advances  made by the other  Lenders as shall be necessary to
share the excess payment Pro Rata with each of them, provided,  however, that if
any of such excess payment is thereafter  recovered from the purchasing  Lender,
its purchase from each Lender shall be rescinded and each Lender shall repay the
purchase price to the extent of such recovery  together with a Pro Rata share of
any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect
of the  total  amount so



                                       48
<PAGE>

recovered.  The Borrower  agrees that any Lender so  purchasing a  participation
from another  Lender  pursuant to this  Section 11.2 may, to the fullest  extent
permitted  by law,  exercise all its rights of payment  (including  the right of
set-off) with respect to such  participation  as full as if such Lender were the
direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

    11.3   Liens;   Set-Off.   Borrower   hereby   grants  to  each  Lender  and
Administrative  Agent a continuing  lien to secure all  indebtedness of Borrower
whether  created  hereunder,  pursuant  hereto,  or  otherwise  upon any and all
monies,  securities and other property of Borrower and the proceeds thereof, now
or hereafter held or received by or in transit to, the Lender or  Administrative
Agent, if applicable,  from or for Borrower,  and also upon any and all deposits
(general  or  special)  and credits of  Borrower,  if any, at Bank,  at any time
existing.  Upon the  occurrence  of any Event of Default,  each Lender is hereby
authorized at any time and from time to time, without notice to Borrower, to set
off, appropriate, and apply any or all items hereinabove referred to against all
indebtedness  of  Borrower  owed to it,  whether  under  the Loan  Documents  or
otherwise,  whether now existing or hereafter  arising. A Lender shall be deemed
to have  exercised  such right of set-off and to have made a charge against such
items  immediately upon the occurrence of such Event of Default although made or
entered on its books subsequent thereof.

    11.4  Payment of Expenses,  Including  Attorneys'  Fees and Taxes.  Borrower
agrees: (a) to pay or reimburse Lenders and  Administrative  Agent for all their
respective reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in
connection with the preparation,  negotiation,  execution,  and delivery of, and
any amendment,  supplement,  or modification to, or waiver or consent under, the
Loan Documents,  and the consummation of the transactions  contemplated thereby,
including,   without   limitation,   the   reasonable  and  customary  fees  and
disbursements of their counsel,  taxes, and all recording or filing fees; (b) to
pay or  reimburse  Lenders  and  Administrative  Agent  for all of its costs and
expenses   incurred  in  connection   with  the   administration,   supervision,
collection, or enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, the Loan
Documents,  including,  without limitation,  the fees and disbursements of their
counsel,  including  attorneys'  fees out of court,  in  trial,  on  appeal,  in
bankruptcy  proceedings,  or otherwise;  (c) without  limiting the generality of
provision (a) hereof, to pay or reimburse Lenders and Administrative  Agent for,
and  indemnify  and  hold  them  harmless  against  liability  for,  any and all
documentary  stamp  taxes,  non-recurring  intangible  taxes,  or  other  taxes,
together  with any  interest,  penalties,  or other  liabilities  in  connection
therewith, that Lenders and Administrative Agent now or hereafter determines are
payable with respect to the Loan  Documents,  the  obligations  evidenced by the
Loan  Documents,  any advances under the Loan  Documents,  and any guaranties or
security  instruments;   and  (d)  to  pay,  indemnify,  and  hold  Lenders  and
Administrative  Agent  harmless from and against any and all other  liabilities,
obligations,  losses,  damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs,
expenses,  or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to


                                       49
<PAGE>


the execution,  delivery,  enforcement,  performance,  and administration of the
Loan Documents, except in the event of gross negligence or willful misconduct on
the part of the  indemnified  party.  The  agreements in this  Subsection  shall
survive repayment of all other amounts payable hereunder or pursuant hereto, now
or in the future,  and shall be secured by all collateral  that secures the loan
or loans described herein.

    11.5 Notices.  Unless otherwise expressly agreed herein, and notwithstanding
any  provisions  to the  contrary  contained  in the other Loan  Documents,  all
notices,  requests,  and demands to or upon the parties  hereto  pursuant to any
Loan Document  shall be deemed to have been given or made when delivered by hand
or by courier  service,  when  provided  to a  nationally  recognized  overnight
delivery  service  for  overnight  delivery,  when  transmitted  to a  receiving
telecopier,  or three  days  after  deposit  in the  mail,  postage  prepaid  by
registered or certified mail,  return receipt  requested for the purposes hereof
the  addresses  of the  parties  hereto  (until  notice of a change  thereof  is
delivered  and  provided  in this  Subsection)  shall be as set forth under each
party's name on the signature pages hereof.

    11.6 Governing  Law. The validity,  interpretation,  and  enforcement of the
Loan Documents and the rights and obligations of the parties  thereto,  shall be
governed by, and construed and  interpreted in accordance  with, the laws of the
State of Florida  excluding  those laws relating to the  resolution of conflicts
between laws of different jurisdictions.

    11.7 Venue; Personal  Jurisdiction.  In any litigation in connection with or
to enforce  any of the Loan  Documents,  Borrower  irrevocably  consents  to and
confers  personal  jurisdiction  on the  courts of the State of  Florida  or the
United States courts located within the State of Florida,  expressly  waives any
objections as to venue in any of such courts, and agrees that service of process
may be made on  Borrower  by  mailing a copy of the  summons  and  complaint  by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the address set forth
herein (or otherwise  expressly  provided in writing).  Nothing contained herein
shall, however, prevent Administrative Agent or Lenders from bringing any action
or  exercising  any  rights  within  any  other  state or  jurisdiction  or from
obtaining personal jurisdiction by any other means available by applicable law.

    11.8 Severability and  Enforceability  of Provisions.  In the event that any
one or more of the provisions of the Loan Documents is determined to be invalid,
illegal,  or unenforceable in any respect as to one or more of the parties,  all
remaining  provisions  nevertheless  shall remain  effective  and binding on the
parties thereto and the validity, legality, and enforceability thereof shall not
be affected or impaired  thereby.  If any such  provision is held to be illegal,
invalid,  or  unenforceable,  there  will be  deemed  added  in lieu  thereof  a
provision as similar in terms to such  provision as is possible,  that is legal,
valid, and  enforceable.  To the



                                       50
<PAGE>

extent  permitted  by  applicable  law,  the parties  hereby  waive any law that
renders any such provision invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect.

    11.9  Failure  of Party to  Execute.  Any  party  executing  any of the Loan
Documents shall be bound by the terms thereof without regard to execution by any
other party,  and the failure of any party to execute any of the Loan  Documents
shall not release or otherwise  affect the  obligations  of the party or parties
who do sign the other Loan Documents.

    11.10 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures; Effective Date. The Loan Documents
and any amendments,  waivers,  consents,  or supplements hereto may be signed in
original counterparts and by facsimile  transmission of signed counterparts,  in
any  number,  each of which  shall be deemed an  original,  no one of which need
contain all of the signatures of the parties,  and as many of such  counterparts
as shall  together  contain all of the signatures of the parties shall be deemed
to constitute one and the same  instrument.  A set of the  counterparts  of this
Agreement  signed by all  parties  hereto  shall be lodged  with  Administrative
Agent.  This Agreement shall become effective upon the receipt by Administrative
Agent of  original  signed  counterparts  or  facsimile  confirmation  of signed
counterparts of this Agreement,  each of which shall be deemed an original, from
each of the parties hereto.

    11.11 No Waiver.  (a) No omission or failure of Administrative  Agent or any
Lender to exercise and no delay in exercising of any right,  power, or privilege
under any of the Loan Documents  shall impair such right,  power,  or privilege,
shall operate as a waiver  thereof or be construed to be a waiver  thereof;  nor
shall any single or partial exercise of any right,  power, or privilege preclude
any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power,
or privilege.

        (b) The execution of this Agreement and the new Loan Documents shall not
constitute  a waiver of any  default or Event of  Default  in any Loan  Document
existing  on  the  date  hereof,   nor  shall  it  eliminate   any  right  which
Administrative   Agent  or  Lenders  may  otherwise   have  to  accelerate   the
indebtedness  subject to this Agreement or exercise any other remedies by virtue
of any such other default or Event of Default.

    11.12  Cumulative  Remedies.  The rights and  remedies  provided in the Loan
Documents are cumulative,  and not exclusive of any rights or remedies  provided
by law or in equity, and may be pursued singularly,  successively,  or together,
and may be  exercised  as  often  as the  occasion  therefor  shall  arise.  The
warranties,  representations,  covenants, and agreements made herein and therein
shall be  cumulative,  except in the case of  irreconcilable  inconsistency,  in
which case the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

    11.13 Course of Dealing;  Amendment;  Supplemental Agreements.  No course of
dealing  between the parties  hereto  shall be effective  to amend,  modify,  or



                                       51
<PAGE>

change  any  provision  of the Loan  Documents.  The Loan  Documents  may not be
amended,  modified,  or changed in any respect except by an agreement in writing
signed by the party against whom such change is to be enforced. The parties may,
subject to the  provisions  of this  Subsection,  from time to time,  enter into
written agreements  supplemental to the Loan Documents for the purpose of adding
any  provisions  to the Loan  Documents or changing in any manner the rights and
obligations of the parties thereunder.  Any such supplemental agreement shall be
binding upon the parties thereto.

    11.14 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of the Loan
Documents.

    11.15 Binding Obligation on Successors and Assigns. The Loan Documents shall
be binding upon the parties thereto and their respective successors and assigns,
and shall  inure to the  benefit  of the  parties  thereto  and their  permitted
successors and assigns.

    11.16 Assignments and Participations.

    (a)  Borrower  may not assign or transfer  any of its rights or  obligations
under  this  Agreement   without  the  prior  written  consent  of  Lenders  and
Administrative Agent.

    (b) Each Lender may assign to one or more banks or other entities its rights
and  obligations  under  this  Agreement  (including,  without  limitation,  its
Specified  Percentage of the Revolving Credit Commitment,  the Advances owing to
it, and its  obligations  with respect to the Line of Credit  Commitment and the
Swing Line  Commitment);  provided,  however,  that (i) Borrower  shall have the
right to designate an existing Lender to have a right of first refusal to accept
such assignment,  (ii) the assignment shall be of all, and not a portion, of its
rights and obligations under all of the facilities; (iii) Borrower shall consent
in writing to the assignment,  which consent, shall not be unreasonably withheld
(except  that no  consent  by  Borrower  shall  be  required  in the case of any
assignment to another  Lender and no consent by Borrower shall be required after
an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing);  (iv) Administrative  Agent
shall  consent  in  writing  to  the  assignment,  which  consent  shall  be  in
Administrative  Agent's sole  discretion;  and (v) the parties to the assignment
shall execute and deliver to  Administrative  Agent an assignment and acceptance
instrument in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto or otherwise satisfactory in
form and  substance to  Administrative  Agent (the  "Assignment  and  Acceptance
Agreement"),  together  with a  processing  and  recordation  fee of  $3,500.00,
payable by the assignor. Upon such execution and delivery, the assignee shall be
a party  hereto,  shall be deemed a "Lender,"  and shall have,  to the extent of
such assignment  (unless otherwise  provided in such assignment with the consent
of Borrower and Administrative Agent), the obligations,  rights, and benefits of
a Lender hereunder,  and the assigning Lender shall relinquish its rights and be
released from obligations under this Agreement.



                                       52
<PAGE>

    (c)  Each  Lender  may  sell  participations  to one or more  banks or other
entities in all or a portion of its rights and obligations  under this Agreement
(including,  without  limitation,  all  or a  portion  of its  Revolving  Credit
Commitment,  the Advances owing to it, and its  obligations  with respect to the
Swing Line  Commitment and the Line of Credit  Commitment);  provided,  however,
that (i) such Lender's  obligations  under this  Agreement  (including,  without
limitation,  its  commitments  shall  remain  unchanged;  (ii) such Lender shall
remain solely  responsible  to the other parties  hereto for the  performance of
such  obligations;  (iii)  Borrower,  the  Administrative  Agent,  and the other
Lenders  shall  continue  to deal  solely  and  directly  with  such  Lender  in
connection with the Lender's rights and obligations  under this Agreement;  (iv)
such  Lender may not agree with the  participant  to require  the  participant's
consent or permit  the  participant  to vote on whether to take or refrain  from
taking any action or to approve any  amendment or waiver of any provision of any
Loan Document,  or any consent or any departure by any party  therefrom,  except
that such  Lender  may agree with the  participant  that such  Lender  will not,
without  the  consent  or vote of the  participant,  agree to (1)  increase  the
Revolving Credit Commitment, Swing Line Commitment, or Line of Credit Commitment
of such Lender; (2) reduce the principal,  interest,  any fees, or other amounts
payable under the Loan  Documents,  or waive or result in the waive of any Event
of Default; (4) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal,  interest,
fees, or other amounts payable under the Loan  Documents;  or (5) release all or
substantially all of any collateral or guaranties securing any obligations under
the Loan Documents,  other than releases contemplated by the Loan Documents;  or
(6) change  the  definitions  of  "Revolving  Credit  Commitment,"  "Swing  Line
Commitment,"  "Letter of Credit Commitment," or "Maturity Date," in each case if
the rights of the  participant are or would be affected  thereby.  The assigning
Lender shall promptly notify Borrower in writing of such assignment.

    (d)  Administrative  Agent and any Lender may  disclose  to any  assignee or
participant or proposed  assignee or participant,  any  information  relating to
Borrower furnished to Administrative Agent or such Lender.

    (e) Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary,  nothing herein is
intended  to  prohibit  the  assigning,  discounting,  or pledging of all or any
portion  of a  Lender's  interest  in the  Advances  or any Note to any  Federal
Reserve Bank as  collateral  security  pursuant to  regulations  of the Board of
Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System and any Operating  Circular  issued by
such  Federal  Reserve  Bank,  and  such  Advances  or a  Note  shall  be  fully
transferable as provided therein. No such assignment shall release the assigning
Lender from its obligations hereunder.

    (f)  Borrower  agrees  that any  participants  shall have the same rights of
set-off against Borrower as granted the Lenders herein.

    11.17 Reliance Upon,  Survival of and  Materiality  of  Representations  and
Warranties, Agreements, and Covenants. All representations and



                                       53
<PAGE>

warranties,  agreements,  and covenants  made in the Loan Documents are material
and shall be deemed to have been  relied upon by  Lenders,  notwithstanding  any
investigation  heretofore  or  hereafter  made by any  Lender or  Administrative
Agent,  and shall survive the  execution and delivery of the Loan  Documents and
the making of the loan or loans herein contemplated,  and shall continue in full
force  and  effect  so  long  as any  indebtedness  is  owed  to any  Lender  or
Administrative Agent pursuant hereto or so long as there shall be any commitment
to make loans  hereunder.  All statements  contained in any certificate or other
paper  delivered  to Lenders at any time  pursuant to the Loan  Documents  shall
constitute representations and warranties under the Loan Documents.

    11.18 Legal or  Governmental  Limitations.  Anything  contained  in the Loan
Documents  to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  no Lender  shall be  obligated to
extend  credit  or make  loans to  Borrower  in an amount  in  violation  of any
limitations or prohibitions provided by any applicable statute or regulation.

    11.19 Estoppel and Release. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that, as
of the date  hereof,  there  exists no right of offset,  defense,  counterclaim,
claim, or objection in favor of such party as against the  Administrative  Agent
or the Lenders with respect to the Revolving  Credit  Notes,  the Line of Credit
Notes, the Swing Line Note, any collateral  therefor or guaranties  thereof,  or
any other aspect of the transactions  contemplated  thereby,  or  alternatively,
that any such right of offset, defense, counterclaim,  claim, or objection known
by  Borrower is hereby  expressly  waived.  In  connection  with the  foregoing,
Borrower  hereby  releases  and  discharges  the  Administrative  Agent  and the
Lenders,  their  subsidiaries,   affiliates,   directors,  officers,  employees,
attorneys,  agents,  successors,  and assigns  from any and all rights,  claims,
demands, actions, causes of action, suits, proceedings,  agreements,  contracts,
judgments,  damages, debts, duties,  liabilities, or obligations, of any kind or
character,  including  without  limitation  such  claims and  defenses as fraud,
mistake,  duress,  and usury,  whether in law or in equity,  choate or inchoate,
which they have had or now have,  if known by Borrower,  arising under or in any
manner relating to, whether directly or indirectly,  the Revolving Credit Notes,
the Line of Credit  Notes,  the Swing  Line Note,  any  collateral  therefor  or
guaranties thereof, or any other aspect of the transactions contemplated thereby
from the beginning of time until the date hereof.

    11.20 Waiver of Appraisement,  Valuation, Stay, etc. In consideration of the
agreements as set forth herein, Borrower agrees that neither Borrower nor anyone
claiming through or under Borrower will set up, claim, or seek to take advantage
of any moratorium,  reinstatement,  forbearance,  appraisement, valuation, stay,
cash  collateral,  extension,  homestead,  exemption,  or redemption laws now or
hereafter in force, in order to prevent or hinder the enforcement or foreclosure
of any security  documents in accordance  with the terms  thereof,  the absolute
sale of the collateral encumbered thereby, or the delivery of possession thereof
immediately after such sale to the purchaser at such sale. Borrower,  for itself
and all who may



                                       54
<PAGE>

at any time claim  through or under it, hereby waives to the full extent that it
may lawfully do so, the benefit of all such laws,  and any and all right to have
the assets  subject to the lien of the security  documents  marshalled  upon any
foreclosure or sale.

    11.21 Consultation With Counsel;  Voluntary Execution.  Borrower has had the
opportunity to consult with counsel of its own choosing,  and has discussed with
such counsel the  provisions of this  Agreement and the other new Loan Documents
or has freely  and  voluntarily  elected  not to discuss  such  provisions  with
counsel.  Borrower has executed this  Agreement and the other new Loan Documents
voluntarily  and with full  knowledge  of their  significance  and  without  any
coercion or duress from Administrative  Agent or Lenders.  Borrower has read and
understands  the  purpose  and effect of this  Agreement  and the other new Loan
Documents.

    11.22  Cooperation,  Further  Assurances.  Borrower agrees to cooperate with
Administrative Agent and Lenders so that the interests of such parties under the
Loan  Documents  are  protected  and the intent of the Loan  Documents  and this
Agreement  can be  effectuated.  Borrower  agrees to  execute  whatever  further
documents and to provide whatever further  assurances  Administrative  Agent may
reasonably request or deem necessary to effectuate the terms of this Agreement.

    11.23 WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY  KNOWINGLY,
IRREVOCABLY,  VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY
IN  RESPECT  OF ANY  LITIGATION  BASED  ON  THIS  AGREEMENT  OR THE  OTHER  LOAN
DOCUMENTS,  OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT,  THE
OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS,  OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT  EXECUTED IN CONJUNCTION  WITH THE
TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  THEREUNDER,  OR ANY  COURSE  OF  CONDUCT,  COURSE OF
DEALING,  STATEMENT  (WHETHER  ORAL OR  WRITTEN),  OR ACTION OF ANY PARTY.  THIS
PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR LENDERS, ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, SWING LINE
LENDER,  ISSUING  LENDER,  AND  LEAD  ARRANGER  TO ENTER  INTO THE  TRANSACTIONS
EVIDENCED HEREBY.



                                       55
<PAGE>


    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed and delivered by their duly authorized  officers as of the day and year
first above written.

BORROWER:

Address:   531 Flanders Filters Road        FLANDERS CORPORATION,
           Washington, NC  27889            a North Carolina corporation
           Attn:  Steven K. Clark

           Telephone: (252) 946-8081
           Telecopy:  (252) 946-4738
                                            By: /s/ Steven K. Clark
                                                   Steven K. Clark
                                                    Vice President

LEAD ARRANGER:

Address:   SunTrust Plaza                   SUNTRUST EQUITABLE
           303 Peachtree St., Ste 2400      SECURITIES CORPORATION, a
           Atlanta, GA  30308               Georgia corporation
Attn:      Susan O. Graham

                                            By: /s/ Susan O. Graham
                                                ------------------------------
                                                  Name:  Susan O. Graham
                                                  Title: Director

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

Address:   Corporate Banking, Tampa Bay     SUNTRUST BANK,
           401 East Jackson Street          a state bank organized under the
           20th Floor                       the laws of Georgia
           Tampa, FL  33601
           Attn:  Donald J. Campisano

           Telephone:  (813) 224-2397       By:     /s/ W. David Wisdom
           Telecopier: (813) 224-2833       Name:   W. David Wisdom
                                            Title:  Vice President



                                       56
<PAGE>

SWING LINE LENDER:

Address:   Corporate Banking, Tampa Bay     SUNTRUST BANK,
           401 East Jackson Street          a state bank organized under the
           20th Floor                       the laws of Georgia
           Tampa, FL  33601
           Attn:  Donald J. Campisano

           Telephone:  (813) 224-2397       By:     /s/ W. David Wisdom
           Telecopier: (813) 224-2833       Name:   W. David Wisdom
                                            Title:  Vice President

ISSUING LENDER:

Address:   Corporate Banking, Tampa Bay     SUNTRUST BANK,
           401 East Jackson Street          a state bank organized under the
           20th Floor                       the laws of Georgia
           Tampa, FL  33601
           Attn:  Donald J. Campisano

           Telephone:  (813) 224-2397       By:     /s/ W. David Wisdom
           Telecopier: (813) 224-2833       Name:   W. David Wisdom
                                            Title:  Vice President

LENDERS:

Specified Percentage:  66.667%              SUNTRUST BANK,
Address:   Corporate Banking, Tampa Bay     a state bank organized under the
           401 East Jackson Street          laws of Georgia
           20th Floor
           Tampa, Florida 33601
           Telephone:  (813) 224-2397       By:     /s/ W. David Wisdom
           Telecopier: (813) 224-2833       Name:   W. David Wisdom
                                            Title:  Vice President


Specified Percentage:  33.333%              ZIONS FIRST NATIONAL BANK,
Address:   One South Main Street            a national banking association
           Salt Lake City, Utah 84111
           Attn:
           Telephone:
           Telecopier:                      By:     /s/ Brett Eliason
                                            Name:   Brett Eliason
                                            Title:  Vice President


                                       57
<PAGE>

STATE OF UTAH

COUNTY OF SALT LAKE

    Execution of the foregoing  instrument was  acknowledged  before me this 1st
day of  February,  2000,  by Steven K.  Clark,  as Vice  President  of  Flanders
Corporation, a North Carolina corporation,  on behalf of the corporation.  He is
either  personally  known  to me or  has  produced  ____________________________
____________________ as identification.

                             /s/ Connie R Calo
                             Printed/Typed Name:    Connie R Calo
(AFFIX NOTARIAL SEAL)        Notary Public-State of Utah
                             Commission Number:
                             My Commission Expires: 10-03-02





STATE OF GEORGIA

COUNTY OF FULTON

    Execution of the foregoing  instrument was  acknowledged  before me this 3rd
day of  February,  2000,  by Susan  Graham as  Director  of  SunTrust  Equitable
Securities  Corporation,  a Georgia  corporation,  on behalf of the corporation.
He/She    is    either    personally    known    to   me   or    has    produced
____________________________________________ as identification.

                          /s/ Janice J. Konopka
                          Printed/Typed Name: Janice J. Konopka
(AFFIX NOTARIAL SEAL)     Notary Public-State of Georgia
                          Commission Number:
                          My Commission Expires:  Jan. 21, 2003



                                       58
<PAGE>


STATE OF GEORGIA

COUNTY OF FULTON

    Execution of the foregoing  instrument was acknowledged before me this 1 day
of February,  2000, by W. David Wisdom,  as Vice  President of SunTrust  Bank, a
state bank organized under the laws of Georgia, on behalf of the bank. He/She is
either  personally  known  to me or has  produced  _____________________________
_______________ as identification.

                          /s/ Shaumar K. Morris
                          Printed/Typed Name:       Shaumar K. Morris
(AFFIX NOTARIAL SEAL)     Notary Public-State of    Georgia
                          Commission Number:
                          My Commission Expires:    June 13, 2003



STATE OF UTAH

COUNTY OF UTAH

    Execution of the foregoing  instrument was acknowledged  before me this 31st
day of  January,  2000,  by Brett  Eliason,  as  vice-president,  of Zions First
National Bank, a national banking association,  on behalf of the association. He
is     either     personally     known     to     me     or     has     produced
____________________________________________ as identification.

                        /s/ Travis Colledge
                        Printed/Typed Name:     Travis Colledge
(AFFIX NOTARIAL SEAL)   Notary Public-State of  Utah
                        Commission Number:
                        My Commission Expires:  06/10/00


                                       59



                  THE JOHNSTON COUNTY INDUSTRIAL FACILITIES AND

                     POLLUTION CONTROL FINANCING AUTHORITY,

                                 as the Issuer,

                              FLANDERS CORPORATION,
                                   the Company

                      ------------------------------------

                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

                      ------------------------------------



                            Dated as of March 1, 2000

                                   Relating to

                                   $4,000,000

                  The Johnston County Industrial Facilities and

                      Pollution Control Financing Authority

                      Industrial Development Revenue Bonds

                   (Flanders Corporation Project), Series 2000

The interest of The Johnston County Industrial  Facilities and Pollution Control
Financing  Authority  (the  "Issuer") in this Loan  Agreement  has been assigned
(except for "Reserved  Rights" defined in this Loan  Agreement)  pursuant to the
Indenture of Trust dated as of the date hereof from the Issuer to First-Citizens
Bank & Trust Company,  Raleigh, North Carolina, as trustee (the "Trustee"),  and
is subject to the security interest of the Trustee thereunder.


<PAGE>


                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

(This  Table of  Contents  is not a part of the Loan  Agreement  and is only for
convenience of reference.)

                                                                          Page

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions....................................................2
Section 1.2. Uses of Words and Phrases......................................4

                                   ARTICLE II

                REPRESENTATIONS, CERTAIN COVENANTS AND WARRANTIES

Section 2.1.  Representations and Warranties of the Issuer..................5
Section 2.2.  No Representation or Warranty by Issuer as to Project.........6
Section 2.3.  Representations and Warranties of the Company.................6
Section 2.4.  Notice of Determination of Taxability.........................9

                                   ARTICLE III

       ACQUISITION AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT; ISSUANCE OF THE BONDS;
                               SPECIAL COVENANTS

Section 3.1.  Agreement to Acquire the Project..............................9
Section 3.2.  Agreement to Issue the Bonds; Application of Bond Proceeds...10
Section 3.3.  Disbursements from the Project Fund..........................10
Section 3.4.  Furnishing Documents to the Trustee..........................10
Section 3.5.  Establishment of Completion Date.............................10
Section 3.6.  Company Required to Pay in Event Project Fund Insufficient...10
Section 3.7.  Special Arbitrage Certifications.............................11
Section 3.8.  Use of Proceeds; Special Tax Covenants.......................11
Section 3.9.  Modification and Termination of Special Tax Covenants........14
Section 3.10.  Arbitrage and Rebate........................................15

                                   ARTICLE IV

                   LOAN PROVISIONS; SUBSTITUTE CREDIT FACILITY

Section 4.1.  Loan of Proceeds.............................................16
Section 4.2.  Amounts Payable..............................................16
Section 4.3.  Obligations of Company Unconditional.........................17
Section 4.4.  Substitute Credit Facility...................................17

                                     - i -
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE V

                       PREPAYMENT, PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION

Section 5.1.  Prepayment and Redemption....................................18

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                SPECIAL COVENANTS

Section 6.1.  No Warranty of Condition or Suitability by Issuer............19
Section 6.2.  Access to the Project........................................19
Section 6.3.  Further Assurances and Corrective Instruments................19
Section 6.4.  Issuer and Company Representatives...........................19
Section 6.5.  Financing Statements.........................................19
Section 6.6.  Covenant to Provide Continuing Disclosure....................20
Section 6.7.  Annual Report of Outstanding Bonds...........................20
Section 6.8.  Notice of Control............................................20

                                   ARTICLE VII

              ASSIGNMENT, SELLING, LEASING; INDEMNIFICATION, MERGER
                  OR ASSET SALE, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR, TAXES

Section 7.1.  Assignment, Selling and Leasing..............................20
Section 7.2.  Release and Indemnification..................................21
Section 7.3.  Indemnity Against Claims.....................................22
Section 7.4.  Issuer to Grant Security Interest to Trustee.................22
Section 7.5.  Maintenance of Existence; Merger; Asset Transfer.............22
Section 7.5.  Company's Obligations to Maintain and Repair.................23
Section 7.6.  Taxes and Other Charges......................................23
Section 7.7.  Damage, Destruction or Loss of Property; Obligation to
              Rebuild; Use of Insurance Proceeds and Condemnation Awards...23

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 8.1.  Defaults Defined.............................................24
Section 8.2.  Remedies on Default..........................................25
Section 8.3.  No Remedy Exclusive..........................................25
Section 8.4.  Agreement to Pay Attorneys' Fees and Expenses................26
Section 8.5.  No Additional Waiver Implied by One Waiver...................26

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1.  Term of Agreement............................................26
Section 9.2.  Notices   26
Section 9.3.  Binding Effect...............................................27
Section 9.4.  Severability.................................................28

                                     - ii -
<PAGE>

Section 9.5.  Amounts Remaining in Funds...................................28
Section 9.6.  No Liability of Issuer; No Charge Against Issuer's Credit....28
Section 9.7.  If Performance Date Not a Business Day.......................28
Section 9.8.  Amendments, Changes and Modifications........................29
Section 9.9.  Execution in Counterparts....................................29
Section 9.10.  Applicable Law..............................................29
Section 9.11.  Captions 29
Section 9.12.  No Third Party Beneficiary..................................29

EXHIBIT A - Description of Project.........................................A-1
EXHIBIT B - Form of Promissory Note........................................B-1
EXHIBIT C - Form of Project Fund Certificate and Requisition...............C-1
EXHIBIT D - Certificate of Completion......................................D-1


                                    - iii -
<PAGE>


                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

    THIS LOAN AGREEMENT,  dated as of March 1, 2000, between THE JOHNSTON COUNTY
INDUSTRIAL  FACILITIES AND POLLUTION CONTROL FINANCING AUTHORITY (the "Issuer"),
a  political  subdivision  duly  organized  and  existing  under  the  laws  and
Constitution of the State of North Carolina (the "State"), FLANDERS CORPORATION,
a corporation  duly  organized and existing under the laws of the State of North
Carolina (the "Company");

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

    WHEREAS,  the Industrial  and Pollution  Control  Facilities  Financing Act,
Chapter 159C of the General Statutes of North Carolina,  as amended (the "Act"),
authorizes the creation of industrial facilities and pollution control financing
authorities  by the  several  counties  in  North  Carolina  and  empowers  such
authorities to acquire,  construct,  own,  repair,  maintain,  extend,  improve,
rehabilitate,  renovate,  furnish, equip and sell, lease, exchange,  transfer or
otherwise dispose of air and water pollution control  facilities to the end that
such  authorities  may be  able to  promote  the  right  to  gainful  employment
opportunity,  private  industry,  the prevention and control of the pollution of
the air, land and waters of the State, and the safety,  morals and health of the
people of the State and thereby  promote the general  welfare of the inhabitants
of North  Carolina by  exercising  such powers to aid in financing air and water
pollution  control  facilities  for the  purpose of  reducing,  controlling  and
preventing  environmental  pollution, and further authorizes such authorities to
loan to others the proceeds of bonds issued for the purpose of paying for all or
any part of a pollution control  facility,  to mortgage and pledge any or all of
such facilities,  whether then owned or thereafter acquired, as security for the
payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on any such bonds and
any agreements made in connection therewith and to pledge or assign the revenues
and  receipts  from  such  facilities  or loan or from any  other  source to the
payment of such bonds; and

    WHEREAS, the Issuer has been duly organized pursuant to the Act; and

    WHEREAS, in order to further the purposes of the Act, the Issuer proposes to
undertake the financing of the  acquisition  and  construction of a building and
installation of equipment  therein for the recycling of waste  industrial  glass
(the  "Project")  in  Johnston  County,  North  Carolina,  which  constitutes  a
pollution control project under the Act, and to obtain the funds therefor by the
issuance  of its Bonds (as  hereinafter  defined)  under an  Indenture  of Trust
securing such Bonds, between the Issuer and First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company,
Raleigh,  North  Carolina,  as  Trustee,  dated  as  of  the  date  hereof  (the
"Indenture"); and

    WHEREAS,  the  Issuer  proposes  to loan the  proceeds  from the sale of the
Bonds, as hereinafter defined, to the Company to acquire and install the Project
upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and

    WHEREAS,  the Company and SunTrust Bank,  will enter into a Letter of Credit
Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which
the Bank will issue an  irrevocable  letter of credit in an amount not to exceed
$4,072,223 to the Trustee at the

<PAGE>

request  and for the  account  of the  Company  upon the  terms set forth in the
Credit Agreement; and

    WHEREAS,  it has been  determined  that the  financing  of the Project  will
require the  issuance,  sale and  delivery by the Issuer of a series of bonds in
the  aggregate  principal  amount  of Four  Million  Dollars  ($4,000,000)  (the
"Bonds");

    NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the premises and the mutual  covenants
hereinafter contained, the parties hereto covenant, agree and bind themselves as
follows:  provided,  that any obligation of the Issuer created by or arising out
of this  Agreement  shall never  constitute  a debt or a pledge of the faith and
credit or the taxing power of the Issuer or any political  subdivision or taxing
district of the State of North  Carolina but shall be payable  solely out of the
Trust Estate (as defined in the  Indenture),  anything  herein  contained to the
contrary by implication or otherwise notwithstanding:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

    Section 1.1. Definitions. All capitalized, undefined terms used herein shall
have the same meanings as used in Article I of the Indenture (defined below). In
addition, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

    "Acquisition",  when used with respect to the Project means the acquisition,
construction,  installation and equipping of the Project,  including  payment of
Costs of the Project, by the Company.

    "Act" means the Industrial and Pollution Control  Facilities  Financing Act,
Chapter 159C of the North Carolina General Statutes, as amended.

    "Agreement" means this Loan Agreement between the Issuer and the Company and
any  modifications,  alterations and supplements  hereto made in accordance with
the provisions hereof and of the Indenture.

    "Bond  Documents"  means this  Agreement,  the Indenture,  the Bonds and the
Note.

    "Company Documents" means this Agreement,  the Note, the Placement Contract,
the Remarketing Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

    "Completion  Date"  means  the  date  of  delivery  to  the  Trustee  of the
Certificate  of  Completion  of  the  Project  required  by  Section  3.5 of the
Agreement.


                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>

    "Cost(s) of the Project",  "Cost" or "Costs" means all costs and  allowances
which the Issuer or the Company may properly pay or accrue,  or reimburse itself
(under the Code), for the Project and which, under generally accepted accounting
principles,  are chargeable to the capital account of the Project or could be so
charged  either with a proper  election to  capitalize  such costs or, but for a
proper  election,  to expense such costs,  including  (without  limitation)  the
following costs:

        (a) fees and expenses incurred in preparing the plans and specifications
    for the Project  (including any preliminary  study or planning or any aspect
    thereof);  any labor,  services,  construction  materials  and supplies used
    and/or  furnished in site  improvement;  any equipment for the Project;  any
    acquisition  necessary  to  provide  utility  services  or  other  services,
    including  trackage  to  provide  the  Project  with  public  transportation
    facilities,  roadways, parking lots, water supply, sewage and waste disposal
    facilities;  and all real and tangible personal property deemed necessary by
    the Company and acquired in connection with the Project;

        (b) fees for  architectural,  engineering,  supervisory  and  consulting
    services;

        (c) any fees and expenses  incurred in connection  with  perfecting  and
    protecting  title  to the  Project  and any fees and  expenses  incurred  in
    connection with preparing,  recording or filing such documents,  instruments
    or  financing  statements  as either  the  Company  or the  Issuer  may deem
    desirable  to  perfect or  protect  the rights of the Issuer or the  Trustee
    under the Bond Documents;

        (d) any legal,  accounting  or  financial  advisory  fees and  expenses,
    including, without limitation, fees and expenses of Bond Counsel and counsel
    to the Issuer,  the Company,  the Credit  Facility  Provider,  the Placement
    Agent,  the Remarketing  Agent or the Trustee,  any fees and expenses of the
    Issuer,  Trustee,  Remarketing Agent, Placement Agent, Credit Issuer, Tender
    Agent,  Paying Agent or any rating  agency,  filing  fees,  and printing and
    engraving costs,  incurred in connection with the  authorization,  issuance,
    sale and purchase of the Bonds,  and the  preparation  of the Bond Documents
    and all other documents in connection with the  authorization,  issuance and
    sale of the Bonds;

        (e) interest to accrue on the Bonds during construction of the Project;

        (f)  any   administrative  or  other  fees  charged  by  the  Issuer  or
    reimbursement  thereto of expenses in connection  with the Project until the
    Completion Date; and

        (g) any other costs and  expenses  relating  to the Project  which could
    constitute  costs or expenses for which the Issuer may expend Bond  proceeds
    under the Act.

    "Date of  Issuance"  means March 21,  2000,  being the date of the  original
issuance and delivery of the Bonds by the Issuer.

    "Default" means any Default under this Agreement as specified in and defined
by Section 8.1 hereof.



                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>


    "Governing Body" means the Board of Commissioners of the County of Johnston,
North Carolina.

    "Indenture"  means the  Indenture of Trust dated as of this date between the
Issuer and the Trustee, pursuant to which the Bonds are authorized to be issued,
and any amendments and supplements thereto.

    "LGC" means the Local Government Commission of North Carolina, a division of
the Department of State Treasurer, and any successor or successors thereto.

    "Net  Proceeds,"  when  used  with  respect  to any  insurance  recovery  or
condemnation  award with respect to the Project,  shall mean the gross  proceeds
from such insurance  recovery or  condemnation  award less payment of attorneys'
fees, fees and expenses of the Credit  Provider and all other expenses  properly
incurred in the collection of such gross proceeds.

    "Note"  means  the  Company's  promissory  note in the  principal  amount of
$4,000,000,  dated March 21,  2000,  in the form  attached  hereto as Exhibit B,
issued pursuant hereto and delivered to the Issuer as consideration for the loan
of the  proceeds  of the  Bonds  for the  undertaking  of the  Project,  and any
amendment or supplement thereto or substitution therefor.

    "Project" means the acquisition, construction, installation and equipping of
a facility  for the  recycling  of waste  glass by the  Company  in  Smithfield,
Johnston County,  North Carolina,  as more  particularly  described in Exhibit A
hereto.

    "Requisition"  means a written  request for a disbursement  from the Project
Fund, signed by a Company Representative, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
C and satisfactorily completed as contemplated by said form.

    "Reserved  Rights" means the rights of the Issuer  provided  under  Sections
3.1(c),  3.8,  4.2(b),  7.2,  7.3 and 8.4 hereof and the rights of the Issuer to
receive  notices and  reports and to give  consents  and  approvals  as provided
herein and in the Indenture.

    "State" means the State of North Carolina.

    "Term of Agreement" means the term of this Agreement as specified in Section
9.1 hereof.

    Section 1.2.  Uses of Words and Phrases.  "Herein,"  "hereby,"  "hereunder,"
"hereof,"  "hereinabove,"  "hereinafter," and other equivalent words and phrases
refer to this  Agreement  and not solely to the  particular  portion  thereof in
which any such word is used.  The  definitions  set forth in Section  1.1 hereof
include both  singular and plural.  Whenever  used herein,  any pronoun shall be
deemed to include both singular and plural and to cover all genders.

                                   ARTICLE II

                REPRESENTATIONS, CERTAIN COVENANTS AND WARRANTIES

                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>

    Section  2.1.  Representations  and  Warranties  of the  Issuer.  The Issuer
represents, covenants and warrants that:

    (a) Organization and Authority. The Issuer is a political subdivision within
the meaning of the Act, created and validly existing  pursuant to the provisions
of the Act. The Issuer has all requisite  power and  authority  under the Act to
(i) issue the Bonds, (ii) lend the proceeds thereof to the Company to assist the
Company in financing  the cost of  acquiring,  constructing  and  equipping  the
Project,  and (iii) enter  into,  and  perform  its  obligations  under the Bond
Documents. The members of the Board of Commissioners of the Issuer are appointed
by the Board of County Commissioners of Johnston County.

    (b) Pending Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings,  inquiries
or investigations pending, or to the knowledge of the Issuer threatened, against
or  affecting  the Issuer in any court or before any  governmental  authority or
arbitration  board or tribunal,  which involve the possibility of materially and
adversely  affecting  the  transactions  contemplated  by the Bond  Documents or
which,  in any way,  would  materially  and  adversely  affect the  validity  or
enforceability of the Bond Documents or any agreement or instrument to which the
Issuer is a party and which is used or contemplated  for use in the consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

    (c)  Issue,  Sale and  Other  Transactions  Are Legal  and  Authorized.  The
issuance and sale of the Bonds and the  execution  and delivery by the Issuer of
the Bond  Documents and the  compliance by the Issuer with all of the provisions
of each  thereof  and of the Bonds  (i) are  within  the  purposes,  powers  and
authority  of the  Issuer,  (ii)  have  been  done in full  compliance  with the
provisions of the Act,  (iii) are legal and will not conflict with or constitute
on the part of the Issuer a  violation  of or a breach of or default  under,  or
result in the creation of any lien,  charge or encumbrance  upon any property of
the Issuer (other than as  contemplated  in the Indenture)  under the provisions
of, any activating resolution,  by-law, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note
agreement or other  agreement or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by
which the Issuer is bound,  or to the best of Issuer's  knowledge  any  license,
judgment,  decree,  law,  statute,  order,  rule or  regulation  of any court or
governmental  agency or body having  jurisdiction  over the Issuer or any of its
activities or  properties,  and (iv) have been duly  authorized by all necessary
action on the part of the Issuer.

    (d) Governmental  Consents.  Neither the nature of the Issuer nor any of its
activities or properties,  nor any relationship between the Issuer and any other
person,  nor any circumstance in connection with the issue,  sale or delivery of
any of the Bonds is such as to require the  consent,  approval or  authorization
of,  or  the  filing,  registration  or  qualification  with,  any  governmental
authority on the part of the Issuer in connection  with the execution,  delivery
and  performance  of the Bond  Documents  or the issue,  sale or delivery of the
Bonds, other than those already obtained;  provided,  however, no representation
is made as to compliance with any federal or state securities or "blue sky" law.

    (e) No Defaults.  To the best of Issuer's  knowledge,  no event has occurred
and no condition  exists with respect to the Issuer  which would  constitute  an
"event of default" as defined in the Bond Documents or which,  with the lapse of
time or with the  giving  of  notice  or both,  would



                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>

become such an "event of default." The Issuer is not in default under the Act or
under any charter  instrument,  by-law or other agreement or instrument to which
it is a party or by which it is bound which default would  adversely  affect the
enforceability or taxability of the Bonds.

    (f) No Prior Pledge.  Neither this Agreement nor any of the Pledged Revenues
have been pledged or hypothecated in any manner or for any purpose other than as
provided in the Indenture as security for the payment of the Bonds.

    (g)  Nature and  Location  of  Project.  The  financing  of the costs of the
Project,  together with related expenses,  is authorized under the Act and is in
furtherance of the public purpose for which the Issuer was created.  The Project
is located in Johnston County, North Carolina.

    (h) Limited  Obligations.  Notwithstanding  anything herein contained to the
contrary,  any  obligation  the Issuer may hereby incur for the payment of money
shall not  constitute  an  indebtedness  of the County or of the State or of any
political  subdivision  thereof  within the meaning of any state  constitutional
provision  or  statutory  limitation  and  shall  not give  rise to a  pecuniary
liability  of the State or  County  or any  political  subdivision  thereof,  or
constitute a charge  against the general credit or taxing power of said State or
County or any political subdivision thereof, but shall be limited obligations of
the Issuer payable solely from (i) the Pledged  Revenues,  (ii) revenues derived
from the sale of the Bonds,  and (iii)  amounts on deposit  from time to time in
the Bond Fund,  subject to the  provisions  of this  Agreement and the Indenture
permitting  the  application  thereof  for the  purposes  and on the  terms  and
conditions set forth herein and therein.

    (i) Approval of Issuance of Bonds.  The Issuer has obtained  approval of the
issuance of the Bonds by the Board of County Commissioners of Johnston County as
required by Section  159C-4(d) of the Act, by the Secretary of the Department of
Commerce  of the  State  required  by  Section  159C-7 of the Act and by the LGC
required by Sections 159C-6, -8 and -9 of the Act.

    Section  2.2. No  Representation  or  Warranty by Issuer as to Project.  THE
ISSUER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY WHATSOEVER  CONCERNING THE USE OF THE
PROCEEDS  OF THE SALE OF THE BONDS OR THE  SUITABILITY  OF THE  PROJECT  FOR THE
PURPOSE FOR WHICH IT IS BEING UNDERTAKEN BY THE COMPANY. The Issuer has not made
any independent  investigation as to the feasibility or  creditworthiness of the
Company.  Any bond purchaser,  assignee of the Agreement or any other party with
any interest in this transaction,  shall make its own independent  investigation
as to the  creditworthiness  and feasibility of the Project,  independent of any
representation or warranties of the Issuer.

    Section 2.3.  Representations  and  Warranties  of the Company.  The Company
makes the following representations, covenants and warranties:

    (a)   Organization  and  Power.  The  Company  (i)  is  a  corporation  duly
incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State,
and (ii) has all requisite  power and  authority and all necessary  licenses and
permits to own and operate its  properties  and to carry on its  business as now
being conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted.

                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>

    (b)  Pending  Litigation.  There  are  no  proceedings  pending,  or to  the
knowledge of the Company  threatened,  against or  affecting  the Company in any
court or before any governmental authority,  arbitration board or tribunal which
if adversely determined,  would materially and adversely affect the transactions
contemplated  by the Bond Documents or which,  in any way, would  materially and
adversely  affect the  properties,  business,  prospects,  profits or  condition
(financial  or  otherwise)  of the  Company,  or the  ability of the  Company to
perform  its  obligations  under the  Company  Documents.  The Company is not in
default  with  respect  to  an  order  of  any  court,  governmental  authority,
arbitration board or tribunal.

    (c) Agreements Are Legal and  Authorized.  The execution and delivery by the
Company of each of the Company  Documents and the compliance by the Company with
all of the provisions  hereof and thereof (i) are within the corporate  power of
the Company,  (ii) will not conflict  with or result in any breach of any of the
provisions of, or constitute a default  under,  or result in the creation of any
lien,  charge  or  encumbrance  upon  any  property  of the  Company  under  the
provisions  of,  any  agreement,  articles  of  incorporation,  by-laws or other
instrument  to which the Company is a party or by which it may be bound,  or any
license,  judgment, decree, law, statute, order, rule or regulation of any court
or governmental  agency or body having  jurisdiction  over the Company or any of
its  activities  or  properties,  and (iii)  have been  duly  authorized  by all
necessary corporate action on the part of the Company; and

    (d) Enforceability of Documents. The Company Documents are valid and binding
agreements  of the Company,  enforceable  in  accordance  with their  respective
terms, except as the enforceability  thereof may be subject to judicial decision
or limited by  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  moratorium or other similar
laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally.

    (e)  Compliance  with  Indenture.  The Company has received and reviewed the
Indenture. By its execution of this Agreement,  the Company acknowledges that it
has approved, has agreed to and is bound by the provisions of the Indenture. The
Company will fully and faithfully  perform all the duties and obligations  which
the Issuer has  covenanted  and agreed in the  Indenture to cause the Company to
perform  and any duties and  obligations  which the  Company is  required in the
Indenture to perform.  The Company  agrees that the Trustee shall be entitled to
enforce and to benefit  from the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement  that
relate to it  notwithstanding  the fact that it is not a signatory  hereto.  The
foregoing  shall not apply to any duty or undertaking of the Issuer which by its
nature cannot be delegated or assigned.

    (f)  Governmental  Consents.  Neither the Company nor any of its business or
properties,  nor any relationship  between the Company and any other person, nor
any circumstances in connection with the execution,  delivery and performance by
the Company of the Company  Documents or the offer,  issue,  sale or delivery by
the Issuer of the Bonds for the  benefit of the  Company,  is such as to require
the  consent,  approval  or  authorization  of, or the filing,  registration  or
qualification with, any governmental  authority on the part of the Company other
than those already obtained;  provided,  however, that no representation is made
as to any consents,  approvals or authorizations required in connection with the
construction  or  occupancy of the  Project,  or with respect to such  consents,
approvals or authorizations as may be required on the part of the Issuer.



                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>

    (g) No Defaults.  No event has occurred and no condition exists with respect
to the Company  that would  constitute  an "event of  default"  under any of the
Company  Documents or which, with the lapse of time or with the giving of notice
or both,  would  become  such an  "event  of  default."  The  Company  is not in
violation in any material respect of any agreement,  articles of  incorporation,
by-laws or other  instrument to which it is a party or by which it may be bound,
which violation might materially and adversely affect the properties,  business,
prospects, profits or conditions (financial or otherwise) of the Company.

    (h) Compliance with Law. The Company is not in violation in any material way
of any  laws,  ordinances,  governmental  rules  or  regulations  to which it is
subject and has not failed to obtain any licenses,  permits, franchises or other
governmental  authorizations  necessary to the ownership of its properties or to
the  conduct  of its  business,  which  violation  or  failure  to obtain  might
materially and adversely affect the properties,  business, prospects, profits or
conditions (financial or otherwise) of the Company.

    (i) Restrictions on the Company.  The Company is not a party to any contract
or agreement that materially and adversely  affects the business of the Company.
Except for the Credit Agreement,  the Company is not a party to, or bound by any
contract  or  agreement  that  restricts  the right or ability of the Company to
incur or guarantee indebtedness for borrowed money to such extent as to preclude
the Company from entering into the transactions  contemplated  hereby, under the
Bond  Documents  or any other  documents  executed in  connection  herewith  and
therewith.

    (j)  Inducement.  The issuance of the Bonds by the Issuer and the lending of
the  proceeds  thereof to the Company to enable the  Acquisition  of the Project
have  induced the Company to locate the Project in the County.  The  issuance of
the Bonds by the Issuer and the lending of the  proceeds  thereof to the Company
to enable the Company to acquire,  construct  and equip the Project shall assist
the Company in continuing to provide  continued  employment  and industry in the
County.

    (k) Pollution Control Project.  The Company anticipates that upon completion
of the Project,  the Company will operate the Project as a "project"  within the
meaning of the Act until the Bonds have been paid in full.

    (l) Notice.  The Project is of the type authorized and permitted by the Act,
and the  Project is  substantially  the same in all  material  respects  to that
described in the notice of public hearing published on August 20, 1999.

    (m)  Compliance  With Land Use  Regulations.  The Project  will be acquired,
constructed  and installed and will be operated by the Company in such manner as
to  conform in all  material  respects  with all  applicable  zoning,  planning,
building,  environmental and other  regulations of the governmental  authorities
having jurisdiction over the Project.

    (n)  Application of Proceeds.  The Company will cause all of the proceeds of
the Bonds to be applied solely to the payment of Costs of the Project.

    (o)  Location  of  Project.  The  Project  is  located  entirely  within the
geographical boundaries of Johnston County, North Carolina.



                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>


    Section 2.4.  Notice of  Determination  of  Taxability.  Promptly  after the
Company first  becomes aware of any  Determination  of  Taxability,  the Company
shall give written notice thereof to the Issuer and the Trustee.


                                   ARTICLE III

                  ACQUISITION AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT;
                    ISSUANCE OF THE BONDS; SPECIAL COVENANTS

    Section 3.1. Agreement to Acquire the Project.

    (a) The Company agrees to make all contracts and do all things necessary for
the Acquisition of the Project. The Company further agrees that it will acquire,
construct  and equip the Project with all  reasonable  dispatch and use its best
efforts to cause the Acquisition of the Project to be completed by August, 2000,
or as soon thereafter as may be  practicable,  delays caused by force majeure as
defined  in  Section  8.1  hereof  only  excepted;  but if for any  reason  such
Acquisition  of the  Project is not  completed  by said date  there  shall be no
resulting  liability  on  the  part  of the  Company  and  no  diminution  in or
postponement  of the  payments  required in Section 4.2 hereof to be paid by the
Company.

    (b) The Company shall obtain or cause to be obtained all  necessary  permits
and approvals for the Acquisition,  operation and maintenance of the Project and
shall comply with all lawful requirements of any governmental body regarding the
use or condition of the Project or any of its component  parts. The Company may,
however,  contest any such requirement by an appropriate  proceeding  diligently
prosecuted.

    (c) The  Company  shall  maintain a set of plans and  specifications  at the
Project  site which shall be available  to the Issuer,  the Trustee,  the Credit
Facility Provider and the Paying Agent for inspection and examination during the
Company's  regular business hours, and the Issuer and the Company agree that the
Company may supplement, amend and add to such plans and specifications, and that
the Company shall be authorized to omit or make  substitutions for components of
the Project,  without approval of the Issuer, provided that no such change shall
be made which shall be contrary to  subsections  (k),  (l),  (m), (n) and (o) of
Section 2.3 hereof or the provisions of Article IX hereof,  and provided further
that if any such change would render  materially  incorrect  or  incomplete  the
description of the initial  components of the Project or the  description of the
Project as set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement,  the Company and the Issuer
shall amend such Exhibit A to reflect  such change,  upon receipt by the Issuer,
the Trustee, as the Credit Facility Provider, of an opinion of Bond Counsel that
such change will not result in an Event of Taxability. No approval of the Issuer
or the Trustee shall be required for the  Acquisition  of the Project or for the
solicitation, negotiation, award or execution of contracts relating thereto.

    Section 3.2. Agreement to Issue the Bonds;  Application of Bond Proceeds. In
order to provide funds to pay the Costs of the Project, the Issuer, concurrently
with the execution of this  Agreement,  will issue,  sell, and deliver the Bonds
and deposit the net proceeds  thereof with the Trustee in the Project  Fund,  as
provided in the Indenture.



                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>


    Section 3.3.  Disbursements  from the Project  Fund.  The Issuer has, in the
Indenture,  authorized and directed the Trustee to make  disbursements  from the
Project  Fund to pay the Costs of the Project,  or to reimburse  the Company for
any Cost paid by the Company.  The Company  agrees to cause  Requisitions  to be
directed  to the  Trustee  as may be  necessary  to effect  payments  out of the
Project Fund in accordance  with this  Section.  The receipt by the Trustee of a
Requisition  signed by a Company  Representative  which  appears to be  properly
complete  on its face  shall be  sufficient  authorization  for the  Trustee  to
disburse such amounts as requested.

    Section 3.4.  Furnishing  Documents to the  Trustee.  The Company  agrees to
cause such  Requisitions  to be directed to the Trustee as may be  necessary  to
effect payments out of the Project Fund in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof.

    Section 3.5.  Establishment of Completion Date. The Completion Date shall be
evidenced to the Trustee by a certificate signed by a Company  Representative in
the form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  D.  Forthwith  upon  completion  of the
acquisition, construction and installation of the Project, the Company agrees to
cause such  certificate  to be  furnished  to the Issuer and the  Trustee.  Upon
receipt of such certificate,  the Trustee shall retain in the Project Fund a sum
equal to the amounts necessary for payment of the Costs not then due and payable
according  to such  certificate,  and any amount  remaining  in the Project Fund
shall be  transferred  by the Trustee into the General  Account of the Bond Fund
and used by the  Trustee (a) to redeem  Bonds on the  earliest  redemption  date
permitted by the Indenture without a premium,  (b) to purchase Bonds on the open
market  prior to such  redemption  date at prices  not in excess of one  hundred
percent  (100%)  of the  principal  amount of such  Bonds,  or (c) for any other
purpose provided that the Trustee is furnished with a Favorable  Opinion of Bond
Counsel, all in accordance with Article VI of the Indenture.  Until used for one
or more of the foregoing  purposes,  such  segregated  amount may be invested as
permitted  by the  Indenture  provided  that  prior to any such  investment  the
Trustee is provided with a Favorable Opinion of Bond Counsel.

    Section 3.6. Company Required to Pay in Event Project Fund Insufficient.  In
the event the moneys in the  Project  Fund  available  for  payment of the Costs
should  not be  sufficient  to pay the  Costs in full,  the  Company  agrees  to
complete  the Project and to pay, or to provide for payment of, that  portion of
the Costs in excess of the moneys  available  therefor in the Project Fund.  The
Issuer does not make any warranty,  either  express or implied,  that the moneys
paid into the  Project  Fund and  available  for  payment  of the Costs  will be
sufficient to pay all of the Costs.  The Company agrees that if after exhaustion
of the moneys in the Project  Fund,  the  Company  should pay any portion of the
Costs  pursuant to the  provisions  of this  Section,  the Company  shall not be
entitled  to any  reimbursement  therefor  from the  Issuer,  the Trustee or the
Owners of any of the Bonds,  nor shall the Company be entitled to any diminution
of the amounts payable under Section 4.2 hereof or under the Note.

    Section 3.7. Special  Arbitrage  Certifications.  The Company and the Issuer
covenant  not to cause or direct any moneys on deposit in any fund or account to
be used in a manner which would cause the Bonds to be  classified  as "arbitrage
bonds" within the meaning of Section 148 of the Code, and the Company  certifies
and  covenants  to and for the benefit of the Issuer and the Owners of the Bonds
that so long as there are any Bonds  Outstanding,  moneys on deposit in any fund
or account in connection  with the Bonds,  whether such moneys were derived from
the  proceeds  of the sale of the Bonds or from any other  sources,  will not be
used in a manner  which



                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>


will cause the Bonds to be classified as "arbitrage bonds" within the meaning of
Section 148 of the Code.

    Section 3.8. Use of Proceeds; Special Tax Covenants.

    (a)  Qualifying  Costs.  Neither the Issuer nor the Company  shall cause any
proceeds of the Bonds to be expended,  except pursuant to the Indenture and this
Agreement.  The Company shall not (i) requisition or otherwise allow payment out
of proceeds of the Bonds (A) if such  payment is to be used for the  acquisition
(including  reimbursement  therefor in compliance with the Code) of any property
(or an interest  therein)  unless the first use of such  property is pursuant to
such  acquisition,  provided  that  this  clause  (A) shall not apply (1) to any
building  (and  the  equipment  purchased  as a part  thereof,  if  any,) if the
"rehabilitation  expenditures",  as defined in Section 147(d) of the Code,  with
respect  to the  building  equal or  exceed  15% of the  portion  of the cost of
acquiring the building  (including such equipment) financed with the proceeds of
the Bonds, or (2) to any other property if the rehabilitation  expenditures with
respect thereto equal 100% of the cost of acquiring such property  financed with
the proceeds of the Bonds;  (B) if as a result of such  payment,  25% or more of
the proceeds of the Bonds would be  considered  as having been used  directly or
indirectly for the  acquisition of land (or an interest  therein);  (C) if, as a
result of such payment, less than 95% of the net proceeds of the Bonds, expended
at the time of such  acquisition  would be  considered  as having  been used for
costs of the acquisition, construction, or reconstruction or improvement of land
or property of a character subject to the allowance for depreciation, within the
meaning of Section 144(a)(1)(A) of the Code ("Qualifying Costs"), or (D) if such
payment is used to pay issuance  costs  (including  counsel  fees and  placement
fees) of the Bonds in excess of an amount equal to 2% of the principal amount of
the Bonds; (ii) take or omit, or permit to be taken or omitted, any other action
with respect to the use of such  proceeds the taking or omission of which has or
would  result in the loss of the  exclusion  of interest on the Bonds from gross
income of the owners thereof for federal  income tax purposes;  or (iii) take or
omit, or permit to be taken or omitted,  any other action the taking or omission
of which has or would cause the loss of such exclusion.

    (b) Prohibited Uses.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the
Issuer and the Company  will not use the  proceeds of the Bonds,  or permit such
proceeds to be used directly or indirectly,  for the  acquisition of land (or an
interest  therein) to be used for farming  purposes,  or to provide any facility
the primary  purpose of which is retail food and beverage  services,  automobile
sales or service or the provision of recreation or entertainment,  any airplane,
skybox or other  private  luxury box,  any health club  facility,  any  facility
primarily  used for gambling,  any store the principal  business of which is the
sale of  alcoholic  beverages  for  consumption  off  premises,  any  private or
commercial  golf course,  country club,  massage  parlor,  tennis club,  skating
facility (including roller skating,  skateboard and ice skating),  racquet spots
facility  (including  any hand ball or  racquetball  court),  hot tub  facility,
suntan facility, or race track, or single or multi-family residences.

    (c) Manufacturing.  For purposes of applicability of the Code, not less than
95% of the net proceeds of the Bonds (consisting of the face amount of the Bonds
less any original issue discount plus any original issue premium,  but including
issuance  costs)  shall  be  used  to  provide  facilities  to be  used  in  the
manufacturing or production of tangible personal property,  including facilities
that are directly  related and ancillary to such  manufacturing  facilities  and
located on the


                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>


same site as the manufacturing facilities; provided, however, that not more than
twenty-five  percent  (25%) of the net  proceeds  shall be used to provide  such
ancillary facilities.

    (d) No Other Issues.  The Bonds are not being issued as part of an issue the
interest  of which is  exempt  from  federal  income  taxation  under  any other
provision of law other than Section 144(a) of the Code.

    (e)  Existing  Capital   Expenditures.   The  aggregate  amount  of  capital
expenditures  (as defined by Section  1.103-10(b)(2)  of the Tax  Regulations to
include  any  expenditure  which  was or could  have been  treated  as a capital
expenditure  under  any  rule or  election  under  the  Code)  with  respect  to
facilities  located in the same  incorporated  municipality  as the Project,  or
which are contiguous or integrated  facilities,  the principal user of which was
or is the Company or any  Related  Person,  paid or  incurred  during the period
beginning  three years  before the date of issuance of the Bonds,  and  financed
otherwise  than out of the Bond  proceeds  (not  including  investment  earnings
thereon) and otherwise than out of the proceeds of other  outstanding  issues to
which Section 144(a)(2) of the Code applies, is $0.00.

    (f) Bonds  Outstanding.  The  aggregate  face  amount  of all  prior  issues
outstanding  as of the date of issuance of the Bonds  (whether or not the issuer
of each  issue is the  same)  to which  Section  144(a)  of the Code or  Section
103(b)(6) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended applies, the proceeds
of which were or will be used to any extent with respect to  facilities  located
in the same incorporated  municipality as the incorporated municipality in which
the  Project  is located  and the  principal  user of which is the  Company or a
Related Person, is $4,500,000. The Company and, at the direction of the Company,
the Issuer,  shall file any reports or  statements  and take any other action as
may be required from time to time with respect to the qualification of the Bonds
as an exempt small issue within the meaning of Section 144(a) of the Code.

    (g) No Other Bonds for Common Facilities.  There are no other bonds to which
Section  144(a) of the Code applies  which,  together with the Bonds,  are to be
used with respect to (a) a single  building,  (b) an enclosed  shopping mall, or
(c)  a  strip  of  offices,  stores  or  warehouses,  using  substantial  common
facilities with the Project or a portion thereof.

    (h)  Land.  No  portion  of the  Bond  proceeds  will  be used  directly  or
indirectly for the  acquisition  of land or any interest  therein to be used for
the  purpose of farming  and less than 25% of the Bond  proceeds  are or will be
used directly or indirectly for the  acquisition of land to be used for purposes
other than farming.

    (i)  Commencement  of   Construction;   First  Users.  The  Borrower  hereby
represents  that the Borrower will not requisition any amounts from the proceeds
of the Bonds to pay costs incurred  before the date of issuance of the Bonds and
paid more than 60 days  prior to the date of  "official  action"  of the  Issuer
within the  meaning of Section  142 of the Code,  which took place on August 17,
1999. No person, firm or corporation who was a "substantial user" of the Project
(within the meaning  described  in such term under  Section  144(a) of the Code)
before the date of issuance  of the Bonds and who was or will be a  "substantial
user" of the Project following its being placed in service, has received or will
receive, directly or indirectly,  any proceeds from the issuance and sale of the
Bonds.



                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>


    (j)  Economic  Life of  Project.  The  Company  hereby  represents  that the
weighted  average  maturity  of the Bonds does not exceed  120% of the  "average
reasonably  expected  economic life" of the  components  comprising the Project,
determined  pursuant to Section  147(b) of the Code.  The Company agrees that it
will not make any changes in the Project  which would,  at the time made,  cause
120% of the "average reasonably expected economic life" of the components of the
Project,  determined pursuant to Section 147(b) of the Code, to be less than the
"weighted average maturity" of the Bonds.

    (k)  Certificate of  Information;  Internal  Revenue  Service Form 8038. The
Company  hereby  represents  that the  information  contained  herein and in the
Company's Tax Certificate (attached to the Issuer's  Non-Arbitrage  Certificate)
delivered  in  connection  with the  issuance  of the Bonds with  respect to the
compliance with the  requirements of Section 103 and Sections 141 through 150 of
the Code,  including  the  information  in Internal  Revenue  Service  Form 8038
(excluding  the  issue  number  and the  employer  identification  number of the
Issuer)  filed by the Issuer with respect to the Bonds and the Project,  is true
and correct in all material respects.

    (l) Use by United  States of America or Its  Agencies.  The  Company has not
permitted and shall not permit the Project to be used or occupied  other than as
a member of the  general  public in any  manner for  compensation  by the United
States of America or an agency or instrumentality thereof,  including any entity
with  statutory  authority  to borrow from the United  States of America (in any
case within the meaning of Section  149(b) of the Code) unless,  with respect to
any  future use of the  Project,  the  Company  shall  deliver to the  Trustee a
Favorable Opinion of Bond Counsel.

    (m) Other Bonds. The Company agrees that during the period commencing on the
date of the issuance of the Bonds and ending 15 days thereafter,  there shall be
issued no "private activity bonds," as defined in Section 141 of the Code, which
are guaranteed or otherwise secured by payments to be made by the Company or any
"related  person"  (or group of  "related  persons")  unless the  Company  shall
deliver to the Trustee a Favorable  Opinion of Bond Counsel in  connection  with
the issuance of such  "private  activity  bonds".  The Company  represents  that
except for the Company or any "related person" (or group of "related  persons"),
no person has (i) guaranteed,  arranged,  participated in, assisted with or paid
any portion of the cost of the  issuance  of, the Bonds,  and (ii)  provided any
property  or any  franchise,  trademark  or trade name  (within  the  meaning of
Section 1253 of the Code) which is to be used in connection with the Project.

    (n) Limit on Amount of Bonds,  Reports.  The Company  represents that on the
date of the issuance of the Bonds (i) obligations were not assumed, expenditures
were not made and  outstanding  obligations  did not exist  that will  cause the
"aggregate face amount" of the Bonds as computed under the provisions of Section
144(a)  and  related  sections  of the  Code to  exceed  $10,000,000,  and  (ii)
outstanding  obligations  did not exist that  would  cause the  "aggregate  face
amount" of the Bonds allocated to any  "test-period  beneficiary," as defined in
Section  144(a)(10) of the Code, when increased by such  obligations as provided
in Section 144(a)(10) of the Code, to exceed $40,000,000.  During the three-year
period  beginning  on the date of the  issuance of the Bonds (or, in the case of
clause (ii) below, the date the Project is placed in service, unless the Company
provides to the Trustee an Opinion of Bond Counsel that such  restriction  is no
longer  applicable),  the  Company  shall not make any  expenditure,  assume any
obligation,  permit the use of the Project by any person or take or permit other
action that would  cause the  "aggregate  face  amount" of the Bonds as computed
under the provisions of Section  144(a) and related  sections of



                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>


the Code (i) to exceed  $10,000,000  or such other  maximum  dollar  amount then
permitted by the Code, or (ii) allocated to any "test-period beneficiary",  when
increased by such obligations as provided in Section  144(a)(10) of the Code, to
exceed  $40,000,000,  and shall on the  anniversary  date of the issuance of the
Bonds until the third  anniversary date of the issuance of the Bonds or the date
on which the Project is placed into service,  whichever is later,  file a report
with the Trustee setting forth all capital  expenditures and bond issues used in
calculating  such limits under Section  144(a) of the Code since the last report
received by the Trustee.

    The Company and the Issuer shall file any reports or statements and take any
other  action  as  may be  required  from  time  to  time  with  respect  to the
qualification  of the Bonds as qualified small issue bonds within the meaning of
Section 144(a) of the Code.

    (o) Election.  The Issuer  hereby  elects to have the  provisions of Section
144(a)(4) of the Code apply to the Bonds.

    (p) Covenant to Maintain Tax  Exemption.  The Issuer and the Company  hereby
covenant  and agree on their own  behalf  that they  shall not take any  action,
cause any action to be taken,  omit to take any action or cause any  omission to
occur which would cause the  interest on the Bonds to become  includable  in the
gross income of the recipients thereof for purposes of federal income taxation.

    Section  3.9.   Modification  and  Termination  of  Special  Tax  Covenants.
Subsequent  to the issuance of the Bonds and prior to their  payment in full (or
provision  for the  payment  thereof  having  been made in  accordance  with the
provisions  of the  Indenture),  neither  this  Agreement  nor the  Note  may be
amended, changed, modified, altered or terminated except as permitted herein and
by the  Indenture and with the written  consent of the Company,  the Trustee and
the Credit  Provider.  Subject to Article XI of the Indenture,  the Issuer,  the
Trustee,  and the Company  hereby  agree to amend this  Agreement  to the extent
required or permitted,  in the opinion of Bond Counsel, in order for interest on
the Bonds to be excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes under
Section 103(a) of the Code. The party requesting such amendment shall notify the
other party to this Agreement and the Trustee of the proposed amendment,  with a
copy of such  requested  amendment to Bond Counsel.  To effect any such proposed
amendments,  after review of such proposed amendment,  Bond Counsel shall render
to the Trustee a Favorable Opinion of Bond Counsel.

    Section 3.10. Arbitrage and Rebate.

    (a) The Company  acknowledges  having read Section 5.09 of the Indenture and
agrees to perform all duties imposed upon it by such  Sections.  Insofar as said
Sections or any other sections of the Indenture  expressly or implicitly  impose
duties and responsibilities on the Company,  they are specifically  incorporated
herein by reference.

    (b) Neither  the  Company nor the Issuer  shall (i) take or omit to take any
action,  or approve,  the making by the Company of any  investment or use of any
proceeds  of the Bonds or any  other  moneys  within  their  respective  control
(including  without limitation the proceeds of any insurance or any condemnation
award with  respect to the  Project),  or the  taking or  omission  of any other
action,  which would cause the Bonds to be "arbitrage  bonds" within the meaning
of


                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>

Section 148 of the Code,  or (ii) approve the use of any proceeds  from the sale
of  the  Bonds   otherwise  than  in  accordance  with  this  Agreement  or  the
Non-Arbitrage Certificate, barring any unforeseen circumstances, in which event,
the Company and the Issuer shall use such  proceeds with due diligence and shall
otherwise  comply with this  Agreement.  Without  limiting the generality of the
foregoing,  the Company shall at its sole expense take all action required under
Section 148 of the Code and Treasury  Regulations  thereunder to prevent loss of
the  exclusion  of the  interest  on the Bonds from  gross  income of the owners
thereof for Federal  income tax purposes  under such Section,  including but not
limited to paying on behalf of the Issuer the  "rebatable  arbitrage  amount" to
the United States of America in accordance  with the  requirements  set forth in
the related Treasury  Regulations and complying with the requirements of Section
5.09 of the Indenture and this Section,  including  making the  calculations and
deposits  required  therein  (with all such  calculations  to be supplied to the
Issuer). The Company shall also comply with any similar  requirements  contained
in  any  Treasury   Regulations  adopted  in  place  of  the  existing  Treasury
Regulations and all other requirements of any such Treasury Regulations,  to the
extent  applicable  to the Bonds.  The  Company  shall  maintain  or cause to be
maintained  records  of any such  rebate  calculations  for six (6) years  after
retirement of the Bonds.

    (c)  Nothing  contained  in this  Agreement  or in the  Indenture  shall  be
interpreted  or construed to require the Issuer to pay the Rebate  Amount,  such
obligations being the sole responsibility of the Company.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                LOAN PROVISIONS;
                           SUBSTITUTE CREDIT FACILITY

    Section  4.1.  Loan of  Proceeds.  The  Issuer  agrees,  upon the  terms and
conditions contained in this Agreement and the Indenture, to lend to the Company
the proceeds  received by the Issuer from the sale of the Bonds, and the Company
hereby  borrows the same from the Issuer as evidenced by this  Agreement and the
execution  and  delivery  of the  Note to the  Issuer.  Such  proceeds  shall be
disbursed as provided in Sections 3.2 and 3.4 hereof.

    Section 4.2. Amounts Payable.

    (a) The Company  hereby  covenants and agrees to repay the loan, as follows:
on or before any Interest  Payment Date for the Bonds or any other date that any
payment of interest, premium, if any, or principal or Purchase Price is required
to be  made in  respect  of the  Bonds  pursuant  to the  Indenture,  until  the
principal of,  premium,  if any, and interest on the Bonds shall have been fully
paid or provision  for the payment  thereof  shall have been made in  accordance
with the Indenture,  in immediately  available funds, a sum which, together with
any other  moneys  available  for such  payment in any account of the Bond Fund,
will enable the Trustee to pay the amount payable on such date as Purchase Price
or  principal  of (whether at maturity or upon  redemption  or  acceleration  or
otherwise),  premium,  if any,  and  interest  on the Bonds as  provided  in the
Indenture;  provided,  however,  that the  obligation of the Company to make any
payment  hereunder shall be deemed satisfied and discharged to the extent of the
corresponding  payment  made by the Credit  Provider  to the  Trustee  under the
Credit Facility.  The Company covenants to make all payments on the Note, as and
when the same become due.



                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>


    It is understood  and agreed that all payments  payable by the Company under
subsection  (a) of this Section and under the Note are assigned by the Issuer to
the Trustee for the benefit of the Owners of the Bonds.  The Company  assents to
such  assignment.  The Issuer hereby  directs the Company and the Company hereby
agrees to pay to the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee all payments
payable by the Company pursuant to this subsection.

    (b) The Company will also pay the reasonable  expenses of the Issuer related
to the issuance of the Bonds.

    (c) The  Company  will  also pay the  reasonable  fees and  expenses  of the
Trustee  under the  Indenture  and all other amounts which may be payable to the
Trustee under Section 10.02 of the  Indenture,  such amounts to be paid directly
to the Trustee for the Trustee's own account as and when such amounts become due
and payable.

    (d) The Company  covenants,  for the benefit of the Owners of the Bonds,  to
pay or cause to be paid,  to the Trustee,  such amounts as shall be necessary to
enable  the  Trustee  to pay the  Purchase  Price of Bonds  delivered  to it for
purchase,  all as more  particularly  described in Sections 4.01 and 4.02 of the
Indenture;  provided,  however,  that the  obligation of the Company to make any
such payment under this  subsection (d) shall be reduced by the amount of moneys
available for such payment  described in  subsection  (a) of Section 4.03 of the
Indenture; and provided, further, that the obligation of the Company to make any
payment under this subsection (d) shall be deemed to be satisfied and discharged
to the extent of the corresponding payment made by the Credit Provider under the
Credit Facility.

    (e) In the  event  the  Company  should  fail  to make  any of the  payments
required in this Section,  the item or  installment so in default shall continue
as an  obligation  of the  Company  until the amount in default  shall have been
fully paid, and the Company agrees to pay the same with interest thereon, to the
extent permitted by law, from the date when such payment was due, at the rate of
interest borne by the Bonds.

    Section 4.3.  Obligations of Company  Unconditional.  The obligations of the
Company to make the  payments  required in Section 4.2 and under the Note and to
perform and observe the other agreements  contained herein shall be absolute and
unconditional  and shall not be subject  to any  defense or any right of setoff,
counterclaim  or  recoupment  arising  out of any  breach  by the  Issuer or the
Trustee,  of any obligation to the Company,  whether hereunder or otherwise,  or
out of any  indebtedness  or  liability  at any time owing to the Company by the
Issuer or the Trustee,  and,  until such time as the principal of,  premium,  if
any, and  interest on the Bonds shall have been fully paid or provision  for the
payment  thereof  shall have been made in  accordance  with the  Indenture,  the
Company (i) will not suspend or discontinue any payments provided for in Section
4.2 hereof, (ii) will perform and observe all other agreements contained in this
Agreement and (iii) except as otherwise provided herein,  will not terminate the
Term of Agreement for any cause,  including,  without limiting the generality of
the foregoing,  the occurrence of any acts or circumstances  that may constitute
failure of consideration,  eviction or constructive eviction,  destruction of or
damage to the Project, the taking by eminent domain of title to or temporary use
of any or all of the Project,  commercial  frustration of purpose, any change in
the tax or other  laws of the  United  States of  America or of the State or any
political



                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>

subdivision  of either  thereof or any  failure of the Issuer or the  Trustee to
perform and  observe any  agreement,  whether  express or implied,  or any duty,
liability or obligation arising out of or connected with this Agreement. Nothing
contained  in this  Section  shall be  construed  to release the Issuer from the
performance  of any of the agreements on its part herein  contained,  and in the
event the Issuer or the Trustee should fail to perform any such agreement on its
part, the Company may institute such action against the Issuer or the Trustee as
the Company may deem necessary to compel performance so long as such action does
not abrogate the  obligations of the Company  contained in the first sentence of
this Section.

    Section 4.4. Substitute Credit Facility. Subject to the conditions set forth
in this  Section 4.4, the Company may provide for the delivery to the Trustee of
a Substitute  Credit  Facility.  The Company shall furnish written notice to the
Trustee,  not less than twenty days prior to the Mandatory  Purchase  Date,  (a)
notifying the Trustee that the Company is  exercising  its option to provide for
the delivery of a Substitute  Credit Facility to the Trustee,  (b) setting forth
the  Mandatory  Purchase  Date (which shall in any event be an Interest  Payment
Date) in connection with the delivery of such Substitute Credit Facility,  which
shall in any event be not less than two  Business  Days prior to the  expiration
date of the Credit  Facility  then in effect with respect to the Bonds,  and (c)
instructing  the  Trustee to furnish  notice to the  Bondholders  regarding  the
Mandatory  Purchase Date at least  fifteen days prior to the Mandatory  Purchase
Date, as more fully  described in Section 4.01(b) of the Indenture and Exhibit B
thereto.  Any Substitute Credit Facility shall be delivered to the Trustee prior
to any such  Mandatory  Purchase  Date, and shall be effective on and after such
Mandatory  Purchase Date, and shall expire on a date which is fifteen days after
an Interest  Payment Date for the Bonds.  On or before the date of such delivery
of a Substitute Credit Facility to the Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee (a) a Favorable  Opinion of Bond Counsel with respect to such Substitute
Credit  Facility;  (b) a written  opinion of counsel  to the  Substitute  Credit
Provider to the effect that the Substitute  Credit  Facility is a legal,  valid,
binding  and  enforceable  obligation  of  the  Substitute  Credit  Provider  in
accordance  with its terms;  and (c) the written consent of the Secretary of the
LGC as to the  acceptance  by the  Trustee of the  Substitute  Credit  Facility.
Notwithstanding  the prior  sentence,  the consent of the  Secretary  of the LGC
shall not be necessary if the Trustee has received (i) if the Bonds are rated by
a Rating  Agency,  written  evidence  from such Rating Agency to the effect that
such Rating Agency has reviewed the proposed Substitute Credit Facility and that
the substitution of the proposed Substitute Credit Facility for the then current
Credit  Facility  will not, by itself,  result in a permanent  withdrawal of its
rating of the Bonds or a reduction of the then current  rating of the Bonds,  or
(ii) if the Bonds are not rated by a Rating  Agency,  written  evidence that the
bank deposit  obligations  or other  long-term  debt of the bank or  institution
issuing the proposed  Substitute Credit Facility are rated by a Rating Agency at
least as high as the bank deposit  obligations  or other  long-term  debt of the
Credit Issuer as of the delivery date of the Substitute  Credit  Facility unless
the rating of the Credit  Issuer's bank deposit  obligations  or other long term
debt is higher than such rating on the original delivery date in which case such
lower  rating  shall be the highest  rating  required of the  Substitute  Credit
Facility unless otherwise directed in writing by a Company Representative.

    The Company  shall  require the Credit  Facility  Provider to provide to the
Trustee  notice of and all necessary  documents  related to any extension of the
term of the  Credit  Facility  at least  thirty  (30) days  prior to the  Credit
Facility Termination Date.



                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE V

                       PREPAYMENT, PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION

    Section 5.1. Prepayment, Purchase and Redemption. The Company shall have the
option to prepay its  obligations  hereunder  at the times and in the amounts as
necessary  to exercise  its option to cause the Bonds to be redeemed or defeased
as set forth in the Indenture and in the Bonds.  The Company  hereby agrees that
it shall  prepay its  obligations  hereunder  at the times and in the amounts as
necessary to accomplish  the purchase and the mandatory  redemption of the Bonds
as set forth in the  Indenture and in the Bonds.  The Issuer,  at the request of
the Company, shall forthwith take all steps (other than the payment of the money
required  for  such  redemption)   necessary  under  the  applicable  redemption
provisions  of  the  Indenture  to  effect  redemption  of all  or  part  of the
Outstanding  Bonds, as may be specified by the Company,  on the date established
for such redemption.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                SPECIAL COVENANTS

    Section 6.1. No Warranty of Condition or Suitability  by Issuer.  THE ISSUER
MAKES NO WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE PROJECT OR THE CONDITION
THEREOF,  OR THAT THE  PROJECT  IS  SUITABLE  FOR THE  PURPOSES  OR NEEDS OF THE
COMPANY.  THE ISSUER MAKES NO  REPRESENTATION  OR WARRANTY,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
THAT THE COMPANY WILL HAVE QUIET AND  PEACEFUL  POSSESSION  OF THE PROJECT.  THE
ISSUER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO
THE MERCHANTABILITY,  CONDITION OR WORKMANSHIP OF ANY PART OF THE PROJECT OR ITS
SUITABILITY FOR THE COMPANY'S PURPOSES.

    Section 6.2. Access to the Project.  The Company agrees that the Issuer, the
Credit  Provider,  the  Trustee  and their duly  authorized  agents,  attorneys,
experts,  engineers,  accountants  and  representatives  shall have the right to
inspect  the  Project at all  reasonable  times and on  reasonable  notice.  The
Issuer, the Credit Provider,  the Trustee and their duly authorized agents shall
also be  permitted,  at all  reasonable  times and upon  reasonable  notice,  to
examine the books and records of the Company with respect to the Project.

    Section 6.3. Further Assurances and Corrective  Instruments.  The Issuer and
the Company agree that they will,  from time to time,  execute,  acknowledge and
deliver, or cause to be executed,  acknowledged and delivered,  such supplements
hereto and such further  instruments  as may reasonably be required for carrying
out the expressed intention of this Agreement.

    Section  6.4.  Issuer  and  Company  Representatives.   Whenever  under  the
provisions  of this  Agreement  the  approval  of the  Issuer or the  Company is
required  or the Issuer or the  Company is  required  to take some action at the
request of the  other,  such  approval  or such  request  shall be given for the
Issuer  by  an  Issuer   Representative   and  for  the  Company  by  a



                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>

Company  Representative.  The  Trustee  shall be  authorized  to act on any such
approval or request.

    Section 6.5. Financing Statements. The Company agrees to execute and file or
cause to be executed and filed any and all  financing  statements  or amendments
thereof or  continuation  statements  necessary  to  perfect  and  continue  the
perfection of the security interests granted in the Indenture. The Company shall
pay all costs of filing such instruments.

    Section 6.6. Covenant to Provide Continuing  Disclosure.  The Company hereby
covenants  and agrees that,  upon the exercise by the Company of the  Conversion
Option to elect a Long Term Period or a  Commercial  Paper  Period,  the Company
shall  enter into a written  undertaking  for the  benefit of the holders of the
Bonds,  as required by Section  (b)(5)(i) of Securities and Exchange  Commission
Rule 15c2-12 under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (17 CFR Part
240, ss. 240.15c2-12) (the "Rule");  provided,  however,  that the Company shall
not be  obligated to enter into such written  undertaking  if the Company  shall
furnish to the  Trustee,  prior to the  exercise of the  Conversion  Option,  an
opinion of Bond Counsel that,  notwithstanding such election by the Company, the
Rule is not applicable to the Bonds.

    Section 6.7. Annual Report of Outstanding Bonds. Promptly after each June 30
during  the Term of the  Agreement,  the  Company  shall  notify the LGC and the
Issuer,  by  first-class  mail, of the aggregate  principal  amount of the Bonds
Outstanding at the close of business on such June 30.

    Section 6.8. Notice of Control.  The Company shall provide written notice to
the Trustee and the Remarketing Agent thirty (30) days prior to the consummation
of any  transaction  that would  result in the  Company  controlling  the Credit
Provider  or being  controlled  by the Credit  Provider  within  the  meaning of
Section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                  ASSIGNMENT, SELLING, LEASING; INDEMNIFICATION
               MERGER OR ASSET SALE, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR, TAXES

    Section 7.1. Assignment, Selling and Leasing. This Agreement may be assigned
and the  Project  may be sold or leased,  as a whole or in part,  with the prior
written consent of the Trustee, the Credit Provider and the LGC, but without the
necessity of obtaining  the consent of the Issuer;  provided,  however,  that no
such assignment,  sale or lease shall, in the opinion of Bond Counsel, result in
interest on any of the Bonds  becoming  includable  in gross  income for federal
income tax  purposes,  or shall  otherwise  violate any  provisions  of the Act;
provided further, however, that no such assignment,  sale or lease shall relieve
the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement.

    This  Agreement may be assigned and the Project may be sold or leased,  as a
whole or in  part,  and the  Company  released  of all  obligations  under  this
Agreement and the Indenture,  with the prior written consent of the Issuer,  the
Trustee,  and the LGC, if (i) such  assignee,  lessee or  purchaser  assumes the
Company's obligations hereunder in writing, (ii) the Credit Provider



                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>


consents in writing to such assignment, sale and/or lease and the release of the
Company  hereunder  (or, if no Credit  Facility is in effect at the time of such
assignment,  lease or sale,  the Owners of a  majority  in  aggregate  principal
amount of the Bonds then Outstanding consent in writing to such assignment, sale
(or  lease)  and  release),  and (iii)  prior to any  assignment,  lease or sale
pursuant to this  Section,  the Company shall have caused to be delivered to the
Issuer, the Trustee, the LGC and the Credit Provider, if any, an opinion of Bond
Counsel,  satisfactory in form and substance to each of them, to the effect that
such  assignment,  sale (or lease) and  release  will not cause  interest on the
Bonds to be  includable  in the  gross  income  of the  Owners  of the Bonds for
purposes of federal  income  taxation.  Upon the release of all of the Company's
duties and  obligations  under the provisions of this Section as provided above,
the Trustee may execute a release of the Company from its obligations  hereunder
and under the Indenture and all  references to the "Company" in this  Agreement,
the  Indenture and the Bonds shall mean the  assignee,  lessee or purchaser,  as
applicable.

    Section 7.2.  Release and  Indemnification  . The Company shall at all times
protect,  indemnify  and hold  harmless the Trustee,  the Issuer,  the Governing
Body, the LGC and their  respective  directors,  members,  officers,  attorneys,
agents and employees  against any and all  liability,  losses,  damages,  costs,
expenses,  taxes, causes of action, suits, claims,  demands and judgments of any
nature  arising from or in  connection  with the Project or the financing of the
Project, including,  without limitation, all claims or liability resulting from,
arising out of or in connection  with the  acceptance or  administration  of the
Bond Documents or the trusts  thereunder or the  performance of duties under the
Bond  Documents  or any loss or damage to  property or any injury to or death of
any person that may be  occasioned  by any cause  whatsoever  pertaining  to the
Project or the use thereof,  including  without  limitation any lease thereof or
assignment of its interest in this Agreement,  such  indemnification  to include
the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself or investigating any claim
of liability and other  reasonable  expenses and attorneys' fees incurred by the
Issuer, the Trustee, the Governing Body, the LGC and their respective directors,
members,  officers,  attorneys,  agents and employees in  connection  therewith,
provided  that the benefits of this Section  shall not inure to any person other
than the Issuer,  the Governing Body, the LGC, the Trustee and their  respective
directors,  members,  officers,  attorneys,  agents and employees,  and provided
further that such loss, damage, death, injury,  claims,  demands or causes shall
not have  resulted  from the gross  negligence  or  willful  misconduct  of, the
Issuer,  the Trustee or such  director,  member,  officer,  attorneys,  agent or
employee.  The  obligations  of the Company under this Section shall survive the
termination  of this  Agreement  and the  Indenture.  Notwithstanding  any other
provision of this Agreement or the Indenture to the contrary, the Company agrees
(i) not to assert any claim or institute  any action or suit against the Trustee
or its employees arising from or in connection with any investment of funds made
by the Trustee in good faith as directed by a Company  Representative,  and (ii)
to  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the  Trustee  and its  employees  against any
liability,  losses, damages,  costs, expenses,  causes of action, suits, claims,
demands and judgments of any nature arising from or in connection  with any such
investment. In addition, the Issuer shall have the right, in the event of a suit
against the Issuer, to hire its own counsel, and the Company shall indemnify the
Issuer for the costs thereof.



                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>


    Section 7.3.  Indemnity  Against Claims.  The Company will pay and discharge
and will indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer, the Governing Body, the LGC and
the Trustee,  and their  respective  officers,  employees  and agents,  from any
taxes, assessments,  impositions and other charges in respect of the Project. If
any such claim is  asserted,  or any such lien or charge upon  payments,  or any
such taxes, assessments, impositions or other charges, are sought to be imposed,
the Issuer,  the Governing Body or the LGC, as the case may be, will give prompt
written  notice to the  Company and the  Trustee;  provided,  however,  that the
failure to provide  such notice  will not  relieve the Company of the  Company's
obligations and liability under this Section and will not give rise to any claim
against or liability of the Issuer or the  Trustee.  The Company  shall have the
sole right and duty to assume,  and shall  assume,  the  defense  thereof,  with
counsel  selected  by the  Company and  reasonably  acceptable  to the person on
behalf of which the Company  undertakes a defense,  with full power to litigate,
compromise or settle the same in its sole discretion.

    Section  7.4.  Issuer to Grant  Security  Interest to  Trustee.  The parties
hereto  agree that  pursuant to the  Indenture,  the Issuer  shall assign to the
Trustee,  in order to secure  payment of the Bonds,  all of the Issuer's  right,
title  and  interest  in and to this  Agreement  and the  Note,  except  for the
Reserved Rights.

    Section 7.5. Maintenance of Existence;  Merger; Asset Transfer. So long as a
Credit  Facility  is in effect the  Company  agrees  that it will  maintain  its
existence, will not dissolve or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of
its assets and will not  consolidate  with or merge into another  corporation or
permit  one or more other  corporations  to  consolidate  with or merge into it,
except either with the consent of the Credit Issuer or as provided in the Credit
Agreement;  if a Credit  Facility is not in effect,  the Company  agrees that it
will continue to be a corporation organized under the laws of the State of North
Carolina, will maintain its corporate existence,  will not dissolve or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially  all of its assets and will not consolidate with
or  merge  into  another  corporation  or  permit  one or more  corporations  to
consolidate  with or merge into it;  provided,  that the  Company  may,  without
violating the foregoing,  consolidate with or merge into another corporation, or
permit  one or more  corporations  to  consolidate  with or merge  into  it,  or
transfer all or substantially all of its assets to another such corporation (and
thereafter  dissolve  or  not  dissolve,  as  the  Company  may  elect)  if  the
corporation  surviving such merger or resulting from such consolidation,  or the
corporation to which all or  substantially  all of the assets of the Company are
transferred,  as the case may be: (i) is a corporation  organized under the laws
of the United States of America,  or any state,  district or territory  thereof,
and  qualified  to do business  in the State;  (ii) shall  expressly  in writing
assume all of the obligations of the Company contained in this Agreement;  (iii)
has  a   consolidated   tangible  net  worth  (after   giving   effect  to  such
consolidation,  merger or transfer) of not less than the  consolidated  tangible
net worth of the Company and its consolidated  subsidiaries immediately prior to
such consolidation, merger or transfer; (iv) shall notify each person identified
in Section 9.2 hereof of the name and address of such corporation surviving such
merger or resulting from such consolidation,  or the corporation to which all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company are transferred; and (v) provided
that no Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder.

    The term "consolidated  tangible net worth," as used in this Section,  shall
mean the difference obtained by subtracting total consolidated  liabilities (not
including as a liability  any



                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>


capital or surplus item) from total consolidated  tangible assets of the Company
and all of its consolidated subsidiaries,  computed in accordance with generally
accepted  accounting  principles.  Prior to any such  consolidation,  merger  or
transfer the Trustee shall be furnished a certificate  from the chief  financial
officer of the  Company or his/her  deputy  stating  that in the opinion of such
officer none of the covenants in this  Agreement will be violated as a result of
said consolidation, merger or transfer.

    Section  7.5.  Company's  Obligations  to Maintain  and Repair.  The Company
agrees  that during the term of this  Agreement  it will keep and  maintain  the
Project in good  condition,  repair and working  order,  ordinary  wear and tear
excepted,  at its own cost,  and will make or cause to be made from time to time
all necessary repairs thereto  (including  external and structural  repairs) and
renewals and replacements thereto.

    Section 7.6. Taxes and Other Charges.  (a) The Company will promptly pay and
discharge or cause to be promptly paid and  discharged,  as the same become due,
all taxes, assessments, governmental charges or levies and all utility and other
charges incurred in the operation, maintenance, use, occupancy and upkeep of the
Project  imposed  upon it or in  respect  of the  Project  before the same shall
become in default, as well as all lawful claims which, if unpaid, might become a
lien or charge upon such  property and assets or any part  thereof,  except such
that are  contested  in good  faith by the  Company  for which the  Company  has
maintained  adequate  reserves  satisfactory to the Credit  Provider,  or in the
absence of any Credit Provider, satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee.

    (b) The Company shall furnish the Issuer and the Trustee, upon request, with
proof of payment of any taxes, governmental charges, utility charges,  insurance
premiums  or  other  charges  required  to be paid  by the  Company  under  this
Agreement.

    Section 7.7. Damage, Destruction or Loss of Property; Obligation to Rebuild;
Use of Insurance  Proceeds and Condemnation  Awards. If prior to full payment of
all Bonds (or provision for payment  thereof having been made in accordance with
the provisions of the Indenture),  the Project,  or any part or component of the
Project shall be damaged or destroyed,  by whatever  cause, or shall be taken by
any public  authority or entity in the exercise of or acquired  under the threat
of the exercise of its power of eminent  domain,  there shall be no abatement or
reduction in the loan repayment  obligations  payable under this Agreement,  and
the Company will apply any insurance  proceeds or condemnation  awards resulting
from claims for such losses or takings as provided in this Section.

    If prior to full  payment of all Bonds (or  provision  for  payment  thereof
having  been made in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the  Indenture),  the
Project, or any part or component of the Project shall be damaged, destroyed, or
the Project or any part or component  of the Project,  the Project Site shall be
taken by eminent domain or the threat of exercise of eminent domain, the Company
shall promptly give, or cause to be given, written notice thereof to the Issuer,
the Bank and the Trustee.  All proceeds  received from such  property  insurance
with  respect to the Project  and all  condemnation  awards with  respect to the
Project  shall be deposited  with the Trustee to the credit of the Project Fund.
Following  the  occurrence  of such an event with  respect to the  Project,  the
Company  shall  have the option of (1)  continuing  to pay all  amounts  payable
hereunder  and to the extent  permitted  below  proceeding  promptly  to repair,
rebuild, restore or replace the property



                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>


damaged,  destroyed or taken,  with such changes,  alterations and modifications
(including the substitution and addition of other property) as may be desired by
the  Company  and,  with  respect to the  Project,  and as will  comply with the
limitations  contained  in this  Agreement,  and the Trustee  will  deposit such
proceeds  to  the  credit  of the  Project  Fund  and  make  such  disbursements
therefrom, in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof, as may be necessary to pay the
cost of such repair, rebuilding or restoration,  either on completion thereof or
as the work  progresses  or (2)  requesting  the Issuer to cause the Bonds to be
redeemed in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

    Section 8.1. Defaults Defined.  The following shall be "Defaults" under this
Agreement  and  the  term  "Default"  shall  mean,  whenever  it is used in this
Agreement, any one or more of the following events:

    (a)  Failure  by the  Company to pay any  amount  required  to be paid under
subsection (a) or (d) of Section 4.2 hereof.

    (b) Failure by the Company to observe and perform any covenant, condition or
agreement on its part to be observed or performed,  other than as referred to in
Section 8.1(a), for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice specifying
such  failure and  requesting  that it be remedied  shall have been given to the
Company by the Issuer or the  Trustee,  unless the Issuer and the Trustee  shall
agree in writing to an extension of such time prior to its expiration; provided,
however,  if the failure  stated in the notice  cannot be  corrected  within the
applicable  period,  the Issuer and the Trustee will not  unreasonably  withhold
their consent to an extension of such time if corrective action is instituted by
the Company  within the  applicable  period and  diligently  pursued  until such
failure is corrected.

    (c) The  dissolution or liquidation of the Company,  except as authorized by
Section 7.5 hereof, or the voluntary initiation by the Company of any proceeding
under any federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,  arrangement,
reorganization,  readjustment of debt or any other form of debtor relief, or the
initiation  against  the  Company  of any such  proceeding  which  shall  remain
undismissed  for sixty (60) days,  or failure by the  Company to  promptly  have
discharged any execution, garnishment or attachment of such consequence as would
impair the ability of the Company to carry on its operations at the Project,  or
assignment  by the  Company for the  benefit of  creditors,  or the entry by the
Company  into an  agreement  of  composition  with its  creditors or the failure
generally by the Company to pay its debts as they become due.

    (d) The occurrence of a Default under the Indenture.

    The  provisions  of  subsection  (b) of  this  Section  are  subject  to the
following  limitation:  if by reason of force  majeure  the Company is unable in
whole or in part to carry out any of its agreements contained herein (other than
its obligations contained in Article IV hereof), the Company shall not be deemed
in Default during the continuance of such inability. The term "force majeure" as
used herein shall mean, without limitation,  the following: acts of God;



                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>


strikes or other  industrial  disturbances;  acts of public  enemies;  orders or
restraints  of any kind of the  government of the United States of America or of
the State or of any of their departments, agencies or officials, or of any civil
or military authority;  insurrections;  riots; landslides;  earthquakes;  fires;
storms;  droughts;  floods;  explosions;  breakage  or  accident  to  machinery,
transmission pipes or canals; and any other cause or event not reasonably within
the control of the  Company.  The Company  agrees,  however,  to remedy with all
reasonable dispatch the cause or causes preventing the Company from carrying out
its  agreement,  provided that the  settlement  of strikes and other  industrial
disturbances  shall be  entirely  within the  discretion  of the Company and the
Company shall not be required to settle strikes,  lockouts and other  industrial
disturbances  by acceding to the demands of the  opposing  party or parties when
such course is in the judgment of the Company unfavorable to the Company.

    Section 8.2.  Remedies on Default.  Whenever any Default shall have happened
and be continuing,  the Trustee,  or the Issuer with the written  consent of the
Trustee, may take one or any combination of the following remedial steps:

    (a) If the  Trustee  has  declared  the Bonds  immediately  due and  payable
pursuant to Section  9.02 of the  Indenture,  by written  notice to the Company,
declare  an amount  equal to all  amounts  then due and  payable  on the  Bonds,
whether by acceleration of maturity (as provided in the Indenture) or otherwise,
to be immediately due and payable as liquidated damages under this Agreement and
not as a penalty, whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable;

    (b) Have  reasonable  access to and inspect,  examine and make copies of the
books and  records and any and all  accounts,  data and income tax and other tax
returns  of  the  Company  during  regular  business  hours  of the  Company  if
reasonably necessary in the opinion of the Trustee; or

    (c) Take  whatever  action  at law or in  equity  may  appear  necessary  or
desirable  to collect the amounts then due and  thereafter  to become due, or to
enforce  performance and observance of any obligation,  agreement or covenant of
the Company under this Agreement.

    Any amounts  collected  pursuant to action taken under this Section shall be
paid into the Bond Fund and applied in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the
Indenture.

    Section 8.3. No Remedy Exclusive.  Subject to Section 9.02 of the Indenture,
no remedy  herein  conferred  upon or  reserved  to the Issuer or the Trustee is
intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies, but each and
every such remedy  shall be  cumulative  and shall be in addition to every other
remedy  given under this  Agreement  or now or  hereafter  existing at law or in
equity.  No delay or omission to exercise any right or power  accruing  upon any
Default  shall  impair  any such  right or power or shall be  construed  to be a
waiver  thereof,  but any such right or power may be exercised from time to time
and as often as may be deemed  expedient.  In order to entitle the Issuer or the
Trustee to exercise any remedy  reserved to it in this Article,  it shall not be
necessary to give any notice,  other than such notice as may be required in this
Article.  Such rights and remedies as are given the Issuer  hereunder shall also
extend to the Trustee,  and the Trustee and the Owners of the Bonds,  subject to
the  provisions  of the  Indenture,  shall be  entitled  to the  benefit  of all
covenants and agreements herein contained.



                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>


    Section 8.4. Agreement to Pay Attorneys' Fees and Expenses. In the event the
Company  should  default under any of the  provisions of this  Agreement and the
Issuer should  employ  attorneys or incur other  expenses for the  collection of
payments  required  hereunder or the enforcement of performance or observance of
any  obligation or agreement on the part of the Company  herein  contained,  the
Company agrees that it will on demand  therefor pay to the Issuer the reasonable
fees of such attorneys and such other expenses so incurred by the Issuer.

    Section 8.5. No Additional  Waiver  Implied by One Waiver.  In the event any
agreement  contained  in this  Agreement  should be breached by either party and
thereafter  waived by the other  party,  such  waiver  shall be  limited  to the
particular  breach so waived  and shall not be deemed to waive any other  breach
hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

    Section 9.1. Term of Agreement.  This  Agreement  shall remain in full force
and effect  from the date here of to and  including  April 1, 2015 or until such
time as all of the Bonds and the fees and expenses of the Issuer and the Trustee
and all amounts payable to the Credit Provider under the Credit  Agreement shall
have been fully paid or provision  made for such  payments,  whichever is later;
provided,  however,  that this  Agreement may be  terminated  prior to such date
pursuant  to  Article V of this  Agreement,  but in no event  before  all of the
obligations  and duties of the  Company  hereunder  have been  fully  performed,
including,  without  limitation,  the  payments  of all costs and fees  mandated
hereunder.

    Section 9.2.  Notices.  All notices,  certificates  or other  communications
hereunder shall be  sufficiently  given and shall be deemed given when delivered
or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to the Issuer:             The Johnston County Industrial Facilities
                              and Pollution Control Financing Authority
                              212 Market Street, Room 117
                              Smithfield, North Carolina  27577
                              Attn:  Michael E. de Sherbinin

If to the Trustee:            First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company
                              100 East Tryon Road
                              Mail Drop DAC61
                              Raleigh, North Carolina  27603
                              Attn.:  Corporate Trust Department

If to the Company:            Flanders Corporation
                              c/o Precisionaire, Inc.
                              2399 26th Avenue North
                              St. Petersburg, Florida  33713
                              Attn.:  Steven K. Clark



                                     - 25 -
<PAGE>


If to the Credit Provider:    SunTrust Bank
                              Mail Code FL-Tampa-4206
                              401 East Jackson Street, 20th Floor
                              Tampa, Florida  33602
                              Attn:  Donald J. Campisano

If to the Remarketing Agent:  SunTrust Equitable Securities Corporation
                              303 Peachtree Street, 24th Floor
                              Atlanta, Georgia  30303
                              Attention:  Municipal Desk

If to the LGC:                Local Government Commission
                              325 N. Salisbury Street
                              Raleigh, North Carolina 27603
                              Attn:  Secretary

If to Moody's:                Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
                              99 Church Street
                              New York, New York 10007
                              Attention:  Corporate Department, Structured
                                          Finance Group

If to S&P:                     Standard & Poor's Corporation
                               25 Broadway
                               New York, New York 10004
                               Attention:  Corporate Finance Department

A  duplicate  copy of each  notice,  certificate  or other  communication  given
hereunder  by the Issuer or the  Company  shall also be given to the Trustee and
the Credit  Provider.  The Issuer,  the  Company,  the  Trustee,  and the Credit
Provider  may,  by written  notice  given  hereunder,  designate  any further or
different  addresses  to  which  subsequent   notices,   certificates  or  other
communications shall be sent.

    Section 9.3.  Binding  Effect.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
and shall be binding upon the Issuer,  the  Company,  the Credit  Provider,  the
Trustee, the Owners of Bonds and their respective successors and assigns.

    Section 9.4.  Severability.  In the event any  provision  of this  Agreement
shall be held invalid or unenforceable  by any court of competent  jurisdiction,
such holding shall not invalidate or render  unenforceable  any other  provision
hereof.

    Section  9.5.  Amounts  Remaining  in Funds.  Subject to the  provisions  of
Section  6.11 of the  Indenture,  it is agreed by the  parties  hereto  that any
amounts remaining in any account of the Bond Fund, or any other fund (other than
the  Rebate  Fund)  created  under the  Indenture  upon  expiration  or  earlier
termination of this Agreement,  as provided in this Agreement,  after payment in
full of the  Bonds  (or  provision  for  payment  thereof  having  been  made in
accordance  with the  provisions of the  Indenture) and the fees and expenses of
the Trustee in accordance with the



                                     - 26 -
<PAGE>


Indenture, shall belong to and be paid to the Company by the Trustee.

    Section 9.6. No Liability of Issuer; No Charge Against Issuer's Credit.  Any
obligation  of the  Issuer  created  by,  arising  out of,  or  entered  into in
contemplation of this Agreement, including the Bonds, shall not impose a debt or
pecuniary  liability  upon the Issuer,  the State or any  political  subdivision
thereof or  constitute a charge upon the general  credit or taxing powers of any
of the  foregoing.  Any such  obligation  shall  be  payable  solely  out of the
revenues and any other moneys derived  hereunder and under the Indenture and the
Credit Facility,  except (as provided in the Indenture and in this Agreement) to
the extent it shall be paid out of moneys  attributable  to the  proceeds of the
Bonds or the income from the temporary investment thereof.

    The  principal  of,  premium,  if any,  and  interest  on the Bonds shall be
payable  solely from the funds pledged for their payment in accordance  with the
Indenture and from payments made pursuant to the Credit Facility.

    THE BONDS AND THE INTEREST THEREON AND REDEMPTION PREMIUM, IF ANY, SHALL NOT
BE DEEMED TO  CONSTITUTE A DEBT OR A PLEDGE OF THE FAITH AND CREDIT OF THE STATE
OF NORTH  CAROLINA OR ANY  POLITICAL  SUBDIVISION  THEREOF,  INCLUDING,  WITHOUT
LIMITATION, THE ISSUER AND JOHNSTON COUNTY, NORTH CAROLINA. NEITHER THE STATE OF
NORTH  CAROLINA  NOR  ANY  POLITICAL  SUBDIVISION  THEREOF,  INCLUDING,  WITHOUT
LIMITATION,  THE ISSUER AND JOHNSTON COUNTY, NORTH CAROLINA,  SHALL BE OBLIGATED
TO PAY THE  PRINCIPAL  OF OR PREMIUM,  IF ANY, OR INTEREST ON THE BONDS OR OTHER
COSTS INCIDENT THERETO EXCEPT FROM THE REVENUES  ASSIGNED AND PLEDGED  THEREFOR,
AND  NEITHER  THE FAITH AND CREDIT  NOR THE  TAXING  POWER OF THE STATE OF NORTH
CAROLINA OR ANY POLITICAL  SUBDIVISION THEREOF,  INCLUDING,  WITHOUT LIMITATION,
THE ISSUER AND JOHNSTON COUNTY, IS PLEDGED TO THE PAYMENT OF THE PRINCIPAL OF OR
PREMIUM,  IF ANY, OR INTEREST ON THE BONDS OR OTHER COSTS INCIDENT THERETO.  THE
ISSUER HAS NO TAXING POWER.

    Section 9.7. If  Performance  Date Not a Business  Day. If the last date for
performance  of any act or the  exercising  of any right,  as  provided  in this
Agreement,  shall  not be a  Business  Day,  such  payment  may be  made  or act
performed or right exercised on the next succeeding Business Day.

    Section  9.8.  Amendments,  Changes  and  Modifications.  Subsequent  to the
issuance  of Bonds  and prior to their  payment  in full (or  provision  for the
payment  thereof  having  been made in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the
Indenture),  and except as otherwise herein expressly  provided,  this Agreement
may not be effectively amended, changed, modified, altered or terminated without
the written consent of the Trustee and, prior to the Credit Facility Termination
Date and payment of all amounts  payable to the Credit Provider under the Credit
Agreement,  the consent of the Credit Provider, and otherwise in accordance with
the provisions of the Indenture.



                                     - 27 -
<PAGE>


    Section 9.9. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be simultaneously
executed in several counterparts,  each of which shall be an original and all of
which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

    Section  9.10.  Applicable  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be  governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State.

    Section 9.11. Captions.  The captions and headings in this Agreement are for
convenience only and in no way define,  limit or describe the scope or intent of
any provisions or Sections of this Agreement.

    Section 9.12. No Third Party Beneficiary.  It is specifically agreed between
the  parties  executing  this  Agreement  that it is not  intended by any of the
provisions of any part of this  Agreement to establish in favor of the public or
any member thereof,  other than as expressly  provided herein or as contemplated
in the  Indenture,  the rights of a  third-party  beneficiary  hereunder,  or to
authorize  anyone not a party to this  Agreement to maintain a suit for personal
injuries  or  property  damage  pursuant  to the  terms  or  provisions  of this
Agreement.  The duties,  obligations and responsibilities of the parties to this
Agreement with respect to third parties shall remain as imposed by law.


                                     - 28 -
<PAGE>


    IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Issuer has caused this Agreement to be executed in
its name and  attested  by its duly  authorized  officers,  and the  Company has
caused  this  Agreement  to be  executed  in its name and  attested  by its duly
authorized officers, all as of the date first above written.

(SEAL)                               THE JOHNSTON COUNTY  INDUSTRIAL
                                     FACILITIES AND POLLUTION  CONTROL
                                     FINANCING AUTHORITY

Attest:                              By:______________________________
                                                   Chairman

By:________________________
           Secretary

(SEAL)                               FLANDERS CORPORATION



Attest:                              By:______________________________
                                          Robert R. Amerson, President


By: _____________________
    Debra Hill, Secretary




                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                             DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

    The project consists of the construction and equipping of a facility for the
recycling of waste  industrial glass into spun glass fiber. The facility will be
constructed on the site of the Company's existing manufacturing facility.

                                      A-1


                        AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

    THIS AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Amendment") is made and entered
into this 3rd day of November,  1999,  by and between  Flanders  Corporation,  a
North  Carolina  corporation  (formerly  known  as  Elite  Acquisitions,   Inc.)
("Flanders  Corporation"),  Flanders Filters, Inc., a North Carolina corporation
("Flanders  Filters")  (Flanders  Corporation and Flanders Filters are sometimes
hereinafter  collectively  referred  to as  the  "Company"),  and  Steven  Clark
("Clark" or the "Executive"). In this Amendment, Flanders Corporation,  Flanders
Filters, and Clark, together with their successors and permitted assignees,  are
separately referred to as a "Party" and collectively as the "Parties."

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

    WHEREAS,  Flanders  Corporation,  Flanders Filters and Clark entered into an
Employment  Agreement (the "Agreement")  dated December 15, 1995, and amended on
December 4, 1997.

    WHEREAS,  Flanders  Corporation,  Flanders  Filters  and Clark  amended  the
Agreement on November 3, 1999; and

    WHEREAS, Flanders Corporation,  Flanders Filters and Clark desire to further
amend the Agreement upon the terms provided herein.

    NOW,  THEREFORE,  for good  and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and
sufficiency of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the Parties hereby agree to amend
the Agreement as follows:

    1.  AMENDMENT TO TERM.

    Section 3 of the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

        The  employment of the Executive by the Company under the  provisions of
    this Agreement  shall end on December 31, 2010,  unless further  extended or
    sooner terminated as hereinafter  provided. On December 31, 2010, and on the
    last day of  December  each  year  thereafter,  the  term of the  Executives
    employment  shall,  unless sooner  terminated as  hereinafter  provided,  be
    automatically  extended  for an  additional  two year  period  from the date
    thereof unless, at least six (6) months before such December 31, the Company
    shall have delivered to the Executive or the Executive  shall have delivered
    to the Company  written  notice that the term of the  Executives  employment
    hereunder will not be extended beyond its existing duration.

                                     - 1 -
<PAGE>

    2.  NO FURTHER AMENDMENT

        Except as provided  above,  the Agreement shall remain in full force and
    effect, unless further amended pursuant to the terms of the Agreement.

    IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Parties  hereto have executed and  delivered  this
Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

                                      FLANDERS CORPORATION

                                      By:   /s/ Robert R. Amerson
                                      Its:  CEO



                                      FLANDERS FILTERS, INC.

                                      By:   /s/ Robert R. Amerson
                                      Its:  CEO




                                      STEVEN CLARK

                                      /s/ Steven K. Clark
                                      Steven Clark

                                     - 2 -


                        AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

    THIS AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Amendment") is made and entered
into this 3rd day of November,  1999,  by and between  Flanders  Corporation,  a
North  Carolina  corporation  (formerly  known  as  Elite  Acquisitions,   Inc.)
("Flanders  Corporation"),  Flanders Filters, Inc., a North Carolina corporation
("Flanders  Filters")  (Flanders  Corporation and Flanders Filters are sometimes
hereinafter  collectively  referred  to as the  "Company"),  and Robert  Amerson
("Amerson"  or  the  "Executive").  In  this  Amendment,  Flanders  Corporation,
Flanders  Filters,  and Amerson,  together with their  successors  and permitted
assignees,  are  separately  referred  to as a "Party" and  collectively  as the
"Parties."

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

    WHEREAS, Flanders Corporation,  Flanders Filters and Amerson entered into an
Employment  Agreement (the "Agreement")  dated December 15, 1995, and amended on
December 4, 1997.

    WHEREAS,  Flanders  Corporation,  Flanders  Filters and Amerson  amended the
Agreement on November 3, 1999; and

    WHEREAS,  Flanders  Corporation,  Flanders  Filters  and  Amerson  desire to
further amend the Agreement upon the terms provided herein.

    NOW,  THEREFORE,  for good  and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and
sufficiency of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the Parties hereby agree to amend
the Agreement as follows:

    1.  AMENDMENT TO TERM.

    Section 3 of the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

        The  employment of the Executive by the Company under the  provisions of
    this Agreement  shall end on December 31, 2010,  unless further  extended or
    sooner terminated as hereinafter  provided. On December 31, 2010, and on the
    last day of  December  each  year  thereafter,  the  term of the  Executives
    employment  shall,  unless sooner  terminated as  hereinafter  provided,  be
    automatically  extended  for an  additional  two year  period  from the date
    thereof unless, at least six (6) months before such December 31, the Company
    shall have delivered to the Executive or the Executive  shall have delivered
    to the Company  written  notice that the term of the  Executives  employment
    hereunder will not be extended beyond its existing duration.

                                     - 1 -
<PAGE>

    2.  NO FURTHER AMENDMENT

        Except as provided  above,  the Agreement shall remain in full force and
    effect, unless further amended pursuant to the terms of the Agreement.

    IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Parties  hereto have executed and  delivered  this
Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

                                      FLANDERS CORPORATION

                                      By:   /s/ Steven K. Clark
                                      Its:  CFO



                                      FLANDERS FILTERS, INC.

                                      By:   /s/ Steven K. Clark
                                      Its:  CFO




                                      ROBERT AMERSON

                                      /s/ Robert R. Amerson
                                      Robert Amerson


                                     - 2 -


                          AMENDMENT TO OPTION AGREEMENT

    THIS  AMENDMENT TO OPTION  AGREEMENT (the  "Amendment")  is made and entered
into this 22nd day of December  1999,  by and between  Flanders  Corporation,  a
North  Carolina  corporation  (formerly  known  as  Elite  Acquisitions,   Inc.)
("Flanders  Corporation"),  Flanders Filters, Inc., a North Carolina corporation
("Flanders  Filters")  (Flanders  Corporation and Flanders Filters are sometimes
hereinafter  collectively  referred  to as the  "Company"),  and Robert  Amerson
("Amerson"  or  the  "Executive").  In  this  Amendment,  Flanders  Corporation,
Flanders  Filters,  and Amerson,  together with their  successors  and permitted
assignees,  are  separately  referred  to as a "Party" and  collectively  as the
"Parties."

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

    WHEREAS, Flanders Corporation,  Flanders Filters and Amerson entered into an
Option Agreement (the "Agreement") dated February 22, 1996.

    WHEREAS,  Flanders  Corporation,  Flanders  Filters and Amerson  amended the
Agreement on December 22, 1999; and

    WHEREAS,  Flanders  Corporation,  Flanders  Filters  and  Amerson  desire to
further amend the Agreement upon the terms provided herein.

    NOW,  THEREFORE,  for good  and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and
sufficiency of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the Parties hereby agree to amend
the Agreement as follows:

    1.  AMENDMENT TO EXPIRATION DATE.

    The expiration date of the Option Agreement shall end on February 22, 2006.

    2.  NUMBER OF SHARES

    The number of shares shall remain 1,000,000 which may be purchased  pursuant
    to the Agreement.

Dated: 12-22-99                  /s/ Robert R. Amerson
                                 Robert Amerson



                          AMENDMENT TO OPTION AGREEMENT

    THIS  AMENDMENT TO OPTION  AGREEMENT (the  "Amendment")  is made and entered
into this 22nd day of December  1999,  by and between  Flanders  Corporation,  a
North  Carolina  corporation  (formerly  known  as  Elite  Acquisitions,   Inc.)
("Flanders  Corporation"),  Flanders Filters, Inc., a North Carolina corporation
("Flanders  Filters")  (Flanders  Corporation and Flanders Filters are sometimes
hereinafter  collectively  referred  to as  the  "Company"),  and  Steven  Clark
("Clark" or the "Executive"). In this Amendment, Flanders Corporation,  Flanders
Filters, and Clark, together with their successors and permitted assignees,  are
separately referred to as a "Party" and collectively as the "Parties."

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

    WHEREAS,  Flanders  Corporation,  Flanders Filters and Clark entered into an
Option Agreement (the "Agreement") dated February 22, 1996.

    WHEREAS,  Flanders  Corporation,  Flanders  Filters  and Clark  amended  the
Agreement on December 22, 1999; and

    WHEREAS, Flanders Corporation,  Flanders Filters and Clark desire to further
amend the Agreement upon the terms provided herein.

    NOW,  THEREFORE,  for good  and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and
sufficiency of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the Parties hereby agree to amend
the Agreement as follows:

    1.  AMENDMENT TO EXPIRATION DATE.

    The expiration date of the Option Agreement shall end on February 22, 2006.

    2.  NUMBER OF SHARES

    The number of shares shall remain 1,000,000 which may be purchased  pursuant
    to the Agreement.

Dated: 12/22/99                         /s/ Steven K. Clark
                                        Steven K. Clark



                                  EXHIBIT 21.1

                                  SUBSIDIARIES


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              State/Country of
Name                                           Incorporation       % Ownership
- ------------------------------------------    ----------------   ---------------
<S>                                           <C>                <C>

Flanders/CSC Corporation                      North Carolina        100.00%

Air Seal Filter Housings, Inc.                Texas                 100.00%

Precisionaire, Inc.                           Florida               100.00%

Flanders International Pte, Ltd.              Singapore             100.00%

Flanders Filters, Inc.                        North Carolina         98.86%

Airseal West, Inc.                            Utah                   80.00%

Flanders Airia Technologies, Inc.             North Carolina        100.00%

GFI, Inc.                                     Utah                  100.00%

S.R.I., Inc.                                  Utah                  100.00%

Flanders/Precisionaire Corp.                  North Carolina        100.00%

Flanders Realty Corp.                         North Carolina        100.00%

Flanders Airpure Products Company, LLC        North Carolina        100.00%(1)

Flanders Airia Technologies International     England               100.00%(2)
  Ltd.

Flanders Airpure Filter Sales and             North Carolina        100.00%
  Service, Inc.

Sierra Ridge Filter Corporation               California            100.00%

Eco-Air Products, Inc.                        California            100.00%

Industrias Seco de Tijuana, C.C.S.A. de C.V.  Mexico                100.00%(3)
_____________________
<FN>

(1) 63% owned by Flanders Filters, Inc., 37% by the Company.
(2) Owned by Flanders Airia Technologies, Inc.
(3) Owned by Eco-Air Products, Inc.
</FN>
</TABLE>



[Grant Thornton Letterhead]



                                     CONSENT

We have issued our reports dated March 8, 2000,  accompanying  the  consolidated
financial  statements  and  schedule  included in the Annual  Report of Flanders
Corporation and  Subsidiaries on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999.
We hereby  consent to the  incorporation  by  reference  of said  reports in the
Registration  Statement of Flanders  Corporation  and  Subsidiaries  on Form S-8
(File No. 333-31667, effective July 21, 1997).

                                                     /s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP



Salt Lake City, Utah
April 8, 2000



[McGladrey & Pullen Letterhead]



                                     CONSENT

We hereby  consent to the  incorporation  of our report,  dated March 12,  1999,
included in this Form 10-K in the previously  filed  Registration  Statements of
Flanders Corporation and subsidiaries on Form S-8 (No. 333-31667).

                                                   /s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP



New Bern, North Carolina
April 14, 2000


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS RESTATED FINANCIAL DATA SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL
INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
FLANDERS CORPORATION FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND
1997.
</LEGEND>

<S>                             <C>              <C>            <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR            YEAR            YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>               DEC-31-1999     DEC-31-1998     DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                  JAN-01-1999     JAN-01-1998     JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                    DEC-31-1999     DEC-31-1998     DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                              824,220      13,672,685      35,454,580
<SECURITIES>                              0               0               0
<RECEIVABLES>                    29,510,546      27,222,375      21,175,241
<ALLOWANCES>                        487,321         551,725         380,566
<INVENTORY>                      25,901,700      25,518,804      16,520,154
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                 66,191,882      70,321,597      76,251,708
<PP&E>                           84,093,408      75,159,028      57,407,239
<DEPRECIATION>                   18,839,580      14,069,608       9,646,832
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                  169,950,716     167,780,194     145,880,516
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>            20,770,480      22,350,019      21,071,223
<BONDS>                                   0               0               0
                     0               0               0
                               0               0               0
<COMMON>                         89,809,530      90,102,881      91,995,493
<OTHER-SE>                       22,317,067      19,499,933      14,211,365
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>    169,950,716     167,780,194     145,880,516
<SALES>                         171,392,281     154,764,804     131,898,603
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                171,392,281     154,764,804     131,898,603
<CGS>                           127,417,753     117,104,977      99,018,962
<TOTAL-COSTS>                    33,802,204      28,108,372      23,509,447
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                          0               0               0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                          0               0               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                1,257,157         574,950         751,499
<INCOME-PRETAX>                  10,173,607      10,991,386       9,849,686
<INCOME-TAX>                      4,670,682       4,450,079       3,751,399
<INCOME-CONTINUING>               5,502,925       6,541,307       6,098,287
<DISCONTINUED>                   (2,685,791)     (1,252,739)       (259,022)
<EXTRAORDINARY>                           0               0               0
<CHANGES>                                 0               0               0
<NET-INCOME>                      2,817,134       5,288,568       5,839,265
<EPS-BASIC>                            0.11            0.21            0.32
<EPS-DILUTED>                          0.11            0.20            0.27


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission